2013 Hinckley Journal - Hinckley Institute of Politics - University of ...
2013 Hinckley Journal - Hinckley Institute of Politics - University of ...
2013 Hinckley Journal - Hinckley Institute of Politics - University of ...
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong><br />
<strong>2013</strong><br />
Volume 14<br />
Copyright © 1998 by the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong><br />
and the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> is published annually by the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> for students, public <strong>of</strong>ficials,<br />
university <strong>of</strong>ficials, and the public. The opinions expressed herein are not necessarily those <strong>of</strong> the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah,<br />
the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong>, the Student Media Council, or the editorial board. Please direct your correspondence<br />
to the <strong>Journal</strong> Editors, <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong>, 260 South Central Campus Drive, Room 253, Salt Lake City, Utah<br />
84112, (801) 581-8501, or email: info@hinckley.utah.edu.
<strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> – <strong>2013</strong> editorial board<br />
Director<br />
Associate Director<br />
Editor<br />
Editor<br />
Managing Editor<br />
Managing Editor<br />
Faculty Editor<br />
Production Editor<br />
Faculty Advisors<br />
Student Board Members<br />
Printing<br />
Kirk L. Jowers<br />
Jayne Nelson<br />
Rosalie Ann Staes<br />
Logan Froerer<br />
Courtney McBeth<br />
Rochelle McConkie Parker<br />
Luke Garrott, Department <strong>of</strong> Political Science<br />
Ellesse S. Balli<br />
Ella Myers, Department <strong>of</strong> Political Science<br />
James Curry, Department <strong>of</strong> Political Science<br />
Bradley Call<br />
Jacob Rush<br />
Tianna Tu<br />
Rosie Neville<br />
Basil Vetas<br />
Amelia Marstaller<br />
David May<br />
Harrison Hawkes<br />
Nelson Warr<br />
Cameron Rowe<br />
Matthew Kirkegaard<br />
Elle Barker<br />
Molly Wheeler<br />
Megan Gessel<br />
Kendahl Melvin<br />
Sun Litho<br />
Online Publishing<br />
Funding<br />
J. Willard Marriott Library<br />
Student Media Council<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong><br />
III
table <strong>of</strong> contents <strong>2013</strong>, vol. 14<br />
STUDENT PAPERS<br />
Thirty-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Revolution: An Analysis <strong>of</strong> the Infrapolitical Tactics<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Revolutionary Association <strong>of</strong> the Women <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan.......................Melissa Moeinvaziri.........................1<br />
Land Exchanges and Public Lands Bills in Utah..................................................Matthew Kirkegaard.......................15<br />
Electoral Reform in Utah and the United States:<br />
Steps to Representative, Accountable, and Competitive<br />
State and Federal Government...................................................................................Oakley B. Gordon........................21<br />
Unlimited Talent: The Benefits <strong>of</strong> High-Skilled Immigrants...........................................Nicolas Tang.......................33<br />
Immigration Federalism: The Case <strong>of</strong> Immigration Enforcement<br />
by Non-Federal Agencies....................................................................................Eduardo Reyes Chávez.......................41<br />
Suggested U.S. Policies to Promote Growth in Africa.............Inaugural Price Think Tank Students.......................53<br />
PUBLIC OFFICIAL CONTRIBUTIONS<br />
A Thriving Metropolitan Area With a “Small Town” Feel:<br />
My Vision, as Mayor, for Salt Lake County........................................................Mayor Ben McAdams.......................59<br />
Utah Can Model Federal Immigration Reform............................................Utah Senator Luz Robles.......................61<br />
Tort Reform in Utah: Disclosure and Apology...................................Lieutenant Governor Greg Bell.......................63<br />
V
a word from the director<br />
As the director <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong>, I am pleased to introduce the <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Politics</strong>. This edition marks the 14th year the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> has featured exceptional research papers<br />
written by undergraduates at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah. We are proud to say that this year’s <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> continues<br />
the outstanding tradition <strong>of</strong> previous editions in terms <strong>of</strong> academic excellence in writing and research quality.<br />
In this edition, you will find articles on topics relevant to Utah, the nation, and the world. Each piece <strong>of</strong>fers<br />
enlightening perspectives on matters such as revolutionary tactics used by women in Afghanistan, public land<br />
bills in Utah, state and federal electoral reform, and U.S. policies addressing African growth. This edition also<br />
examines the timely issue <strong>of</strong> immigration reform from a state and national perspective and considers the value <strong>of</strong><br />
high-skilled immigrants in the United States.<br />
In addition to student contributions, we are grateful for the articles submitted by Lieutenant Governor Greg Bell,<br />
Salt Lake County Mayor Ben McAdams, and State Senator Luz Robles; each <strong>of</strong>fers compelling insights on some<br />
<strong>of</strong> our state’s most pressing issues, ranging from building a thriving community to initiating needed tort reform.<br />
This compilation could not have been produced without the diligent efforts <strong>of</strong> its <strong>2013</strong> student editors,<br />
Rosalie Ann Staes and Logan Froerer. Additionally, we recognize Managing Editors Courtney McBeth and<br />
Rochelle McConkie Parker, Faculty Editor Luke Garrott, Faculty Advisors Ella Myers and James Curry, Production<br />
Editor Ellesse Sorbonne Balli, student editorial board members, and <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> staff.<br />
Through the various opportunities provided by the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong>, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah students can apply<br />
the theories and concepts they learn in the classroom to real world experiences. To date, the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong><br />
has placed and supported nearly 5,500 interns in political <strong>of</strong>fices throughout the State <strong>of</strong> Utah, in Washington,<br />
DC, and in more than 35 countries on six continents. Interns are required to complete research papers based<br />
on issues pertinent to their internships and, therefore, reflect on practical ideas and draw conclusions about the<br />
significant political questions <strong>of</strong> the day. The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> represents some <strong>of</strong> the best and most compelling<br />
<strong>of</strong> these papers.<br />
We hope that you enjoy reading the <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> and appreciate your continued support <strong>of</strong><br />
the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong>.<br />
Sincerely,<br />
Kirk L. Jowers<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong><br />
VII
editors’ notes<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong>’<br />
Mission Statement<br />
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> strives to publish scholarly<br />
papers <strong>of</strong> exceptional caliber, promoting the<br />
intellectual talents and understanding <strong>of</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
Utah undergraduate students in the fields <strong>of</strong> politics,<br />
government, international relations, and humanitarian<br />
aid. Contributing articles should address relevant issues<br />
by analyzing key problems and potential solutions.<br />
Papers should adhere to the highest standards <strong>of</strong> political<br />
research and analysis. The <strong>Journal</strong> covers local,<br />
national, and international issues, and embraces diverse<br />
political perspectives. With this publication the <strong>Hinckley</strong><br />
<strong>Institute</strong> hopes to encourage reader involvement in<br />
the world <strong>of</strong> politics.<br />
general comments and<br />
acknowledgments<br />
It has been an honor and a pleasure to serve as editors<br />
for the 14th edition <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong>.<br />
First and foremost, we thank the student authors and<br />
the public <strong>of</strong>ficials who have contributed to this year’s<br />
<strong>Journal</strong>. Without their contributions, the <strong>Journal</strong> would<br />
not be possible. The <strong>Journal</strong> is one <strong>of</strong> many wonderful<br />
opportunities the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> provides for our<br />
undergraduate students, and we thank the countless<br />
supporters <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> who make these<br />
opportunities attainable. We are indeed appreciative <strong>of</strong><br />
the generosity <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Hinckley</strong> family for their vision <strong>of</strong><br />
the need for student involvement in practical politics<br />
and the principle <strong>of</strong> citizen involvement in government.<br />
We thank the <strong>Hinckley</strong> staff for their dedication to<br />
students. We thank our Managing Editors, Faculty Editor,<br />
and Faculty Advisors, and the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong><br />
editorial board for their work in reviewing and<br />
editing the published student papers. Finally, we<br />
commend all students who are involved in the political<br />
process, whether as interns, campaign volunteers, or<br />
scholars. We hope you will find the articles within the<br />
<strong>Journal</strong> insightful and timely.<br />
political science-related topic is acceptable. The scope<br />
can range from <strong>University</strong> issues to international issues.<br />
Papers should adhere to submission guidelines found<br />
on the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> website: www.hinckley.utah.edu/<br />
hinckley-journal/<br />
Review and notification procedures<br />
Submissions will be reviewed by the <strong>Journal</strong> editors,<br />
members <strong>of</strong> the editorial board, and faculty advisors.<br />
Submission <strong>of</strong> a paper does not guarantee publication.<br />
Papers that do not adhere to submission and style guidelines<br />
will not be considered for publication. Acceptance<br />
to the <strong>Journal</strong> is competitive. The editors will notify<br />
potential authors when the decision has been made as<br />
to which papers have been selected for publication.<br />
Submission guidelines for<br />
public <strong>of</strong>ficials<br />
The <strong>Journal</strong> will consider for publication essays written<br />
by national, state, and local public <strong>of</strong>ficials. Officials<br />
should contact the editors for additional information.<br />
correspondence may be sent to<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong><br />
260 South Central Campus Dr., Room 253<br />
Salt Lake City, UT 84112-9151<br />
Phone: (801) 581-8501<br />
Fax: (801) 581-6277<br />
Email: info@hinckley.utah.edu<br />
General submission guidelines<br />
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> welcomes submissions<br />
from <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah students <strong>of</strong> all academic<br />
disciplines as well as from Utah’s public <strong>of</strong>ficials. Any<br />
VIII
about the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong><br />
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
Utah is a bipartisan institute dedicated to engaging<br />
students in governmental, civic, and political processes;<br />
promoting a better understanding and appreciation <strong>of</strong><br />
politics; and training ethical and visionary students for<br />
service in the American political system. Robert H. <strong>Hinckley</strong><br />
founded the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> in 1965 with<br />
the vision to “teach students respect for practical politics<br />
and the principle <strong>of</strong> citizen involvement in government.”<br />
Since its founding, the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> has provided a<br />
wide range <strong>of</strong> programs for students, public school teachers,<br />
and the general public including internships, courses,<br />
forums, scholarships, and mentoring. The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong><br />
places emphasis on providing opportunities for practical<br />
experience in politics.<br />
INTERnSHIP PROGRAM<br />
A nationally recognized program and the heart <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong>, the <strong>Hinckley</strong> internship program<br />
places more than 300 students every year in political<br />
and government <strong>of</strong>fices, non-pr<strong>of</strong>its, campaigns, and<br />
think tanks. The <strong>Institute</strong> provides internship opportunities<br />
to students from all majors for academic credit in<br />
Washington, DC, at the Utah Legislature, in local <strong>of</strong>fices<br />
and campaigns, and in more than 35 countries.<br />
campaign management minor<br />
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>of</strong>fers an undergraduate<br />
minor in Campaign Management designed to provide<br />
undergraduate students the opportunity to learn the<br />
theory and practices that will allow them to be effective<br />
participants in election and advocacy campaigns. Students<br />
are required to complete a political internship and<br />
an interdisciplinary series <strong>of</strong> courses in areas such as<br />
campaign management; interest groups and lobbying;<br />
voting, elections, and public opinion; media; and other<br />
practical politics.<br />
Public forums and events<br />
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> hosts weekly <strong>Hinckley</strong> Forums<br />
where several political speakers address public audiences<br />
in the <strong>Hinckley</strong> Caucus Room. <strong>Hinckley</strong> Forums<br />
enable students, faculty, and community members to<br />
discuss a broad range <strong>of</strong> political concepts with local,<br />
national, and international politicians, ambassadors,<br />
activists, and academics. Past guests include Presidents<br />
Bill Clinton and Gerald Ford; Senators Orrin Hatch,<br />
John McCain, Harry Reid, and Joe Lieberman; Utah<br />
Governors Michael Leavitt, Jon Huntsman, Jr., and Gary<br />
Herbert; and many other notable politicians and pr<strong>of</strong>essionals.<br />
The speeches are broadcast on KUER 90.1 FM<br />
radio and KUED TV.<br />
Scholarships and loans<br />
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> provides more than $730,000 in<br />
internship and academic scholarships to students<br />
through the Robert H. <strong>Hinckley</strong>, Abrelia Clarissa <strong>Hinckley</strong>,<br />
Anne and John <strong>Hinckley</strong>, Senator Pete Suazo, Robert<br />
F. Bennett, Dan Jones Future Leaders, and Scott M.<br />
Matheson scholarship funds, as well as through donations<br />
from the Li Ka Shing Foundation. The <strong>Hinckley</strong><br />
<strong>Institute</strong> is also the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah’s representative<br />
for the Harry S. Truman Scholarship and the James<br />
Madison Fellowship—two <strong>of</strong> America’s most prestigious<br />
scholarships.<br />
Huntsman seminar for teachers<br />
The Huntsman Seminar in Constitutional Government<br />
for Teachers is a week-long seminar sponsored by the<br />
Huntsman Corporation. The primary focus <strong>of</strong> the<br />
seminar is to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> civic education in<br />
Utah schools by bringing Utah educators together with<br />
political experts and visiting politicians to discuss current<br />
events in Utah and American politics. The Huntsman<br />
Seminar is truly a unique opportunity for teachers to<br />
gain an in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong> local and national<br />
political issues.<br />
Department <strong>of</strong> political science<br />
The Department <strong>of</strong> Political Science and the <strong>Hinckley</strong><br />
<strong>Institute</strong> have a strong tradition <strong>of</strong> working together to<br />
provide students with opportunities to enrich academic<br />
studies with experiences in practical politics. The<br />
<strong>Institute</strong>’s programs complement the academic <strong>of</strong>ferings<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Political Science Department. Courses are available<br />
in five subfields <strong>of</strong> the discipline: American <strong>Politics</strong>,<br />
International Relations, Comparative <strong>Politics</strong>, Political<br />
Theory, and Public Administration. If you have questions<br />
about the Department and its programs, contact the<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice at 252 Orson Spencer Hall, (801) 581-7031.<br />
IX
obert h. hinckley<br />
believed the time was right for an institute <strong>of</strong> politics at<br />
the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah. So in 1965, through a major<br />
contribution <strong>of</strong> his own and a generous bequest from<br />
the Noble Foundation, Robert H. <strong>Hinckley</strong> established<br />
the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> to promote respect for<br />
practical politics and to teach the principle <strong>of</strong> citizen<br />
involvement in government.<br />
man <strong>of</strong> vision and foresight, a 20th-century pioneer,<br />
A a philanthropist, an entrepreneur, and an untiring<br />
builder <strong>of</strong> education and <strong>of</strong> the American political<br />
system—all are apt descriptions <strong>of</strong> Robert H. <strong>Hinckley</strong>,<br />
a Utah native and tireless public servant. Robert H.<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> began his political career as a state legislator<br />
from Sanpete County and a mayor <strong>of</strong> Mount Pleasant.<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> then rose to serve as the Utah director for the<br />
New Deal program under President Franklin D. Roosevelt.<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong>’s dream was to make “every student a<br />
politician.” The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> strives to<br />
fulfill that dream by sponsoring internships, scholarships<br />
forums, mentoring, and a minor in Campaign Management.<br />
Today, almost 50 years later, <strong>Hinckley</strong>’s dream is<br />
a reality. More than 5,500 students have participated in<br />
programs he made possible through the <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong>. Many <strong>of</strong> these students have gone on<br />
to serve as legislators, members <strong>of</strong> Congress, government<br />
staffers, local <strong>of</strong>ficials, and judges. All participants have,<br />
in some measure, become informed, active citizens.<br />
Reflecting on all <strong>of</strong> his accomplishments, Robert H.<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> said, “The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> is one <strong>of</strong> the most<br />
important things I will have ever done.”<br />
<strong>Hinckley</strong> went on to serve in various capacities in<br />
Washington, DC, from 1938 to 1946 and again in 1948.<br />
During those years he established and directed the Civilian<br />
Pilot Training Program, served as Assistant Secretary<br />
<strong>of</strong> Commerce for Air, and directed the Office <strong>of</strong> Contract<br />
Settlement after WWII. In these positions, <strong>Hinckley</strong><br />
proved himself to be, as one <strong>of</strong> his colleagues stated,<br />
“One <strong>of</strong> the real heroes <strong>of</strong> the Second World War.” Also<br />
in 1946, <strong>Hinckley</strong> and Edward Noble jointly founded<br />
the American Broadcasting Company (ABC), and over<br />
the next two decades helped to build this company into<br />
the major television network it is today.<br />
Spurred by the adverse political climate <strong>of</strong> the ‘40s,<br />
‘50s, and ‘60s, <strong>Hinckley</strong> recognized the need to demonstrate<br />
that politics was “honorable, decent, and necessary,”<br />
and to encourage young people to get involved in the<br />
political process. After viewing programs at Harvard,<br />
Rutgers, and the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Mississippi, <strong>Hinckley</strong><br />
X
XII
Thirty-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Revolution: An Analysis <strong>of</strong> the Infrapolitical Tactics<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Revolutionary Association <strong>of</strong> the Women <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan<br />
By Melissa Moeinvaziri<br />
Much <strong>of</strong> the literature on Afghan women examines their victimization under repressive cultural and political practices.<br />
The stereotypical view <strong>of</strong> an Afghan woman is a fully veiled, demure creature who has been battered by the men and<br />
regimes that govern her country and life. Yet, the Revolutionary Association <strong>of</strong> the Women <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan (RAWA)<br />
has been struggling for a revolution for 35 years. My examination <strong>of</strong> RAWA seeks to shatter this myopic stereotype,<br />
and to recognize these women for more than the token quality <strong>of</strong> their gender, but for their endurance and prowess as<br />
resistance activists. I argue that RAWA’s ability to not only survive, but also to thrive, is due to their astute use <strong>of</strong><br />
infrapolitics. That is, RAWA has adapted their political tactics to counteract the particular oppression <strong>of</strong> each regime<br />
they have encountered from 1977 up to today. Such adaptability includes shifting from highly visible political action<br />
such as protests to clandestine political action embedded in humanitarian work. RAWA’s revolution is one that will<br />
be satisfied by the changing <strong>of</strong> regimes—they have survived countless—but a revolution that will be realized when<br />
ideologies change and democracy, secularism, social justice, and women’s rights are realized in Afghanistan.<br />
There comes a point, it seems, in every struggle, the weight bearing<br />
down and the road stretching long, that small changes and reforms<br />
no longer sustain hope—when changes to the status quo will only<br />
result in a more deformed reality. This is the point when the seeds <strong>of</strong><br />
revolution are planted in the worn soil <strong>of</strong> the mind.<br />
Perhaps this moment is the moment <strong>of</strong> resolve for<br />
both the individual and collective psyche. This, <strong>of</strong><br />
course, is not the point in which spontaneous revolts<br />
will erupt in the streets. No. Revolutions are delicate<br />
things. The soil is exhausted. It has been tilled, torn,<br />
and abused many times. The seeds need protection<br />
and constant nurturing. But beyond this point are<br />
whispers s<strong>of</strong>t as rain. Ideas flow feeding parched<br />
minds. People gather. Hidden arbors <strong>of</strong> discussion,<br />
assembly, and organization shelter the seeds <strong>of</strong><br />
revolution.<br />
Just as the story after a revolution does not end<br />
with a regime’s overthrow, the story before the<br />
revolution does not begin with an explosive, revolutionary moment. Resistance<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten stretches far into the hidden past <strong>of</strong> an oppressed people. Can<br />
you imagine 35 years <strong>of</strong> resistance Not 35 years <strong>of</strong> resistance under the<br />
cold-calm <strong>of</strong> a solitary dictator, but 35 years <strong>of</strong> constant invasion and endless<br />
war—a struggle against foreign occupations, civil war, warlords, and religious,<br />
“I don’t fear death; I fear remaining<br />
silent in the face <strong>of</strong> injustice…I say<br />
to those who would eliminate my<br />
voice: I am ready, wherever and<br />
whenever you might strike. You can<br />
cut down the flower, but nothing<br />
can stop the coming <strong>of</strong> the spring.”<br />
cultural, and political oppression. This has been the struggle <strong>of</strong> the Revolutionary<br />
Association <strong>of</strong> the Women <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan (RAWA).<br />
In what follows, I examine what has allowed RAWA to survive as an<br />
organization for over 35 years in war-ravaged Afghanistan. Using James<br />
C. Scott’s (1990) discursive theory, I explore how<br />
RAWA’s methods <strong>of</strong> resistance contribute to their<br />
-Malalai Joya, 2009<br />
continued existence. In order to fully understand<br />
RAWA’s resistance methodology, I examine it over<br />
four time periods: 1) Soviet influence and occupation,<br />
1977-1989; 2) Jehadi 1 civil war, 1989-1996; 3) Taliban<br />
era, 1996-2001; 4) U.S. invasion and Northern Alliance<br />
era, 2001-present. I argue that what has led<br />
to RAWA’s long and successful existence is their<br />
ability to shift when necessary, from highly visible<br />
forms <strong>of</strong> political action, such as protests, to more<br />
clandestine forms <strong>of</strong> political action, what Scott<br />
1<br />
Because my analysis is a discursive one, keenly aware <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> language, I will<br />
use terminology employed by RAWA to describe actors <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan’s recent history.<br />
Rather than describe the various fundamentalist factions fighting the Soviets<br />
as Mujahedeen (freedom fighters), I will call them Jehadi to express the negative<br />
connotation expressed by RAWA. I will also use RAWA’s translated spelling <strong>of</strong> Persian<br />
words.<br />
1
Thirty-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Revolution<br />
Melissa Moeinvaziri<br />
(1990) terms infrapolitics, embedded in RAWA’s humanitarian work. RAWA<br />
has also been skilled in using the means <strong>of</strong> their oppression—cultural norms<br />
or political and religious mandates, such as the burqa—to help disguise and<br />
simultaneously advance their work. Such highly developed resistance tactics<br />
build a strong case that the women <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan are sophisticated political<br />
activists, not merely “victims.”<br />
Discourse Theory<br />
Discourse theory is centered on power relations and the interactions between<br />
the dominant and subordinate groups <strong>of</strong> a society. It holds that the history<br />
and experiences <strong>of</strong> actors within a power-stratified society are foundational.<br />
One’s place in society—based on a myriad <strong>of</strong> factors such as gender, socioeconomic<br />
status, religion, race, national origin, and beliefs—and how<br />
that place is viewed and treated by others has a significant impact on the<br />
choices made by individuals. Further, discourse theory engages in interpretive<br />
epistemology. That is to say, discourse theory rejects the notion that<br />
there is an objective, grand theory <strong>of</strong> truth; rather, truth is the subjective<br />
construction <strong>of</strong> one’s position in society, and, <strong>of</strong>ten, the means <strong>of</strong> producing<br />
knowledge are controlled by those in power or a privileged position.<br />
Another significant aspect <strong>of</strong> discourse theory is its emphasis on language,<br />
hence the term “discourse.” The language that exists between a dominant<br />
group and a subordinate group—how it is constructed, by whom, for whom<br />
it is intended, and with what purpose—is a central component <strong>of</strong> the theory.<br />
In his theory, as articulated in Domination and the Arts <strong>of</strong> Resistance: Hidden<br />
Transcripts (1990), Scott breaks down the linguistic interactions between<br />
the dominant and subordinate into three categories: public, <strong>of</strong>ficial, and the<br />
hidden. The public transcript is the public performance. Scott uses the<br />
image <strong>of</strong> a performance throughout his work; thus, the public transcript is<br />
what is said on the stage where actors from both the<br />
dominant and subordinate groups interact. As Scott<br />
points out, the public transcript can be quite misleading<br />
because the dominant and subordinate groups<br />
are acting and the play is the reaffirmation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
dominant group’s power. If one were to base one’s<br />
entire understanding <strong>of</strong> a society on the public transcript,<br />
one would believe that the dominant group<br />
held its higher position with ease and little resistance<br />
from, and perhaps even the support <strong>of</strong>, the subordinate<br />
group. While this is clearly not the case,<br />
as will be explained, one would believe such a farce<br />
due to the highly ritualized interactions that take<br />
place between the two groups in public. Within<br />
the public transcript both groups “tacitly conspire<br />
in misrepresentation” (Scott, 1990, p. 2). The subordinates<br />
disguise their true feelings toward the<br />
dominants out <strong>of</strong> necessity and the dominant group members put on a show<br />
<strong>of</strong> power to keep their power intact.<br />
There are numerous techniques used by the dominant group to keep up<br />
the interaction displayed in the public transcript. The method <strong>of</strong> concealment<br />
is the use <strong>of</strong> deception and propaganda to maintain control <strong>of</strong> the<br />
public transcript and to “conceal” anything that would distract from the<br />
image <strong>of</strong> their authority (Scott, 1990, p. 50). Similarly, there is an effort by<br />
the dominant group members to create an appearance <strong>of</strong> unanimity among<br />
their ranks. The aim <strong>of</strong> unanimity is to keep any dispute or splintering<br />
among the elite away from the public stage, lest the subordinates pick up<br />
on such weakness and take advantage <strong>of</strong> it (Scott, 1990, p. 55). Finally,<br />
the dominant group members will distort the public discourse to their<br />
advantage with the use <strong>of</strong> euphemism and stigma. As Scott (1990) puts it,<br />
“Whenever one encounters euphemism in language it is a nearly infallible<br />
“Unfortunately, false portrayals<br />
such as euphemisms and stigmas<br />
are written into history as truth via<br />
the <strong>of</strong>ficial transcript. The <strong>of</strong>ficial<br />
transcript is the lasting legacy <strong>of</strong><br />
the public transcript as produced<br />
by the dominant group. Often it is<br />
portrayed through public events,<br />
historical documentation, and<br />
archives, which have generally been<br />
run, written, and kept by the<br />
dominant.”<br />
sign that one has stumbled on a delicate subject” (p.53). The subjugation<br />
<strong>of</strong> one group by another is undoubtedly a delicate subject; therefore, the<br />
dominant group will use terms such as “pacification” to describe a brutal<br />
armed attack, “liberation” for an unwelcome occupation, “collateral damage”<br />
to explain the death <strong>of</strong> innocents, and “honor” to justify horrendous actions.<br />
Stigma, on the other hand, is the exact opposite. With stigmatization the<br />
dominant group members can label threats to their power—threats that<br />
may be considered justified by a suppressed group—as negative and unfavorable<br />
(Scott, 1990, p. 55). Unfortunately, false portrayals such as euphemisms<br />
and stigmas are written into history as truth via the <strong>of</strong>ficial transcript.<br />
The <strong>of</strong>ficial transcript is the lasting legacy <strong>of</strong> the public transcript as produced<br />
by the dominant group. Often it is portrayed through public events, historical<br />
documentation, and archives, which have generally been run, written,<br />
and kept by the dominant. Focusing only on the <strong>of</strong>ficial transcript provides<br />
one with seemingly convincing evidence “<strong>of</strong> willing, even enthusiastic<br />
complicity” by the subordinate group (Scott, 1990, p. 86).<br />
What both the public and <strong>of</strong>ficial transcripts obscure is the discourse<br />
<strong>of</strong> subordinates that takes place “<strong>of</strong>f-stage” away from the dominant group.<br />
This discourse is known as the hidden transcript. The hidden transcript<br />
includes spoken language, action, and practices that take place <strong>of</strong>f the public<br />
stage. It is within the hidden transcript <strong>of</strong> the subordinate group that a<br />
negation <strong>of</strong> the dominant ideology can be articulated and patterns <strong>of</strong><br />
resistance formulated (Scott, 1990, pp. 118-119). Scott (1990) points out,<br />
“The essential point is that a resistant subculture…among subordinates is<br />
necessarily a product <strong>of</strong> mutuality” (p. 119). That is, when individuals feel<br />
anger at the dominant group, it is the hidden transcript that takes this “raw”<br />
anger and through shared experiences, mutual feelings, and discussions <strong>of</strong><br />
a possible new order forms it into the “cooked” indignation <strong>of</strong> the subordinates<br />
as a whole (or at least a faction <strong>of</strong> them). It is the hidden transcript,<br />
“the discursive practices <strong>of</strong>fstage [that] sustain resistance”<br />
(Scott, 1990, p. 191, original emphasis).<br />
Articulation <strong>of</strong> any transcript occurs in what Scott<br />
terms the social site. The social sites <strong>of</strong> the hidden<br />
transcript <strong>of</strong> the subordinates are those locations where<br />
“unspoken riposte, stifled anger, and bitten tongues<br />
created by relations <strong>of</strong> domination find…full throated<br />
expression”; it follows that the hidden transcript will<br />
be least hindered when the “control, surveillance and<br />
repression <strong>of</strong> the dominant are unable to reach” (Scott,<br />
1990, p. 120). Finally, Scott emphasizes that social sites<br />
themselves are an “achievement <strong>of</strong> resistance; they are<br />
won and defended in the teeth <strong>of</strong> power” (Scott, 1990,<br />
p. 119).<br />
While the hidden transcript is “produced for a<br />
different audience and under different constraints”<br />
than the public transcript, there are times when, as<br />
a display <strong>of</strong> resistance, the subordinate groups find ways to interject the<br />
hidden discourse onto the public stage (Scott, 1990, p. 140). It is fear <strong>of</strong><br />
retaliation that restrains the subordinate group from openly expressing the<br />
hidden transcript on the public stage, yet “if it is possible to declare the hidden<br />
transcript while disguising the identity <strong>of</strong> the person declaring it, then much<br />
<strong>of</strong> the fear is dissipated” (Scott, 1990, p. 140). Two key methods <strong>of</strong> doing this<br />
are to disguise the message or the messenger. The former case is when the<br />
subordinate relaying the message is identifiable, but the message or insubordinate<br />
act is ambiguous; the latter case is when the act itself is explicit, but the<br />
actor is disguised. Furthermore, disguise can be accomplished in the form <strong>of</strong><br />
anonymity. One crucial form <strong>of</strong> anonymity is mass defiance; mobs or crowds<br />
are another way <strong>of</strong> disguising the individual to produce anonymity (Scott, 1990,<br />
p. 150). This quasi-public display <strong>of</strong> ideological resistance by subordinates is<br />
“disguised, muted and veiled for safety’s sake”; by recognizing these guises<br />
2
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
“that the powerless must adopt outside <strong>of</strong> the safety <strong>of</strong> the hidden transcript,<br />
scholars can, discern a political dialogue with power in the public transcript”<br />
(Scott, 1990, pp. 137-138).<br />
The concepts <strong>of</strong> disguised messages, messengers, and anonymity are<br />
tied to Scott’s concept <strong>of</strong> infrapolitics. Infrapolitics is political resistance<br />
that, “like infrared rays [is]…invisible… [and is] a<br />
tactical choice born <strong>of</strong> a prudent awareness <strong>of</strong> the<br />
balance <strong>of</strong> power” (Scott, 1990, p. 183). Infrapolitics<br />
emerge out <strong>of</strong> necessity—when open resistance<br />
would be swiftly and brutally subdued, jeopardizing<br />
the entire resistance movement. Infrapolitical acts<br />
would be considered by contemporary liberal democracies<br />
to be apolitical (Sparks, 1997). In the liberal<br />
democratic paradigm, the term “political” refers to<br />
open and public acts from voting and campaigning to protest and rallies.<br />
However, under repressive regimes, such open political action is rarely a<br />
viable option. Liberal democratic theories assume that subordinate groups<br />
have political rights and channel through which to express grievances.<br />
Infrapolitics is a strategy well suited to those without political rights.<br />
Under tyrannical regimes, infrapolitics is political life. According to Scott,<br />
“Before the recent development <strong>of</strong> institutionalized democratic norms, [the]<br />
ambiguous realm <strong>of</strong> political conflict was…the site <strong>of</strong> political discourse”<br />
(Scott, 1990, p. 200). Furthermore, as Scott notes, “In many respects<br />
[infrapolitics] is conducted in more earnest, for higher stakes, and against<br />
greater odds than political life in liberal democracies” (Scott, 1990, p. 200).<br />
In addition, Scott observes that infrapolitics “extends to…organization” as<br />
well as to substantive actions. The “elementary [organization]…<strong>of</strong> infrapolitics<br />
have an alternative, innocent existence” that lends to their disguise,<br />
such as informal networks <strong>of</strong> kin, neighbors, friends, and communities<br />
(Scott, 1990, p. 200).<br />
Scott makes it clear that behind every undisguised, open display <strong>of</strong><br />
resistance is a series <strong>of</strong> infrapolitical tactics that made open resistance<br />
possible. Infrapolitics are the tactics that keep the hidden transcript alive;<br />
it is the political “twin-sister” to open resistance, “who shares the same goals,<br />
but whose low-pr<strong>of</strong>ile is better adapted to resisting an opponent who could<br />
probably win any open confrontation” (Scott, 1990, p. 184). It keeps up a<br />
hidden spirit <strong>of</strong> resistance and dismisses any notion that the subordinate<br />
group accepts the propaganda <strong>of</strong> its subordination; rather infrapolitics<br />
demonstrates that subordinates are prudently surviving and biding their<br />
time until the moment is right for open resistance.<br />
Methods<br />
“Infrapolitics emerge out <strong>of</strong> necessity—when<br />
open resistance would<br />
be swiftly and brutally subdued,<br />
jeopardizing the entire resistance<br />
movement. ”<br />
In my examination <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s infrapolitical tactics, I have employed a case<br />
study methodology. I selected this method to allow for an in-depth examination<br />
<strong>of</strong> the public, <strong>of</strong>ficial, and hidden transcripts <strong>of</strong> both the subordinate<br />
group (i.e., RAWA) and dominant groups (i.e., the Soviets, Jehadis, Taliban,<br />
and the U.S.) involved in the discourse surrounding RAWA. In efforts to<br />
be true to the discourse, I have made an effort to rely on primary evidence<br />
as much as possible.<br />
In the age <strong>of</strong> the Internet, gathering evidence on RAWA’s hidden transcript<br />
took me beyond Scott’s definition. Much <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s discourse is expressed as<br />
news stories, publications, photographs, songs, poems, mission statements, etc.<br />
and is archived on the website rawa.org. In addition to RAWA’s website, I<br />
gathered secondary evidence from two books published on RAWA, both <strong>of</strong><br />
which contain in-depth interviews: With All <strong>of</strong> Our Strength, by Anne E. Brodsky<br />
(2003), and Meena: Heroine <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan, by Melody E. Chavis (2003). Evidence<br />
<strong>of</strong> RAWA’s public and <strong>of</strong>ficial transcripts came from newspaper articles, interviews,<br />
quotes, <strong>of</strong>ficial statements released by the group, and, when possible,<br />
recorded dialogue between RAWA and a dominant group.<br />
Evidence for the four dominant groups came in various forms and<br />
ranged from non-existent to overwhelming. With these groups, I focus<br />
primarily on their public and <strong>of</strong>ficial transcripts to try to understand their<br />
outward reactions to RAWA and RAWA’s response to such action. Unfortunately,<br />
without access to Russian-language archives, finding <strong>of</strong>ficial or<br />
public transcripts <strong>of</strong> the Soviets proved to be nearly<br />
impossible. As they never formed a long-lasting<br />
cohesive body, <strong>of</strong>ficial transcripts for the Jehadi<br />
factions is lacking, yet quotes from individual leaders<br />
and newspaper articles were readily available. For<br />
the <strong>of</strong>ficial transcripts <strong>of</strong> the Taliban and U.S., I relied<br />
on their websites (the <strong>of</strong>ficial website <strong>of</strong> the Taliban,<br />
who recognize themselves as the Islamic Emirate <strong>of</strong><br />
Afghanistan, shahamat-english.com, and the U.S.<br />
State Department’s website, state.gov). For public transcripts surrounding<br />
these two dominant groups, I drew from the upsurge <strong>of</strong> news stories,<br />
scholarly articles, and interviews beginning in 2000 through today.<br />
Background<br />
Although Afghanistan’s history spans thousands <strong>of</strong> years, for the study <strong>of</strong><br />
RAWA it is sufficient to begin in the late 1970s. It was in 1977 that a bright,<br />
young university student, Meena Keshwa Kamal, 2 along with several other<br />
students, founded the Revolutionary Association <strong>of</strong> the Women <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan<br />
(RAWA)—the first documented women-run, women-oriented organization<br />
in Afghan history. At the time the “sole purpose and aim [<strong>of</strong><br />
RAWA] was the advancement and equality <strong>of</strong> Afghan women” (Brodsky,<br />
2003, p. 43). Their primary method to achieve their goals was women’s<br />
education. While some Afghan women at this time had access to education,<br />
particularly urban elites like the women who founded RAWA, Shaima, a<br />
senior member 3 <strong>of</strong> RAWA explains why their mission was “revolutionary”:<br />
At the time [in 1977] women’s education was not revolutionary in the<br />
sense that [it was] during the Taliban…But we always thought deeper<br />
than just giving women education. We thought the purpose was giving<br />
women a consciousness—political, social, cultural—giving them that<br />
consciousness meant a revolution. (Brodsky, 2003, p. 106)<br />
As turmoil mounted within Afghanistan, and factions vying for control<br />
in 1978 eventually led to the Soviet invasion and occupation on December<br />
28, 1979, RAWA realized it could not ignore the gravity <strong>of</strong> these events.<br />
“RAWA believed that the struggle for women’s rights could not be separated<br />
from national liberation,” Shaima stated (Brodsky, 2003, p. 53). If women’s<br />
liberation was to be achieved, RAWA wanted it to arise from the people<br />
through education and an expanded consciousness, not by force through<br />
foreign regimes. Thus RAWA added the cause <strong>of</strong> national liberation to their<br />
agenda. Knowing that left-wing communists in Afghanistan only paid lip<br />
service to the cause <strong>of</strong> women’s liberation and that right-wing religious<br />
fundamentalists would do anything to suppress women, RAWA also took<br />
up the causes <strong>of</strong> democracy and secularism.<br />
On February 4, 1987, RAWA was hit with what would be their greatest<br />
test <strong>of</strong> strength and endurance: their beloved leader, Meena, had disappeared.<br />
It was soon discovered that Meena, along with her two body guards, had<br />
been assassinated. Reports <strong>of</strong> who was responsible for the murders vary,<br />
but RAWA itself states that, Meena was assassinated “by Afghan agents <strong>of</strong><br />
the then KGB in connivance with [the] fundamentalist band <strong>of</strong> Gulbuddin<br />
2<br />
Keshwa Kamal was an Indian pseudonym used by Meena to travel abroad more<br />
easily. Her real last name is kept secret for security reasons.<br />
3<br />
The term “senior member” is used to refer to a woman who has been with RAWA<br />
since its earliest days, rather than age or position within the organization.<br />
3
Thirty-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Revolution<br />
Melissa Moeinvaziri<br />
Hekmatyar” (“About RAWA”, n.d.). It is difficult to concisely articulate what<br />
Meena meant to the women <strong>of</strong> RAWA. For many members and supporters,<br />
who live in self-imposed austerity so resources could be given to RAWA, the<br />
only item “that interrupted the starkness <strong>of</strong> [their] rooms” was an image <strong>of</strong><br />
Meena (Brodsky, 2003, p. 27). In reading the few books written about RAWA<br />
or their website, it became apparent to me that Meena’s genuine compassion<br />
for those she worked for, her passion, endurance, and unwavering commitment<br />
inspired many to join and support RAWA. Without her, it would be difficult<br />
to continue. Yet, realizing that without RAWA there would be no nonviolent,<br />
democratic voice to oppose the Soviets and fundamentalists, the women<br />
“carr[ied] on with the ideals [for which Meena died]” (Chavis, 2003, p. 157).<br />
RAWA’s Principles<br />
The ideals for which Meena was martyred include freedom, secular democracy,<br />
and social justice (i.e., women’s rights and human rights). I find it best<br />
to articulate these principles in RAWA’s own words:<br />
By FREEDOM we mean political, economic and cultural freedom and<br />
independence for our country. By FREEDOM we also mean the right<br />
to individual freedoms <strong>of</strong> expression, belief, congregation, pr<strong>of</strong>ession<br />
and travel, etc.; freedom <strong>of</strong> the press, freedom to form political parties<br />
and unions, freedom to elect and be elected, and<br />
all such other inalienable rights <strong>of</strong> citizens. The<br />
FREEDOM that we demand implies a total halt<br />
to all forms <strong>of</strong> inquisitory policing <strong>of</strong> thought,<br />
freedom <strong>of</strong> terror and torture, and guarantees<br />
for the safeguarding <strong>of</strong> the human dignity <strong>of</strong><br />
individuals. We further believe that in the context<br />
<strong>of</strong> fundamentalism-ridden Afghanistan, in order<br />
to attain the above mentioned freedoms it is<br />
first and foremost necessary to put forward the<br />
demand for DEMOCRACY, the prime condition<br />
for which is secularism, (i.e. the separation <strong>of</strong><br />
religion from the State). It is only in a secular<br />
State where there can be talk <strong>of</strong> the above mentioned<br />
freedoms. All the above freedoms are infringed upon under the<br />
pretext <strong>of</strong> religious injunctions. According to our understanding, it is<br />
only under DEMOCRACY that the religious beliefs <strong>of</strong> the people retain<br />
their pristine spiritual value and are not unscrupulously abused to<br />
further political ends, and human rights—including freedom <strong>of</strong> religious<br />
belief—can be guaranteed and safeguarded. We believe that conventional<br />
democratic political institutions in the absence <strong>of</strong> SOCIAL JUSTICE<br />
are flawed and worthless. We can talk <strong>of</strong> democracy and democratic<br />
institutions in Afghanistan only when the agrarian issue is resolved in<br />
the interests <strong>of</strong> peasants who comprise the absolute majority <strong>of</strong> the<br />
people and factors perpetuating the distance between the rich and the<br />
poor are done away with. Democracy can take roots only when the<br />
means for work and gaining an honest livelihood are available for all<br />
and are not under the dominance <strong>of</strong> or in the monopoly <strong>of</strong> the few;<br />
where there is religious freedom; where there is no national or ethnic<br />
oppression <strong>of</strong> minorities, and where the human rights <strong>of</strong> women as half<br />
<strong>of</strong> the societal corpus are respected. Such are the pillars <strong>of</strong> SOCIAL<br />
JUSTICE, without which democracy would ring hollow. (“About RAWA”,<br />
n.d., original emphasis)<br />
Organizational Structure<br />
RAWA’s sophisticated organizational style—democratic, non-hierarchical,<br />
and collectively based—contributes to their ability not only to preach, but<br />
also to practice these aforementioned principles. It may be asked whether<br />
“For four decades RAWA has been a<br />
constant voice for social justice,<br />
democracy, secularism, and<br />
women’s rights. They have endured<br />
what few equally long-lasting<br />
organizations have—continual war,<br />
two foreign invasions, and severe<br />
cultural, religious, and political<br />
restrictions.”<br />
RAWA can speak on behalf <strong>of</strong> Afghan women. There has certainly been<br />
criticism <strong>of</strong> RAWA for attempting to do so, yet RAWA’s membership<br />
policy is open to all Afghan women. RAWA only allows Afghan women<br />
to be full-fledged members; 4 all others who are interested in helping—<br />
men and foreigners—are known as supporters and have limited access<br />
to RAWA. RAWA’s membership is also unhindered by education, wealth,<br />
location, or ethnic identity. 5 Although they do not put great emphasis<br />
on exact numbers, it is estimated that RAWA is made up <strong>of</strong> approximately<br />
2,000 members.<br />
RAWA has seven standing committees; three <strong>of</strong> these operate in both<br />
Pakistan and Afghanistan: education, social (humanitarian), and finance.<br />
The three more outwardly-oriented committees operate only in Pakistan:<br />
publications, foreign affairs, and culture. The only committee that<br />
operates solely in Afghanistan is the reports committee, which is responsible<br />
for taking videos and photography and writing reports <strong>of</strong> the crimes<br />
against humanity committed by the fundamentalists. RAWA also has<br />
a Leadership Council made up <strong>of</strong> 11 women who are elected every two<br />
years with write-in ballots submitted by the rest <strong>of</strong> the membership; the<br />
goal was to create a leadership structure that was democratic, collective,<br />
and non-hierarchical (Brodsky, 2003). The Leadership Council meets<br />
periodically throughout the year (the meeting times and locations are<br />
only known to the 11 members) and communicates<br />
via letters, phone calls, and email the rest <strong>of</strong><br />
the time. Their main responsibilities include<br />
overseeing the operation <strong>of</strong> activities and to write<br />
the organization’s standpoints, and political and<br />
social policy statements, with input from all the<br />
members (Brodsky, 2003, pp. 151-159).<br />
For four decades RAWA has been a constant<br />
voice for social justice, democracy, secularism, and<br />
women’s rights. They have endured what few equally<br />
long-lasting organizations have—continual war, two<br />
foreign invasions, and severe cultural, religious, and<br />
political restrictions. As my research will show, such<br />
endurance is not a product <strong>of</strong> mere luck or foreign<br />
saviors; it is result <strong>of</strong> a sophisticated organizational structure and the ability<br />
to adapt their resistance strategy to whichever regime holds power.<br />
Oppression and Resistance<br />
In this section I explore the type <strong>of</strong> restrictions RAWA faced during each<br />
<strong>of</strong> the four time periods: Soviet influence and occupation, Jehadi civil war,<br />
Taliban rule and U.S. invasion and Northern Alliance rule. I show the<br />
various tactics used by the dominant groups to maintain control <strong>of</strong> the<br />
public transcript as well as their grasp on power. Most importantly, I examine<br />
RAWA’s shifting infrapolitics in action; that is, how their tactics shifted from<br />
highly visible and outward resistance to clandestine, seemingly apolitical<br />
resistance within and across all four time periods. As discussed in the<br />
methods section, I do not have the same amount <strong>of</strong> information for each<br />
historical period.<br />
4<br />
“Every freedom-loving and honorable compatriot women or girl who has<br />
reached the age <strong>of</strong> 17 can become a member <strong>of</strong> RAWA by accepting its aims<br />
and duties and it organizational regulations and implementing them in practice”<br />
(Brodsky, 2002, p. 174).<br />
5<br />
While RAWA was founded by university educated women from Kabul, now<br />
women from any background can become a member and serve in a variety <strong>of</strong><br />
committee and leadership positions.<br />
4
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Soviet Influence and Occupation (1977-1989)<br />
Because <strong>of</strong> its people I love my country<br />
My people who will rise up to join in protest<br />
Even after their cities run red with blood and fire.<br />
-Meena, “The Great Love,” date unknown<br />
Before the Moscow-directed coup d’état <strong>of</strong> April 1978, RAWA’s activities<br />
were confined to struggle for women’s rights and democracy (“About RAWA”,<br />
n.d.). In this way, RAWA had positioned themselves outside the dominant<br />
left-right ideological debate raging in Afghanistan. As one male RAWA<br />
supporter stated, “There was a higher share <strong>of</strong> women in the left, but the<br />
left was all ideological goals and women’s rights were instrumental, not an<br />
aim. Meanwhile, on the right, women had no place worth mentioning”<br />
besides having their honor and dignity “protected” and being ushered away<br />
from school and employment back to the home (as quoted in Brodsky, 2003,<br />
p. 43). As Mohmand (2012) argues, Afghan women were treated instrumentally<br />
during this period by both sides. In advocating for women’s rights<br />
and democracy, RAWA realized that they would receive hostility from both<br />
the left-wing communists and right-wing fundamentalists.<br />
RAWA’s early activities, from 1977 until 1979, were minimal and “under<br />
the radar.” Meena organized small, clandestine groups <strong>of</strong> women met to<br />
discuss the organization’s principles and to think <strong>of</strong> ways in which they<br />
could aid all women, but especially the poor women, <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan. They<br />
began by holding secret literacy classes for illiterate women they knew. At<br />
this point, information about RAWA was mainly spread by word <strong>of</strong> mouth.<br />
Soon they began to distribute fliers called Shabnameh, night letters, which<br />
were not meant for recruitment, but to spread opposition against the corrupt<br />
regime. RAWA had yet to organize openly—there was never a time in<br />
Afghanistan that they felt safe to do so. Thus women met in communal<br />
bath houses and wore the burqa, despite being modern women who did<br />
not normally veil themselves, 6 in order to protect their identity. All <strong>of</strong> these<br />
aforementioned tactics—small, seemingly informal and innocent gatherings;<br />
the anonymous distribution <strong>of</strong> the Shabnameh; wearing burqas; information<br />
spread by word <strong>of</strong> mouth, and literacy classes—demonstrate sophisticated<br />
infrapolitics. RAWA employed these disguise tactics to be able to physically<br />
move themselves as well as their hidden transcript through an increasingly<br />
hostile public arena.<br />
From April 1978, when pro-Soviet Union Khalq<br />
party staged a coup against government, to December<br />
1979, when the Soviets invaded, thousands <strong>of</strong><br />
people were jailed, tortured, and killed, particularly<br />
men, intellectuals, and those associated with opposition<br />
groups. Several members <strong>of</strong> RAWA were<br />
imprisoned and tortured, some up to eight years.<br />
“After the Soviet occupation <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan in December<br />
1979, RAWA became directly involved in the<br />
war <strong>of</strong> resistance” (“About RAWA”, n.d., original emphasis). RAWA’s involvement<br />
in the resistance early on included open resistance, such as marching<br />
in student led protests in Kabul. However, even the act <strong>of</strong> openly demonstrating<br />
was conducted with some level <strong>of</strong> infrapolitics. RAWA employed<br />
the tactic <strong>of</strong> disguise, by not directly organizing the demonstrations and by<br />
not identifying themselves as RAWA members; thus, they became anonymous<br />
women in a crowd <strong>of</strong> many. RAWA also directly supported certain factions<br />
<strong>of</strong> Mujahedeen by smuggling weapons, aiding fighters on the front line and,<br />
in accordance with their original mission, teaching literacy classes to women<br />
6<br />
The veil was made optional in 1959 by King Zahir (Chavis, 2003, p. 195).<br />
on the front line as well (Brodsky, 2003, pp. 60-63).<br />
In 1981, RAWA began its influential publication Payam-e Zan (Women’s<br />
Message). Payam-e Zan documented the atrocities <strong>of</strong> the Soviet regime<br />
and the fundamentalists, published inspirational poems, political essays,<br />
declared RAWA’s stance on issues, and reported on the overall condition <strong>of</strong><br />
Afghanistan and Afghan women. The magazine also acted as an educational<br />
tool through which literacy classes and political awareness were cultivated,<br />
and it was an important vehicle for recruitment (Brodsky, 2003).<br />
Due to a worsening security situation—threats, disappearance, arrests,<br />
and torture—in 1981 and 1982 many RAWA members, including Meena,<br />
fled across the border to Pakistan to better continue their operations. By<br />
the time they arrived, nearly 2 million Afghan refugees had already fled to<br />
Pakistan. RAWA eventually settled in the border town <strong>of</strong> Quetta, where<br />
they engaged in more seemingly “apolitical” resistance tactics. RAWA<br />
become engaged in what outwardly appeared to be solely humanitarian<br />
projects such as a handcraft center that provided vocational training for<br />
women and in 1984, two large boarding schools, Watan (homeland) schools<br />
and in 1986 the Malalai Hospital—all <strong>of</strong> which served the Afghan refugee<br />
population. RAWA’s smaller projects in Afghanistan, mobile health clinics<br />
and small scale income generating projects are clearly infrapolitical. These<br />
projects aimed to give women a political and cultural consciousness and<br />
sustained hope in the resistance effort. After Meena’s death was made public<br />
in August <strong>of</strong> 1987, RAWA once again began to hold public demonstrations<br />
in Pakistan protesting the atrocities in Afghanistan 7 (Brodsky, 2003).<br />
Jehadi Civil War (1989-1996)<br />
“In advocating for women’s rights and<br />
democracy, RAWA realized that they<br />
would receive hostility from both the<br />
left-wing communists and right-wing<br />
fundamentalists.”<br />
Sister, rise up after your freedom,<br />
Why are you quiet Rise up because henceforth<br />
you have to imbibe the blood <strong>of</strong> tyrannical men.<br />
-Forugh Farrokhzad, “To My Sister,” date unknown<br />
Upon the 1989 departure <strong>of</strong> the Soviet Union power was given to a Soviet<br />
backed puppet regime, and the Jehadi continued their struggle to take<br />
control <strong>of</strong> the country. On April 28, 1992—a day that RAWA refers to as<br />
the “Black Day”—the Jehadi factions took control <strong>of</strong> Kabul. For the next<br />
four years the fundamentalist factions fought each other for political control,<br />
igniting a civil war. It was during this time “when many stopped referring<br />
to these fighters and party leaders as Mujahedeen,<br />
freedom fighters, but instead called them Jehadi and<br />
warlords” (Brodsky, 2003, p. 99). From 1992-1996<br />
it is estimated that at least 50,000 people were killed<br />
and 100,000 wounded in Kabul alone, more than<br />
half <strong>of</strong> the city was destroyed; and people throughout<br />
the country were subjected to robbery, kidnapping,<br />
murder, and rape (Brodsky, 2003; “Info on<br />
Afghanistan”, n.d.).<br />
The reports collected from RAWA from 1992 up through the Taliban<br />
era are thorough, graphic, and well documented on their website. While<br />
“the Jehadis did not <strong>of</strong>ficially ban women from school, work, or leaving their<br />
houses alone…their lawlessness and criminality had the same result”<br />
(Brodsky, 2003, p. 100). The robbery, kidnappings, murders, and rapes<br />
7<br />
These included February 4, the day <strong>of</strong> Meena’s death; March 8, International<br />
Women’s Day; April 28, “Black Day” the day the Jehadis began bombing Kabul<br />
in 1992; December 10, International Human Rights Day; and December 28, the<br />
day the Soviets invaded Afghanistan. All events are held annually when possible<br />
(“Some RAWA past events”, n.d.).<br />
5
Thirty-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Revolution<br />
Melissa Moeinvaziri<br />
committed by various Jehadi groups—whether in control <strong>of</strong> a particular<br />
region or fighting to control it—forced the Afghan people to resort to<br />
begging or selling <strong>of</strong>f their children to those better able to support them.<br />
Many women, who had lost all <strong>of</strong> their male relatives, were left with the<br />
option <strong>of</strong> prostituting themselves or allowing their children to starve, and<br />
young girls, many <strong>of</strong> whom were raped by Jehadi forces, committed suicide<br />
to maintain their and their family’s honor (“Archived Reports”, n.d.;<br />
Mohmand, 2012).<br />
While they were the dominant group in Afghanistan, the Jehadi factions<br />
utilized numerous tactics described by Scott to keep a hold <strong>of</strong> their power.<br />
Concealment was used when hiding their atrocious treatment <strong>of</strong> women.<br />
If the Jehadis took responsibility for rapes, kidnappings, and random murders<br />
they committed, their claim to legitimacy through Islamic fundamentalism—which<br />
upholds the honor <strong>of</strong> women—would be in question. Even<br />
years after their rule, Jehadi factions (i.e., the Northern Alliance) who are<br />
now attempting to take power under the current U.S. established government,<br />
attempt to uphold their image through concealment and denial <strong>of</strong> their past<br />
wrong doings (Congressional Committee on International Relations, 2001).<br />
In addition, other abhorrent acts committed by the Jehadis, such as the<br />
destruction <strong>of</strong> Kabul, were euphemized with terms such as “freedom fighting.”<br />
Furthermore, stigmatization <strong>of</strong> RAWA was frequently used by Jehadi<br />
factions. Whereas the Soviets targeted RAWA simply for being a resistance<br />
organization, the Jehadi factions found numerous ways to explicitly attack<br />
RAWA’s credibility and reputation. There is a misconception, even today,<br />
among many Afghans (and even critics in the West), that RAWA is somehow<br />
left-<strong>of</strong>-center or even communist (Thurpkaew, 2002, online RAWA, 2002<br />
p. 157). At the height <strong>of</strong> the war <strong>of</strong> resistance, there appeared to be only<br />
two choices for Afghans: pro-Soviet communist or pro-Mujahedeen, implying<br />
the latter equated with being pro-Afghanistan. Since RAWA resisted<br />
the notion <strong>of</strong> fundamentalist Islam espoused by the Jehadis—who for a<br />
time were viewed as freedom fighters—they were<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten branded as pro-Soviet. Another reason for<br />
this branding was Meena’s husband, Dr. Faiz Ahmed,<br />
who founded and worked with an alternative, leftist<br />
resistance organization. One RAWA member noted:<br />
“The world over women are [sic] painted with their<br />
husband’s opinions” (Chavis, 2003, p. 90). It was<br />
difficult for many regular Afghans to believe that a<br />
husband and wife could hold differing political<br />
“Many women, who had lost all <strong>of</strong><br />
their male relatives, were left with<br />
the option <strong>of</strong> prostituting themselves<br />
or allowing their children to<br />
starve.”<br />
opinions and work for different organizations which had separate activities<br />
and aims. This difference was easily exploited by RAWA’s enemies.<br />
Furthermore, many <strong>of</strong> the rumors against RAWA arose out <strong>of</strong> sexism.<br />
It was impossible for many Afghans to believe that women, without the<br />
guidance and patronage <strong>of</strong> men, could organize and sustain such a strong<br />
resistance movement. Other women’s organizations that existed during the<br />
Soviet era were <strong>of</strong>f-shoots <strong>of</strong> already established men’s organizations; 8 thus<br />
a women’s organization like RAWA was doomed to be misconstrued as the<br />
underling <strong>of</strong> other various male-run organizations, whether communist,<br />
fundamentalist, or Western.<br />
An incident in Pakistan, in December <strong>of</strong> 2000, where fighting broke out<br />
between RAWA, other female demonstrators, and a Jehadi faction, highlights<br />
the vast array <strong>of</strong> contradictory stigmas placed on RAWA. The following<br />
are several headlines and quotes from articles that covered the incident:<br />
• “the violent supporters <strong>of</strong> RAWA ransacked the camps <strong>of</strong> the Jehadi<br />
organizations”<br />
• “RAWA Denies Backing Opposition Against Taliban: …RAWA<br />
defended itself against accusations that is was supporting the<br />
opposition Northern Alliance”<br />
• “Attempting to demolish the Kashmir Freedom Movement, the<br />
fundraising camp for Jehadis was set on fire and the Holy Qura’n<br />
was destroyed…Thousands <strong>of</strong> women and children staged [the]<br />
rally…the attackers were reported to be supporters <strong>of</strong> the Northern<br />
Alliance”<br />
• “Violence by Westernized Women in Capital”<br />
• “Demonstrators were the agents <strong>of</strong> the U.S.” (RAWA, 2000)<br />
The shift in regime led to a shift in RAWA’s infrapolitical tactics and<br />
mission. “After the fall <strong>of</strong> the puppet government and the invasion <strong>of</strong> the<br />
fundamentalists bands into Kabul, RAWA focused more…on women’s rights,<br />
human rights and exposition <strong>of</strong> the fundamentalists barbaric actions” (RAWA,<br />
n.d., Social Activities, online). RAWA describes their activities in Afghanistan<br />
(during the Jehadi rule, as well as today) in these terms:<br />
Our work inside Afghanistan consists mainly <strong>of</strong> support to female<br />
victims <strong>of</strong> war and atrocities committed by belligerent groups. Our<br />
workers contact families and particularly women who either themselves<br />
or their family members have been victimized by the fundamentalists,<br />
[h]ighlighting their misadventures via reports published in Women’s<br />
Message [Payam-e Zan], alerting international sentinels <strong>of</strong> human rights<br />
such as Amnesty International and similar organizations to human<br />
rights violations against women. (“Social Activities”, n.d.)<br />
During this time RAWA retreated away from more open resistance, such<br />
as the demonstrations they employed for a time under the Soviet occupation,<br />
and began to use infrapolitical methods in both Afghanistan and Pakistan.<br />
This shift back to small scale, humanitarian projects was also promoted by<br />
a lack <strong>of</strong> resources. After the Soviets had left, “international sources <strong>of</strong><br />
funding for Afghan refugees shrunk until RAWA<br />
could no longer even sustain the cost <strong>of</strong> Malalai<br />
Hospital…RAWA shifted its medical aid back to<br />
small clinics” (Chavis, 2003, p. 161). In Afghanistan<br />
mobile clinics were founded and clandestine literature<br />
courses for women were taught by RAWA<br />
members; in Pakistan RAWA continued to help<br />
Afghan refugees by setting up schools and medical<br />
clinics. RAWA also continued the struggle <strong>of</strong> education.<br />
They tried to attract and teach as many young orphans as possible,<br />
yet RAWA was competing against well-funded fundamentalist madrassas,<br />
which instilled in young boys the principles <strong>of</strong> fundamentalist Islam (Chavis,<br />
2003). The evidence suggests that this time RAWA kept a low pr<strong>of</strong>ile in<br />
Afghanistan. There is very little written in any <strong>of</strong> the books about RAWA<br />
and on RAWA’s own website about their activities during this time.<br />
Taliban (1996-2001)<br />
They made me invisible, shrouded and non-being A shadow, no existence,<br />
made silent and unseeing Denied <strong>of</strong> freedom, confined to my cage Tell me<br />
how to handle my anger and my rage<br />
-Zieba Shorish-Shamley, “Look into My World,” 1998<br />
8<br />
For example, the Democratic Organization <strong>of</strong> Afghan Women (DOAW), arguably<br />
one <strong>of</strong> the first women’s organizations in Afghanistan, was founded in 1965;<br />
yet it was not an independent organization like RAWA. DOAW was a branch <strong>of</strong><br />
the communist People’s Democratic Party <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan (PDPA).<br />
By 1996, the Taliban, “a movement made up <strong>of</strong> Afghan madrassa students…<br />
under the control <strong>of</strong> Mullah Mohammad Omar” took control <strong>of</strong> Kabul and<br />
brought an end to the worst <strong>of</strong> the Jehadi fighting (Brodsky, 2003, p. 101).<br />
However, a hell-like reality persisted for the Afghan people under the rule
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> the Taliban; instead <strong>of</strong> all-out war waged through rockets and landmines,<br />
war was carried out through the implementation <strong>of</strong> ultra-fundamentalist<br />
interpretations <strong>of</strong> Islamic law. Restrictions against women included being<br />
forced to wear the burqa in public and being barred from leaving the home<br />
without a mahram (close male relative), working, attending school, going<br />
to the hospital or interacting with men who were not close relatives. The<br />
inhumane crimes committed against women, children, and men included<br />
“harsh and unpredictable physical punishment” for breaking any <strong>of</strong> the<br />
aforementioned edicts, and the continued kidnapping, raping, and murdering<br />
women at will (Brodsky, 2003, p.101).<br />
The Taliban, like their Jehadi predecessors, engaged in numerous techniques<br />
described by Scott to retain their control over much <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan.<br />
The following are euphemistic quotes from various Taliban <strong>of</strong>ficials gathered<br />
by the U.S. Bureau <strong>of</strong> Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor (2001b):<br />
• It’s like having a flower, or a rose. You water it and keep it at home<br />
for yourself, to look at it and smell it. It [a woman] is not supposed<br />
to be taken out <strong>of</strong> the house to be smelled.<br />
• Syed Ghaisuddin, Taliban Minister <strong>of</strong> Education, when asked why<br />
women needed to be confined at home, 2001<br />
• If we are to ask Afghan women, their problems have been solved.<br />
• Qudratullah Jamal, Taliban Minister <strong>of</strong> Culture, 2001<br />
• We have enough problems with the education <strong>of</strong> men, and in those<br />
affairs no one asks us about that.<br />
• Qari Mullah Din Muhammad Hanif, Taliban Minister <strong>of</strong> Higher<br />
Education, 2001<br />
• If a woman wants to work away from her home and with men, then<br />
that is not allowed by our religion and our culture. If we force them<br />
to do this they may want to commit suicide.<br />
• Mullah Nooruddin Turabi, Taliban Minister <strong>of</strong> Justice, 2001<br />
• We do not have any immediate plans to give jobs to (women) who<br />
have been laid <strong>of</strong>f. But they can find themselves jobs enjoying their<br />
free lives. Moulvi Wakil Ahmad Mutawakel, Taliban Minister <strong>of</strong><br />
Foreign Affairs, 2001<br />
Despite their outwardly harsh treatment <strong>of</strong> women and their euphemistic<br />
talking points early on, today the Taliban seems to opt for concealment<br />
<strong>of</strong> their former treatment <strong>of</strong> women and restrictions on women’s rights as<br />
well. In the entirety <strong>of</strong> the Taliban’s website (on<br />
which they refer to themselves the Islamic Emirate<br />
<strong>of</strong> Afghanistan; another concealing tactic), there is<br />
“The bravery <strong>of</strong> RAWA members<br />
was also exemplified, just as it was<br />
during the Jehadi civil war, by their<br />
clandestine reporting and and<br />
documentation <strong>of</strong> the brutal crime<br />
carried out against Afghans. ”<br />
only one article on women; yet it does not declare<br />
the Taliban’s views on women, but, instead, critiques<br />
the U.S. government’s bombing <strong>of</strong> women and children<br />
(Islamic Emirate <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan, 2011). Their<br />
silence on their views on and past treatment <strong>of</strong><br />
women is a telling one. They are concealing their<br />
views and treatment <strong>of</strong> women, which they know<br />
to be considered harsh even among Afghans, to show<br />
themselves in a more favorable light—at least better than the U.S.<br />
The Taliban also continued the Jehadi tactic <strong>of</strong> stigmatizing RAWA, as well<br />
as oppressing them through euphemized Islamic justice. In reference to the<br />
previously mentioned December 2000 demonstration in Pakistan, the Taliban’s<br />
secretary <strong>of</strong> the Afghan Embassy in Pakistan, Habibullah, was quoted as saying<br />
that RAWA was an agent <strong>of</strong> the Indian intelligence, that RAWA was at the same<br />
time supported by Northern Alliance leader Ahmed Shah Masood and that<br />
RAWA was also paid by foreigners to chant anti-Taliban slogans. He also went<br />
on to say that the Taliban regime had “given all the rights to women in the light<br />
<strong>of</strong> Islam” (as quoted in RAWA, 2000, p. 59).<br />
In response to the Taliban take-over <strong>of</strong> Kabul, RAWA stated:<br />
Under Taliban control, even if the number <strong>of</strong> rapes and murders perpetrated<br />
against women falls, Taliban restrictions—comparable to those<br />
from the middle ages—will continue to kill the spirit <strong>of</strong> our people while<br />
depriving them <strong>of</strong> a humane existence. We consider Taliban more<br />
treacherous and ignorant than Jehadis. According to our people, ‘Jehadis<br />
were killing us with guns and swords but Taliban are killing us with<br />
cotton.’ (“Afghan Women”, n.d.)<br />
Under the Taliban, RAWA’s mission did not drastically change from<br />
when the Jehadis were vying for power: “The focus <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s political<br />
struggle has been against the fundamentalists’ and the ultra-fundamentalist<br />
Taliban’s criminal policies and atrocities against the people <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan<br />
in general and their incredibly ultra-male-chauvinistic and anti-woman<br />
orientation in particular” (“Info on Afghanistan”, n.d.). Likely, while their<br />
mission remained the same, their tactics had to retreat further into the<br />
infrapolitics. While the Jehadis would boast about the high employment<br />
<strong>of</strong> women during their rule, giving the de facto impression that women<br />
were free to move about and attend work, schools, and hospitals, the Taliban<br />
did not tolerate women’s free movement. A woman outside the home<br />
automatically garnered unwanted attention. RAWA’s tasks became even<br />
more difficult under such repression. Yet, RAWA did not stop sending<br />
educated women back into Afghanistan to continue their work in schools<br />
and medical clinics, as well as to continue their own education. When asked<br />
why RAWA sent women to Afghanistan from Pakistan, one student replied,<br />
For the experience <strong>of</strong> living in Afghanistan. To known the real pain<br />
and suffering. So we could experience the underground life under the<br />
Taliban…RAWA thought I could teach, take RAWA’s message to classes…<br />
It was good and useful because I could study and I was able to teach<br />
others. (Brodsky, 2003, p. 148)<br />
Disguising their identities and activities was crucial at this time. As Brodsky<br />
notes, in Afghanistan it was critical that most people not know that RAWA<br />
was running a school. As another RAWA member noted, “If the Taliban<br />
caught me inside Afghanistan they would definitely torture and kill me,<br />
stone me as a quote-unquote prostitute” (Pollitt, 2000). The threat <strong>of</strong><br />
physical harm, and stigmatization in addition, made infrapolitical tactics<br />
not only prudent, but also necessary. However, it should be noted, that fear<br />
was not what made RAWA members act “under the radar”; the same RAWA<br />
member continued by stating, “But I can do it. I’m ready for anything.<br />
Someday we will die but maybe it will be a prouder<br />
death than from some natural cause” (Pollitt, 2000).<br />
The bravery <strong>of</strong> RAWA members was also exemplified,<br />
just as it was during the Jehadi civil war, by<br />
their clandestine reporting and documentation <strong>of</strong><br />
the brutal crime carried out against Afghans. In<br />
2001, a BBC documentary, Beneath the Veil, aired<br />
footage <strong>of</strong> the 1999 public execution <strong>of</strong> Zarmeena,<br />
a mother <strong>of</strong> seven who had been accused <strong>of</strong> killing<br />
her husband. This footage, which was seen by millions<br />
<strong>of</strong> people around the world, was secretly filmed<br />
by RAWA, with the knowledge that if they were caught, they too would be<br />
executed (Brodsky, 2003, p. 14).<br />
Finally, one year into the Taliban rule, RAWA initiated one <strong>of</strong> their most<br />
crucial infrapolitical projects. “In the context <strong>of</strong> a regime that sought to<br />
take Afghanistan back centuries in time, RAWA moved technologically in<br />
the other direction, creating a website and gaining access to email, and thus<br />
nearly instantaneous contact with the rest <strong>of</strong> the world, for the first time”<br />
(Brodsky, 2003, p. 101). RAWA’s website has proven to be one <strong>of</strong> their most<br />
innovative and useful social sites.<br />
7
Thirty-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Revolution<br />
Melissa Moeinvaziri<br />
U.S. Occupation and the Northern Alliance (2001-Present)<br />
My country resists the invaders who bring their own ruin!<br />
My country is tired <strong>of</strong> injustice and will sallow no more!<br />
My country will never surrender to occupation!<br />
-Meena, “The Great Love,” date unknown<br />
When the air raids on Afghanistan began in October 2001, the Western<br />
world believed the U.S. and its allies were going to bring peace, democracy<br />
and, <strong>of</strong> course, women’s rights to Afghanistan. In November 2001, the U.S.<br />
government stated:<br />
The United States Government, which has been the largest individual<br />
national donor to Afghan humanitarian assistance efforts, believes the<br />
Taliban’s oppression <strong>of</strong> women must come to an end. The U.S. Government<br />
supports a broad-based government representative <strong>of</strong> all the<br />
Afghan people and which includes women in post-Taliban Afghanistan.<br />
Only Afghans can determine the future government <strong>of</strong> their country.<br />
And Afghan women should have the opportunity to play a role in that<br />
future. (Bureau <strong>of</strong> Democracy, Human Rights and Labor, 2001a)<br />
Furthermore, in the same month, First Lady Laura Bush claimed the<br />
U.S.-led intervention would lead to the emancipation <strong>of</strong> Afghan women:<br />
“a world-wide effort to focus on the brutality against women and children<br />
by al-Qaeda terrorists and the regime that supports it in Afghanistan, the<br />
Taliban…the fight against terrorism is also a fight for the rights and dignity<br />
<strong>of</strong> women” (as quoted in Mohmand, 2012). Both <strong>of</strong> these statements, one<br />
from the <strong>of</strong>ficial transcript and one from the public, aim to give the impression<br />
that the U.S. was coming into Afghanistan, not only to fight terrorism,<br />
but to fight for and “liberate” Afghan women. Both <strong>of</strong> these statements<br />
condemn the Taliban government, yet like numerous other <strong>of</strong>ficial and<br />
public transcripts articulated by the U.S. post-September 11th, they fail to<br />
mention the U.S.’s support for the equally ruthless Jehadi factions. There<br />
is a silence, a concealment, <strong>of</strong> the U.S.’s past role in bringing Afghanistan<br />
to its current, war-ravaged state. Furthermore, the U.S.’s discourse surrounding<br />
Afghan women reeks <strong>of</strong> savior mentality. While there is talk <strong>of</strong><br />
having Afghan women “play a role in [Afghanistan’s] future” and the “rights<br />
and dignity <strong>of</strong> [Afghan] women,” there is little talk <strong>of</strong> partnering with<br />
existing women’s organizations and supporting them, rather than guiding<br />
their liberation.<br />
It must also be acknowledged, that women’s issues are not separate from<br />
the decade-long war waging in Afghanistan; the war—the civilian causalities,<br />
the displacement both within the country and those forced to flee—takes<br />
a greater toll on women than the lack <strong>of</strong> rights alone.<br />
Unfortunately, it is difficult to find exact, reliable<br />
numbers <strong>of</strong> Afghan civilian deaths and injuries caused<br />
by U.S. and allied attacks since the start <strong>of</strong> the occupation<br />
in 2001; I do not believe this is an accident, but<br />
one aspect <strong>of</strong> concealment on the part <strong>of</strong> the U.S.<br />
Despite the harsh conditions that many Afghan<br />
women still face, the U.S. is deploying domination<br />
tactics in efforts to conceal and euphemize the situation,<br />
and furthermore to stigmatize RAWA. As just noted, I was unable to<br />
find the number <strong>of</strong> Afghan civilian deaths from 2001 to the present; estimates<br />
span huge ranges, and vary greatly from source to source. In contrast, the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> U.S. troops killed, is readily available information: from October<br />
7, 2001 through May 14, 2012 1,966 U.S. troops died in Afghanistan (Livingston<br />
& O’Hanlon, 2012). While some discrepancy is understandable, it<br />
appears there is an aspect <strong>of</strong> concealment on the part <strong>of</strong> the U.S. in not<br />
providing somewhat coherent estimates <strong>of</strong> Afghan civilian casualties. Further<br />
evidence <strong>of</strong> concealment is found in the public transcript <strong>of</strong> the media. It<br />
is rare that incidents <strong>of</strong> small numbers <strong>of</strong> Afghan causalities are reported<br />
in the U.S. mainstream media, beyond the <strong>of</strong>f-hand mention <strong>of</strong> a car bomb<br />
in this province or that city. Yet stories on RAWA’s streaming news feed (by<br />
far the most updated and well maintained portion <strong>of</strong> rawa.org) report daily<br />
incidents <strong>of</strong> civilian deaths, especially those due to U.S. and coalition air<br />
raids and other attacks; these same stories prove difficult to find in any U.S.<br />
news.<br />
Furthermore, I would argue that this concealment involves dehumanization.<br />
By merely mentioning an incident and not the number <strong>of</strong> civilians<br />
killed, their names, or anything about their lives, the dominant power—the<br />
U.S. in this case—is attempting to not only conceal their wrong doing, but<br />
make the subordinates at home (i.e., U.S. civilians) less critical <strong>of</strong> their<br />
actions and thus maintain a hold on their dominant position <strong>of</strong> power. For<br />
instance, not a single mainstream media news source in the U.S. mentioned<br />
the names <strong>of</strong> the 16 civilians massacred in March 2012 by Staff Sergeant<br />
Robert Bales. 9<br />
The ways in which the U.S. has euphemized the war in Afghanistan are<br />
quite obvious. As in most wars <strong>of</strong> occupation, the terms “liberation”—as<br />
with women’s rights in Afghanistan, as previously mentioned—and “collateral<br />
damage”—when it comes to civilian deaths—are ubiquitous. While<br />
the U.S. has euphemized their efforts in Afghanistan, sources in the U.S.<br />
first began to stigmatize RAWA, once they made it known they would not<br />
support an invading regime, and today the U.S. has silenced RAWA’s critical<br />
voice in mainstream media. From 2000, with the release <strong>of</strong> BBC’s Beneath<br />
the Veil, through September 11, 2011, which turned the world’s gaze on<br />
Afghanistan, up until approximately 2002, RAWA was the “media darling”<br />
<strong>of</strong> the U.S. mainstream media; today, however, RAWA is rarely if ever<br />
mentioned in articles regarding Afghan women. Even articles that specifically<br />
address Afghan women activists will—perhaps deliberately—leave<br />
out any mention <strong>of</strong> RAWA. Often times an anonymous “activist” will be<br />
quoted or a representative <strong>of</strong> a more moderately spoken organization will<br />
be interviewed.<br />
Some media sources in the U.S. have been critical and wary <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s<br />
use <strong>of</strong> the term “revolutionary,” stigmatizing it as “radical” and “leftist.”<br />
Much <strong>of</strong> this is a throwback to communist-era red scare tactics and completely<br />
ignores RAWA’s definition <strong>of</strong> the term. In fact, RAWA’s use <strong>of</strong><br />
“revolutionary” to mean education and awareness <strong>of</strong> rights for women is a<br />
notion that most Westerners support, it has likely been RAWA’s unabashed<br />
criticism <strong>of</strong> U.S. policies in Afghanistan and their no-compromise, antimoderate<br />
stance toward fundamentalists that has caused them to be branded<br />
as radical leftists or hardly mentioned in U.S. media post-2002. RAWA’s<br />
activities since the U.S.-led invasion have not changed much (as one might<br />
believe if women in Afghanistan were truly<br />
liberated) (Thurpkaew, 2002; RAWA, 2002, p.<br />
157).<br />
Despite the U.S.’s claim that women’s rights<br />
would be fully restored a few years into the<br />
invasion, many scholars and women in Afghanistan<br />
find that this is not the case. During a 2011<br />
interview entitled “The Condition <strong>of</strong> Women<br />
Are [sic] Worse,” a member <strong>of</strong> RAWA, Reena,<br />
noted the following when asked what she and RAWA thought about the<br />
U.S. using women’s rights as a pretext to invade:<br />
Well, using women’s rights seemed very ridiculous from the very start.<br />
We have always said that Bush, that America itself brought back to power,<br />
the Northern Alliance warlords. [The Northern Alliance is] never going<br />
to be doing something beneficial for women. The conditions <strong>of</strong> women<br />
“Despite the U.S.’s claim that women’s<br />
rights would be fully restored a few<br />
years into the invasion, many scholars<br />
and women in Afghanistan find that<br />
this is not the case.”<br />
9<br />
In their honor the names <strong>of</strong> the dead and wounded are listed in the appendix.<br />
8
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
are worse, as we have seen now….It was very ridiculous that Mr. Bush<br />
and Laura Bush wanted to help the Afghan women and people. If they<br />
did, they wouldn’t have installed these criminals. They wouldn’t have<br />
given them so much power…. But, [the U.S. is] not really helping [the<br />
women, the people] with such fundamentalists in power, as proven after<br />
10 years <strong>of</strong> the occupation, and <strong>of</strong> the rule <strong>of</strong> these warlords. (Kolhatkar,<br />
2011)<br />
Early on, RAWA and its supporters could see that life under the U.S.-led<br />
occupying forces was going to be little improvement over the Taliban, because<br />
it was supporting some <strong>of</strong> the brutal Jehadi factions responsible for countless<br />
crimes against the Afghan people from 1992 to 1996. RAWA was one<br />
<strong>of</strong> the only groups to condemn the Interim Authority, a 30-member council<br />
headed by Hamid Karzi; they pointed out that members <strong>of</strong> the Northern<br />
Alliance, who are well represented in the interim government, committed<br />
some <strong>of</strong> the most atrocious crimes against women and other Afghan citizens<br />
(Reilly, 2002; Brodsky, 2003). Their website bluntly stated:<br />
The U.S. ‘War on terrorism’ removed the Taliban regime in October<br />
2001, but it has not removed religious fundamentalism which is the<br />
main cause <strong>of</strong> all our miseries. In fact, by reinstalling<br />
the warlords in power in Afghanistan,<br />
the U.S. administration is replacing one fundamentalist<br />
regime with another. The U.S. government<br />
and Mr. Karzai mostly rely on Northern<br />
Alliance criminal leaders who are as brutal and<br />
misogynist as the Taliban. RAWA believes that<br />
freedom and democracy can’t be donated; it is<br />
the duty <strong>of</strong> the people <strong>of</strong> a country to fight and<br />
“Today, the situation has not<br />
improved much for women; in fact,<br />
the situation may be regressing in<br />
many aspects.”<br />
achieve these values. Under the U.S.-supported government, the sworn<br />
enemies <strong>of</strong> human rights, democracy, and secularism have gripped their<br />
claws over our country and attempt [sic] to restore their religious fascism<br />
on our people.” (“About RAWA,” n.d.)<br />
To RAWA, the Northern Alliance is still an enemy <strong>of</strong> women’s rights and<br />
justice in Afghanistan. For instance, in April <strong>of</strong> 2002 an armed Northern<br />
Alliance fighter entered a bookstore where Payam-e Zan was being sold; he<br />
threatened the shopkeeper and demanded he reveal who brought the<br />
magazines (Brodsky, 2003, p. 178).<br />
Sahar Saba, a RAWA representative who served on the foreign affairs<br />
committee noted in an interview “People think that everything changed<br />
after the Taliban collapsed…Most <strong>of</strong> those who are now in the government…<br />
are responsible for violating the very basic rights <strong>of</strong> women…There is no<br />
guarantee <strong>of</strong> security for women. Even if they say she can go out, they<br />
would not because who can guarantee…what will happen” (Reilly, 2002).<br />
In addition to the continued repressive and uncertain policies <strong>of</strong> the former<br />
Jehadi warlords—who it is said are only different from the Taliban because<br />
<strong>of</strong> their western suits—women once more face the horrors <strong>of</strong> open combat.<br />
As Saba noted, “The U.S. bombs are still falling which is a big concern for<br />
Afghan women—because they are again the victim” (Reilly, 2002). In fact<br />
there are RAWA teachers and students who had stayed in Afghanistan under<br />
the Taliban to run the underground schools, yet fled when U.S. bombs<br />
began to fall on their neighborhoods and Northern Alliance forces marched<br />
back into the city (Brodsky, 2003, p. 270).<br />
Today, the situation has not improved much for women; in fact, the<br />
situation may be regressing in many respects. The following except from<br />
a Human Rights Watch article describes a few <strong>of</strong> the improvements to<br />
women’s situations and many <strong>of</strong> the setbacks:<br />
Indeed, over the past 10 years there have been significant improvements<br />
for Afghan women and girls. Official restrictions ended on access to<br />
education, work, and health care. Millions <strong>of</strong> girls went to school for<br />
the first time. Women joined government, won elected <strong>of</strong>fice, and<br />
became police <strong>of</strong>ficers and even soldiers. A new constitution in 2004<br />
guaranteed women equal rights, and a 2009 law made violence against<br />
women a crime. Underneath the surface <strong>of</strong> these changes, however,<br />
deep-seated problems persist. Women in public life have suffered<br />
harassment, threats, and sometimes murder. Forced marriage, underage<br />
marriage, and domestic violence are widespread and too widely<br />
accepted. About 400 women and girls are imprisoned at present for the<br />
“moral crimes” <strong>of</strong> sex outside <strong>of</strong> marriage and simply running away from<br />
home, <strong>of</strong>ten to flee abuse. While education is more accessible, more<br />
than half <strong>of</strong> girls still don’t go to school. Every two hours an Afghan<br />
woman dies <strong>of</strong> pregnancy-related causes. (Barr, 2012)<br />
In addition, “A report last fall [2011] from Oxfam found that 87% <strong>of</strong><br />
Afghan women reported experiencing physical, psychological or sexual<br />
abuse or forced marriages” (Colson, 2012).<br />
There are countless reports, articles, and other pieces <strong>of</strong> the public<br />
transcript surrounding women’s condition in Afghanistan; unfortunately<br />
many <strong>of</strong> them document its deterioration (Colson, 2012; Mohmand, 2012).<br />
Even the <strong>of</strong>ficial transcript <strong>of</strong> women’s rights in Afghanistan has taken a<br />
turn for the worst in recent years. Despite having signed the “Declaration<br />
<strong>of</strong> Essential Rights <strong>of</strong> Afghan Women” 10 in 2002<br />
(Goodwin, 2002), in early 2012 Afghanistan’s President<br />
Hamid Karzi endorsed a “code <strong>of</strong> conduct” for<br />
women issued by a council <strong>of</strong> clerics that endorses<br />
some restrictions in place during the Taliban’s rule<br />
(“Hamid Karzai backs restrictive code for women,”<br />
2012). One the one hand, “It prohibited a traditional<br />
practice <strong>of</strong> giving a girl to another family to resolve<br />
a dispute…. It spoke against forced marriage. It<br />
confirmed women’s rights to inherit and own property,” but on the other<br />
hand it stated that “women should not travel without a male chaperone.<br />
Women should not mix with men while studying, or working, or in public.<br />
Women must wear the Islamic hijab. Women are secondary to men” (Barr,<br />
2012, emphasis added).<br />
After the U.S. invasion some things improved. While RAWA began their<br />
website in 1997, the U.S. invasion and those first couple <strong>of</strong> years <strong>of</strong> media<br />
attention gained RAWA a large audience and most likely numerous donors<br />
as well. All <strong>of</strong> the major books written on RAWA were published after 2002<br />
(although Anne Brodsky began her work with RAWA in 2000). Such attention<br />
and funding gave RAWA the ability to carry out more <strong>of</strong> their projects:<br />
for instance, Malalai Hospital which closed in 1994 due to a lack <strong>of</strong> financial<br />
support, reopened shortly after the U.S. invasion. Also a majority <strong>of</strong> the<br />
publications sent to me by RAWA were published post-2001 and many <strong>of</strong><br />
the articles on RAWA’s website seem to be published after the U.S. invasion<br />
as well. This could indicate that reporting became easier after the invasion<br />
or RAWA became more Internet savvy at this time.<br />
However, much has remained the same for RAWA. The security situation<br />
on Afghanistan, as previously discussed, is still fragile for RAWA, due<br />
to the fact that former Jehadi members (such as the Northern Alliance)<br />
which RAWA has been highly critical <strong>of</strong> are the ones in power. Thus RAWA’s<br />
activities have had to remain largely infrapolitical. For example, although<br />
RAWA has held some events openly in Kabul, such as presentations for<br />
International Women’s Day and commemoration on the anniversary <strong>of</strong><br />
Meena’s death (“Some RAWA past events”, n.d.), security is still a pressing<br />
concern, and most <strong>of</strong> their Afghanistan operations—the schools, health<br />
clinics, income generating projects—still operate in secret. It is crucial to<br />
note that all <strong>of</strong> photos from public events, such as International Women’s<br />
10<br />
The Declaration “guarantees equality between men and women, equal protection<br />
under the law, equal right to education in all disciplines, freedom <strong>of</strong> movement,<br />
freedom <strong>of</strong> speech, and political participation” (Goodwin, 2002)<br />
9
Thirty-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Revolution<br />
Melissa Moeinvaziri<br />
Day held in Kabul show functions being carried out inside buildings—within<br />
a more secure, social site—while photos <strong>of</strong> the same events held in Pakistan<br />
show large throngs <strong>of</strong> women demonstrating outside in public. The evidence<br />
shows that the U.S occupation has not improved the ability <strong>of</strong> RAWA to act<br />
openly, that is, as a “normal” organization working for women’s rights would<br />
act.<br />
Discussion: Shifting Infrapolitics<br />
Infrapolitics emerge out <strong>of</strong> necessity, when open resistance would be swiftly<br />
and brutally subdued, jeopardizing the entire resistance movement. In<br />
order to keep such resistance alive, RAWA and other subordinate groups<br />
disguise their resistance to the point that it may not seem to outsiders like<br />
dissent at all. A disguised message—a mumble under one’s breath in the<br />
presence <strong>of</strong> an elite or a obscure piece <strong>of</strong> writing—or a disguised messenger,<br />
a woman under a burqa—may never be noticed in the public transcript or<br />
recorded in the <strong>of</strong>ficial transcript, but this does not in any way diminish<br />
the fact that such an act is an act <strong>of</strong> deliberate resistance. Even a disguised<br />
act is still an act that takes courage and dignity; according to Scott (1990)<br />
“dignity is at once a very private and a very public attribute” (p. 113).<br />
Based on the aforementioned evidence, I have<br />
organized my discussion <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s infrapolitics<br />
into four main tactics: 1) their gathering together<br />
and taking action within the hidden transcript; 2)<br />
their humanitarian projects, that while appearing<br />
to be apolitical to many, are actually infused with<br />
an acute political consciousness; 3) their employment<br />
<strong>of</strong> disguise tactics such as wearing burqas for anonymity,<br />
using certain fundamentalist-mandated oppression to stay inconspicuous;<br />
4) and finally their organizational style and structure. What is<br />
exceptionable about RAWA is their ability to oscillate between the first two<br />
tactics depending on the political climate and to incorporate the latter two<br />
into all <strong>of</strong> their work. I believe it is this unique formula that has allowed<br />
RAWA to thrive for 35 years.<br />
From Hidden to Public and Back Again<br />
In this section I argue that RAWA has the prudent ability to shift between<br />
the first two infrapolitical methods. As Scott (1990) notes, “The discursive<br />
practices <strong>of</strong>fstage sustain resistance” (p. 191). This is especially true for<br />
RAWA, which began as an organization created within the hidden transcript.<br />
Nearly all meetings and literacy classes, to this day, within Afghanistan are<br />
held <strong>of</strong>f the public stage and in secrecy. If it were not for the concealed and<br />
secure social sites RAWA constructed—both physically and through their<br />
website—there is little chance that RAWA as an organization would have<br />
survived. The intimacy and safety created for members not only provided<br />
security, but also produced a social site in which common experiences could<br />
be aired and comfort given so that individual women would know that they<br />
were not alone, but part <strong>of</strong> a community <strong>of</strong> women who understand their<br />
experiences in a war-torn country under women-oppressive regimes. A<br />
space filled with the aforementioned discourse is exactly what Scott is<br />
referring to when he states discursive practices <strong>of</strong>fstage sustain the hope<br />
behind resistance. While women are <strong>of</strong>ten isolated from anyone who is not<br />
part <strong>of</strong> their family in Afghanistan, the spaces created by RAWA brought<br />
women into a place where grievances could be aired and resistance discussed.<br />
Such sites are where raw anger becomes cooked indignation. In this case<br />
indignation is a sort <strong>of</strong> awareness, a consciousness. As RAWA members<br />
put it, they were giving women a consciousness, a political consciousness<br />
that made women aware <strong>of</strong> their rights; a cultural consciousness that showed<br />
women that neither their culture nor their religion were necessarily tools<br />
“What is exceptionable about RAWA<br />
is their ability to oscillate between...<br />
tactics depending on the political<br />
climate.”<br />
<strong>of</strong> oppression; and finally, a consciousness <strong>of</strong> education that gave women<br />
confidence in their own abilities (Brodsky, 2003, pp. 105-116). Shaima, a<br />
senior member <strong>of</strong> RAWA, discussed what education meant for Afghan<br />
women:<br />
The first important issue was to educate women. From the first days we<br />
learned that they suffered in that way because <strong>of</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> education. If<br />
not educated…then they aren’t able to change anything in their lives…<br />
[Also] from the very first days we talked about…that we couldn’t limit<br />
[education] to just literacy classes; that would not bring the change that<br />
we wanted nor the consciousness. School education was not enough<br />
(Brodsky, 2002, pp. 44-45).<br />
Members <strong>of</strong> RAWA were experts in maintaining a social site to foster their<br />
hidden transcript which was propagated through the education <strong>of</strong> hundreds<br />
<strong>of</strong> women, as well as young girls and boys.<br />
From the clandestine social site that hid their resistance and consciousbuilding<br />
discourse, RAWA easily moved into their more outward, yet equally<br />
disguised tactic <strong>of</strong> humanitarian projects. According to Scott (1990), “So<br />
long as we confine our concept <strong>of</strong> the political to activity that is openly<br />
declared we are driven to…miss the immense political terrain that lies<br />
between quiescence and revolt” (p. 199). One <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s most meaningful<br />
resistance tactics, which lies in the terrain between<br />
quiescence and revolt, is their humanitarian projects.<br />
Education, as noted, has been an essential part <strong>of</strong><br />
RAWA since its founding. While liberal democratic<br />
theorists may not understand education and learning<br />
to be overtly political acts, RAWA gives women<br />
an education infused with political consciousness,<br />
and giving them political consciousness is revolutionary<br />
in and <strong>of</strong> itself. It sustains resistance and the hope for revolution driven<br />
by Afghan women. Furthermore, many <strong>of</strong> the children who were raised in<br />
RAWA’s Watan schools, orphanages, and other classes have become dedicated<br />
members and supporters themselves. The rest <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s public projects<br />
all appear outwardly to be innocent acts <strong>of</strong> charity for women, free <strong>of</strong> a<br />
political resistance agenda. These include distribution <strong>of</strong> emergency aid<br />
items such as food, blankets, cooking oil, and medical care, including medical<br />
clinics and hospitals, and income generating projects (RAWA, n.d., “RAWA:<br />
voice <strong>of</strong> the voiceless,” n.d.). Just as the children who were raised and<br />
educated by RAWA come to respect or even support RAWA, the same<br />
respect and support is hopefully developed in those RAWA aids through<br />
their humanitarian services.<br />
To maintain their struggle for resistance, RAWA shifted between these<br />
aforementioned tactics: actions with the hidden transcript; seemingly<br />
apolitical, humanitarian work; and when circumstances allowed—in<br />
Pakistan and early in the Soviet occupation, and at times under the U.S.<br />
occupation—RAWA shifted to open resistance performed on the public<br />
stage, such as protests, demonstrations, speaking tours, and documentation<br />
<strong>of</strong> human rights abuses though publications and their website. The shifting<br />
nature <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s political tactics are apparent to those within the organization.<br />
As Nadia, a senior member <strong>of</strong> RAWA, observed,<br />
At different points, as a result <strong>of</strong> many years <strong>of</strong> war, RAWA had to<br />
change its policy. For example, during the Soviets our policy and<br />
struggle was along with the rest <strong>of</strong> the population as part <strong>of</strong> the resistance.<br />
During the fundamentalists this changed: it was not resistance alongside<br />
others, but we were a women’s organization alone and had to change<br />
our struggle and standpoints accordingly. During the Taliban, we didn’t<br />
see much difference between them and the Jehadis before them; the<br />
struggle was the same, but the methods had to change. For example,<br />
we increased our home-based schools for girls and for women. But<br />
generally we have never had activities in Afghanistan that we wanted—<br />
activities that could be open and expanded enough to each everyone<br />
10
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
who needs our help Now in this situation there is another period <strong>of</strong><br />
change. (Brodsky, 2003, p. 102)<br />
Infrapolitics in Organization and the Art <strong>of</strong> Disguise<br />
Here I discuss RAWA’s infrapolitical methods as they are utilized within<br />
the organization’s structure and especially through their various disguise<br />
tactics. Scott (1990) notes that infrapolitics “extends to…organization” as<br />
well as to substantive actions. Furthermore, he states, “Informal assemblages<br />
<strong>of</strong> market, neighbors, family and community…provide both a structure<br />
and cover for resistance” (Scott, 1990, p.200). RAWA utilizes infrapolitics<br />
in its organization in both ways: structure and cover.<br />
First, RAWA’s structural organization is a perfect example <strong>of</strong> resistance<br />
born from and maintained by infrapolitics. While RAWA is a formal<br />
organization, it began as and thrives <strong>of</strong>f <strong>of</strong> tight-knit, informal networks <strong>of</strong><br />
women—family members, teachers, students, neighbors. As the organization<br />
grew and become more sophisticated it maintained a wide-spread,<br />
non-hierarchical, community-based structure (Brodsky, 2003).<br />
Second, Afghan culture provided excellent cover for the infrapolitical<br />
organization <strong>of</strong> women. It is not only normal but expected that women,<br />
typically related through extensive kinship networks, would frequently visit<br />
one another in the privacy <strong>of</strong> their homes—a perfect place for harboring<br />
the hidden transcript. The “elementary [organization]…<strong>of</strong> infrapolitics<br />
[has] an alternative, innocent existence” (Scott, 1990, p. 200), that lends to<br />
their disguise; and what could be more innocent than commonplace Afghan<br />
familial gatherings “Always, the age-old women’s culture <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan<br />
that oppressed also sustained them…RAWA turned every common women’s<br />
custom into a tool <strong>of</strong> liberation” (Chavis, 2003, p. 65). While long lasting<br />
gatherings <strong>of</strong> men may draw suspicion, it was quite normal for women to<br />
gather and chat with family members over long periods. Early on, before<br />
the rise <strong>of</strong> the Jehadis, women would spend hours<br />
at public bath houses where they could talk and<br />
exchange resistance literature, again, with little suspicion.<br />
Even the Jehadi-imposed practice <strong>of</strong> having<br />
a mahram automatically provided RAWA women<br />
with security guards and a use for male allies. “Paradoxically,<br />
RAWA benefits in some small ways from<br />
a culture that undervalues and also underestimates<br />
women…. The cultural assumptions that dismiss<br />
women as inconsequential, against which they<br />
struggle…have actually worked in their favor”<br />
(Brodsky, 2003, p. 178).<br />
The publication <strong>of</strong> Payam-e Zan is also another<br />
interesting use <strong>of</strong> disguising the messenger, or anonymity. While the messages<br />
within the magazine where not at all hidden and their name and logo<br />
appeared on the magazine, it still was a tactic <strong>of</strong> anonymity because individual<br />
women were rarely identified by name. In fact the entire collective<br />
<strong>of</strong> RAWA itself—and the women’s discursive practice <strong>of</strong> referring to it as a<br />
single whole, instead <strong>of</strong> individual women themselves—is a tactic <strong>of</strong> anonymity.<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the most intriguing anonymity tactics—because Afghan women<br />
literally don a disguise and veil themselves—is the burqa. Donia, a woman<br />
whose mother was an early RAWA member, describes a memory <strong>of</strong> Meena<br />
from the days when RAWA still operated in Kabul,<br />
I remember she would wear a burqa, at the time all the members <strong>of</strong><br />
RAWA wore them. For me it was so strange the first time I saw her<br />
wearing [a] burqa because I knew she hated them…. So one day I asked<br />
her why she was wearing it and she said, “If I don’t wear it I will be<br />
recognized and killed.” (Brodsky, 2003, p. 72)<br />
Although most modern and educated women, like Meena, originally rejected<br />
the burqa as an outdated form <strong>of</strong> oppression for women, they adopted the<br />
attire to carry out their clandestine work, by hiding their identities and<br />
carrying contraband. While wearing a burqa, “they were not only anonymous,<br />
but they appeared to be their own opposites”: conservative, obedient, traditional,<br />
harmless women (Chavis, 2003, p. 66).<br />
Finally, RAWA’s website is another practice in anonymity. Web pages<br />
prove to be a curious blending <strong>of</strong> hidden and public transcripts. While it<br />
is available for the entire world to view (unlike a conversation in a truly<br />
hidden, private social site, like a home), it is a true reflection <strong>of</strong> the discourse<br />
taking place in the hidden transcript because it is unhindered by the public<br />
discourse <strong>of</strong> the dominant; that is, what RAWA posts on its website is posted<br />
independent <strong>of</strong> (while <strong>of</strong>ten in reaction to) the oppression <strong>of</strong> the dominant<br />
group. As previously mentioned, it is one <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s greatest strengths as<br />
a resistance organization and also demonstrates their amazing ability to<br />
adapt, not only to the oppression they face, but also to fast paced technological<br />
change occurring outside Afghanistan’s borders.<br />
Theoretical Limitations<br />
“Although most modern and<br />
educated women, like Meena,<br />
originally rejected the burqa as an<br />
outdated form <strong>of</strong> oppression for<br />
women, they adopted the attire to<br />
carry out their clandestine work, by<br />
hiding their identities and carrying<br />
contraband.”<br />
Scott’s discourse theory, particularly his notion <strong>of</strong> infrapolitics, gives a<br />
near-perfect framework with which to analyze RAWA’s resistance tactics.<br />
While the definition <strong>of</strong> resistance may be expanding in mainstream political<br />
thought, it has still been a long-held belief that to resist is to act openly—<br />
to march and demonstrate, to revolt, to take up arms. What Scott <strong>of</strong>fers in<br />
his description <strong>of</strong> a hidden transcript—the pre-explosive beginning to open<br />
resistance—is a rare look into the type <strong>of</strong> resistance that does not make it<br />
into the history books. In using discourse theory to examine the hidden<br />
transcript and infrapolitical tactics <strong>of</strong> RAWA we come to see actions that<br />
may have once been overlooked as inspiring methods <strong>of</strong> political resistance.<br />
Scott nicely captures the flow from articulated anger or grievance<br />
at an oppressive situation to the “cooked” indignation<br />
that leads to methodical, prudent action.<br />
Furthermore, by examining the most oppressive<br />
scenarios imaginable—scenarios where there<br />
is no political outlet for grievances—he gives<br />
political credibility to the world’s most oppressed<br />
people who do not have the luxury <strong>of</strong> open political<br />
expression protected by rights. The women<br />
<strong>of</strong> RAWA are one <strong>of</strong> those groups. In 1997 when<br />
their website was first launched, it said, “Welcome<br />
to the website <strong>of</strong> the most oppressed women in<br />
the world.” To rely only on liberal democratic<br />
notions <strong>of</strong> political resistance would be to miss<br />
such a wide range <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s political resistance strategy. Because <strong>of</strong><br />
Scott’s concept <strong>of</strong> infrapolitics, we are able to examine RAWA’s every<br />
move as political, no matter how disguised.<br />
In many ways, however, Scott’s somewhat narrow definition <strong>of</strong> infrapolitics<br />
fails to fully capture what I believe to be RAWA’s rich infrapolitical<br />
tactics. Scott specifically argues that infrapolitics are subtle, unorganized,<br />
pre-open resistance actions, but RAWA’s tactics are not completely pre-open<br />
resistance. He describes resistance movements that adhere to a very linear<br />
framework: discourse within the hidden transcript leads to infrapolitics,<br />
which leads to an explosive moment where the hidden transcript is finally<br />
expressed in the public, which leads to open resistance. RAWA, in contrast,<br />
fluidly moves between activity within the hidden transcripts to humanitarian<br />
projects to public demonstrations.<br />
Furthermore, Scott never examines examples <strong>of</strong> formal organization.<br />
He limits his analysis to pre-organizational cases, which is problematic for<br />
me in studying a group such as RAWA that has continued to utilize the<br />
hidden transcript, infrapolitical tactics, and methods <strong>of</strong> disguise, despite<br />
11
Thirty-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Revolution<br />
Melissa Moeinvaziri<br />
being formally organized. Scott’s argument for infrapolitics within both<br />
hidden and public transcripts climaxes with his explanation <strong>of</strong> that explosive<br />
hidden-meets-public transcript moment. For an organization like<br />
RAWA whose resistance has yet to culminate in a singular “explosive moment,”<br />
Scott’s framework can be somewhat limited. Also it should be noted that<br />
Scott’s work, Domination and the Arts <strong>of</strong> Resistance: Hidden Transcripts,<br />
was published in 1990, well before the age <strong>of</strong> the Internet. This explains<br />
why RAWA’s use <strong>of</strong> a publicly exposed hidden transcript in their website<br />
was unfathomable to Scott. Overall, Scott’s work provides a framework that<br />
made all <strong>of</strong> RAWA’s resistance tactics politically relevant, and RAWA’s ability<br />
to shift between open and disguised resistance, their humanitarian projects,<br />
and organization style add layers <strong>of</strong> depth to Scott’s original analysis.<br />
Conclusion<br />
Revolution is a delicate thing. It grows in the hidden-away spaces <strong>of</strong><br />
oppressed groups. As feelings <strong>of</strong> anger, frustration, and hopelessness fester,<br />
resistance is cultivated, indignation burns, and revolution takes root. Prudence<br />
and cunning, patience and disguise are principles that keep the<br />
revolution <strong>of</strong> oppressed people alive. Without legitimate channels to express<br />
their indignation, those who foster revolution in these hidden places run<br />
a greater risk and struggle against greater odds, yet they have so much more<br />
to gain.<br />
The revolution being cultivated by RAWA has been 35 years in the<br />
making. This is not a revolution that will overthrow one ideological regime<br />
and replace it with another. No, RAWA’s revolution seeks through incremental,<br />
steadfast action lasting change that will give women not only<br />
security and peace <strong>of</strong> mind, but the status <strong>of</strong> human beings. The aim is not<br />
to be “liberated,” “honored,” or “taken care <strong>of</strong> ” but to be educated, equal<br />
and able to make decisions about their own lives and about their country<br />
as well.<br />
During their 35-year history RAWA faced four major regimes that all<br />
engaged in domination tactics to keep RAWA from achieving its goals: the<br />
Soviets, the Jehadis, the Taliban, and the U.S./Northern Alliance. These<br />
four regimes made use <strong>of</strong> numerous tactics in efforts to keep a hold <strong>of</strong> power:<br />
concealment <strong>of</strong> any cracks in their display <strong>of</strong> control or news that would<br />
discredit them and euphemism in describing their own actions and stigmatization<br />
<strong>of</strong> RAWA.<br />
To cope with harsh oppression, RAWA, utilized disguise and anonymity<br />
(in both hidden and public social sites) as part <strong>of</strong> their infrapolitical<br />
strategy. RAWA’s tactics are infrapolitical in that they do not always appear<br />
to be “normal” politics, and they rarely occur out in the open. RAWA<br />
applied infrapolitics in the following four ways: 1) in gathering together<br />
and acting the hidden transcript; 2) through seemingly apolitical humanitarian<br />
projects, 3) by employing disguise tactics such as wearing burqas for<br />
anonymity, using certain fundamentalist-mandated oppression; and 4)<br />
through their organizational style and structure. However, what makes<br />
RAWA’s strategy unique is their ability shift between the first two tactics<br />
and to incorporate the latter two into all <strong>of</strong> their work.<br />
There is a reason why in 1977 a 20 year-old girl, bright and dark eyed,<br />
chose the word “revolutionary”—as I read her story and the story <strong>of</strong> the<br />
women <strong>of</strong> RAWA I now know why. They saw beyond the horizon into a<br />
tomorrow where women <strong>of</strong> their country would need the hope <strong>of</strong> a sapling<br />
revolution to stay alive.<br />
Appendix<br />
“No One Asked Their Names”<br />
A list <strong>of</strong> the dead and wounded victims <strong>of</strong> the March 11, 2012, massacre in<br />
Kandahar, Afghanistan.<br />
The dead:<br />
Mohamed Dawood son <strong>of</strong> Abdullah<br />
Khudaydad son <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Juma<br />
Nazar Mohamed<br />
Payendo<br />
Robeena<br />
Shatarina daughter <strong>of</strong> Sultan Mohamed<br />
Zahra daughter <strong>of</strong> Abdul Hamid<br />
Nazia daughter <strong>of</strong> Dost Mohamed<br />
Masooma daughter <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Wazir<br />
Farida daughter <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Wazir<br />
Palwasha daughter <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Wazir<br />
Nabia daughter <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Wazir<br />
Esmatullah daughter <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Wazir<br />
Faizullah son <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Wazir<br />
Essa Mohamed son <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Hussain<br />
Akhtar Mohamed son <strong>of</strong> Murrad Ali<br />
The wounded:<br />
Haji Mohamed Naim son <strong>of</strong> Haji Sakhawat<br />
Mohamed Sediq son <strong>of</strong> Mohamed Naim<br />
Parween<br />
Rafiullah<br />
Zardana<br />
Zulheja 11<br />
References<br />
About RAWA. (n.d.). Retrieved March 8, 2012, from http://www.rawa.org/rawa.<br />
html<br />
Afghan women: Under the tyranny <strong>of</strong> the fundamentalists. (n.d.). Retrieved March<br />
8, 2012, from http://www.rawa.org/women.php<br />
Archived Reports. (n.d.). Retrieved March 8, 2012, from http://www.rawa.org/<br />
report.htm<br />
Barr, H. (2012, March 8). Are Afghan women better <strong>of</strong>f after a decade <strong>of</strong> war<br />
Human Rights Watch. Retrieved May 31, 2012, from http://www.hrw.org/<br />
news/2012/03/08/are-afghan-women-better-after-decade-war<br />
Brodsky, A. E. (2003). With all our strength. New York, NY: Routledge.<br />
Bureau <strong>of</strong> Democracy, Human Rights and Labor. (2001, November 17b). Quotes<br />
by and about women in Afghanistan: Report on the Taliban’s war against<br />
women. U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> State. Retrieved May 31, 2012, from http://www.<br />
state.gov/j/drl/rls/6186.htm<br />
11<br />
(“No one asked their names,” 2012)<br />
12
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Some RAWA past events. (n.d.). Retrieved March 8, 2012, from http://www.rawa.<br />
org/events.htm<br />
Sparks, H. (1997). Dissident citizenship: Democratic theory, political courage, and<br />
activist women. Hypatia, 12(4), 74-110.<br />
RAWA. (2000). Afghan women challenge the fundamentalists. Quetta, Pakistan:<br />
RAWA.<br />
RAWA. (2002). RAWA in the world media. Quetta, Pakistan: RAWA.<br />
RAWA. (2012, March 8). Afghan women’s freedom from the clutch <strong>of</strong> fundamentalism,<br />
occupation and patriarchy is only possible with their own struggle!:<br />
RAWA’s statement on the International Women’s Day. Retrieved March 8,<br />
2012, from http://www.rawa.org/rawa/2012/03/08/afghan-women-s-freedom-from-the-clutch-<strong>of</strong>-fundamentalism-occupation-and-patriarchyis-only-possible-with-their-own-struggles.html<br />
RAWA. (n.d.). RAWA: The voice <strong>of</strong> the voiceless. Quetta, Pakistan: RAWA.<br />
Reilly, K. (2002, March 29). Left behind: An interview with RAWA’s Sahar Saba. In<br />
these times. Retrieved May 31, 2012, from http://www.inthesetimes.com/<br />
issue/26/11/feature1.shtml<br />
Thurpkaew, N. (2002, August 26). What do Afghan women want; A dramatic and<br />
militant feminist group has captured the West’s imagination. But does it <strong>of</strong>fer<br />
what the women <strong>of</strong> a shattered country need most The American Prospect.<br />
Info on Afghanistan. (n.d.). Retrieved March 8, 2012, from http://www.rawa.org/<br />
afg-info.htm<br />
Islamic Emirate <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan. (2011, January 26). The Afghan women and the<br />
American literacy program. Shahamat-english.com. Retrieved May 31, 2012,<br />
from http://shahamat-english.com<br />
Bureau <strong>of</strong> Democracy, Human Rights and Labor. (2001, November 17a). Executive<br />
summary: Report on the Taliban’s war against women. U.S. Department <strong>of</strong><br />
State. Retrieved May 31, 2012, from http://www.state.gov/j/drl/rls/6183.htm<br />
Chavis, M. E. (2003). Meena: Heroine <strong>of</strong> Afghanistan. New York, NY: St. Martin’s<br />
Giffin.<br />
Colson, N. (2012, April 11). Afghanistan: The quagmire <strong>of</strong> U.S. occupation in<br />
many places outside Kabul, the Taliban and other warlords are in total<br />
control <strong>of</strong> local militias. Retrieved May 31, 2012, from http://www.rawa.org/<br />
temp/runews/2012/04/11/afghanistan-the-quagmire-<strong>of</strong>-u-s-occupation.html<br />
Congressional Committee on International Relations. (2001). Afghan people vs. the<br />
Taliban: The struggle for freedom intensifies (Serial No. 107-59). Washington,<br />
DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.<br />
Faramarz, A. W. (2012, April 20). Afghan textbooks skip decades <strong>of</strong> violence:<br />
Schools get history books that miss out all the bad bits. Retrieved May 31,<br />
2012, from http://www.rawa.org/temp/runews/2012/04/20/afghan-textbooks-skip-decades-<strong>of</strong>-violence.html<br />
Goodwin, J. (2002, April 29). An uneasy peace. The Nation.<br />
Hamid Karzai backs restrictive code for women: Afghanistan’s president endorses<br />
‘code <strong>of</strong> conduct’ which activists say is a giant step backward for women’s<br />
rights (2012, March 6). Retrieved March 8, 2012, from http://www.rawa.org/<br />
temp/runews/2012/03/06/hamid-karzai-backs-restrictive-code-for-women.<br />
html<br />
Kolhatkar, S. (2011, September 10). AWM’s Sonali Kolhatkar interviews a member<br />
<strong>of</strong> RAWA: The conditions <strong>of</strong> women are worse. Retrieved May 31, 2012, from<br />
http://www.rawa.org/rawa/2011/09/10/awm-s-sonali-kolhatkar-interviewsa-member-<strong>of</strong>-rawa.html<br />
Livingston, I.S., & O’Hanlon, M. (2012, June 20). Afghanistan Index. The<br />
Brookings <strong>Institute</strong>. Retrieved June 26, 2012, from http://www.brookings.edu<br />
Mohmand, R. Y. (2012). Afghan women and the United States’ policy in Afghanistan.<br />
Unpublished Master’s thesis. [<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Colorado]. (UMI 1509637)<br />
No one asked their names, (2012, March 19). Al Jazeera. Retrieved March 20, 2012<br />
from http://blogs.aljazeera.com/blog/asia/no-one-asked-their-names<br />
Pollitt, K. (2000, May 14). The way we live now: Questions for Sajeda Hayat and<br />
Sehar Saba; Tearing at the veil. The New York Times Magazine.<br />
Scott, J. C. (1990). Domination and the arts <strong>of</strong> resistance: Hidden transcripts. New<br />
Haven, CT: Yale <strong>University</strong> Press.<br />
Social Activities. (n.d.). Retrieved March 8, 2012, from http://www.rawa.org/s.<br />
html<br />
13
Land Exchanges and Public Lands Bills in Utah<br />
By Matthew Kirkegaard<br />
Public land debates are some <strong>of</strong> the most divisive in Utah and throughout the American West, where vast portions <strong>of</strong><br />
states are publicly owned. Disagreement <strong>of</strong>ten arises over whether to set land aside for recreational, scenic, and ecological<br />
purposes or open it to extractive development, such as for oil and gas. Different agencies with divergent mandates<br />
only cloud the situation. Among possible solutions, especially when dealing with school trust lands, which checker state<br />
maps, are land exchanges and county lands bills. By examining numerous studies, a wide range <strong>of</strong> perspectives, and<br />
past examples, this research seeks to weigh the merits <strong>of</strong> these approaches. Ultimately, the paper suggests land exchanges<br />
and county lands bills provide balance in conserving Utah’s land while providing for economic growth and public<br />
education funding. These methods should be used as important land management tools, providing more benefits than<br />
disadvantages to Utah’s land and people.<br />
Among the many current proposals to address Utah’s contentious<br />
public lands issues, the idea <strong>of</strong> reconciling <strong>of</strong>ten opposing economic<br />
and conservation-based concerns through land exchanges or public<br />
lands bills merits deep analysis. These methods, <strong>of</strong>ten referred to as “county<br />
lands bills” since they tend to take place at the county level, attract praise<br />
and suspicion from both environmental and economic stakeholders, making<br />
them intriguing topics <strong>of</strong> study. This paper analyzes land exchanges and<br />
county lands bills as they have been implemented in Utah.<br />
In 2008, approximately 80% <strong>of</strong> Utah’s total land area was publicly owned,<br />
belonging to both federal and state agencies, according to Utah State<br />
<strong>University</strong> (Allen, 2008, para. 1). Some major federal agencies include the<br />
Bureau <strong>of</strong> Land Management (BLM), the U.S. Forest Service (USFS), the<br />
National Parks Service (NPS), and the U.S. Fish and<br />
Wildlife Service (USFWS). At the state level, agencies<br />
include the School and Institutional Trust Lands<br />
Administration (SITLA) and the Department <strong>of</strong><br />
Natural Resources (DNR). While most <strong>of</strong> these<br />
agencies’ land is held contiguously, individual sections<br />
<strong>of</strong> SITLA lands are scattered throughout the<br />
state, making up roughly 7% <strong>of</strong> Utah’s land area<br />
(SITLA, “What are Trust Lands,” 2009, para. 2).<br />
SITLA is also unique in its mandate to “manage the<br />
lands and revenues generated from the lands in the<br />
most prudent and pr<strong>of</strong>itable manner possible, and<br />
not for any purpose inconsistent with the best interests <strong>of</strong> the trust beneficiaries”<br />
(Utah State Legislature, 2012, p. 1). In Utah, revenue from school<br />
trust lands comes primarily from oil and gas, coal, and other mineral<br />
extraction (Western Land Commissioners Association, 2010). This management<br />
mandate starkly contrasts with the explicit multiple use policies <strong>of</strong><br />
“Scattered ownership patterns and<br />
conflicting mandates across the<br />
state generally characterize public<br />
lands in Utah. Exchanges and lands<br />
bills have arisen, in turn, as<br />
attempts to solve problems like<br />
these on Utah’s public lands.”<br />
other agencies such as the BLM, whose mandate includes the protection <strong>of</strong><br />
“natural, cultural, and historical resources” along with “energy development,<br />
livestock grazing, recreation, and timber harvesting” (BLM, “Who we are,<br />
what we do,” 2012, para. 2). These scattered ownership patterns and conflicting<br />
mandates across the state generally characterize public lands in Utah.<br />
Exchanges and lands bills have arisen, in turn, as attempts to solve problems<br />
like these on Utah’s public lands.<br />
Land exchanges are rather simple in theory; parties agree to exchange<br />
land for their mutual benefit based on their differing interests. In Utah,<br />
examples <strong>of</strong> these interests include outdoor recreation, habitat preservation,<br />
lasting conservation designations, pr<strong>of</strong>it maximization, economic development<br />
opportunities, fiduciary duties (on trust lands), and a general consolidation<br />
<strong>of</strong> ownership. Exchanges begin to get<br />
more complicated when they involve immense<br />
amounts <strong>of</strong> land, since much <strong>of</strong> the land in question<br />
usually is appraised before a transfer is finalized. For<br />
the purposes <strong>of</strong> this paper, I will focus on large scale<br />
land exchanges involving thousands <strong>of</strong> acres, indeed,<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten tens or hundreds <strong>of</strong> thousands, though smaller<br />
exchanges would certainly be possible and deserving<br />
<strong>of</strong> further study. The involvement <strong>of</strong> federal land<br />
and its corresponding agencies further muddies the<br />
waters because Congress generally must pass a law<br />
in order for exchanges <strong>of</strong> federal land to be authorized.<br />
While exchanges are essentially simple ideas, in practice, they become<br />
far more complex.<br />
In Utah, there have been numerous examples <strong>of</strong> exchanges, both successful<br />
and otherwise. The Utah Schools and Land Exchange Act <strong>of</strong> 1998<br />
is perhaps the most famous example <strong>of</strong> a completed exchange, which traded<br />
15
Land Exchanges and Public Lands Bills in Utah<br />
Matthew Kirkegaard<br />
SITLA inholdings within the then newly created 1.7 million acre Grand<br />
Staircase-Escalante National Monument (Flinders et al., 2002, p. 1) and<br />
other national monuments and parks for more developable land and<br />
$50,000,000 (Blaeloch, 2009, p. 28). Not only did this exchange resolve<br />
significant conflict over trust lands, it was also the largest land transaction<br />
since the Louisiana Purchase in the continental U.S. (Bryner, 2001, p. 573).<br />
Most recently, the Utah Recreational Land Exchange Act <strong>of</strong> 2009 traded<br />
SITLA properties in important recreational and wildlife habitat areas to the<br />
BLM for lands with the potential for energy development (Grand Canyon<br />
Trust, 2012, para. 3). Conversely, the failed Federal-Utah State Trust Lands<br />
Consolidation Act <strong>of</strong> 2002, which attempted to trade trust lands out <strong>of</strong> the<br />
vast, rugged, and wild San Rafael Swell landscape <strong>of</strong> eastern Utah, illustrated<br />
the fragility <strong>of</strong> exchange agreements when the bill collapsed in Congress<br />
amidst allegations <strong>of</strong> fraud and claims that the deal disproportionately<br />
benefitted SITLA (Blaeloch, 2009, pp. 59-66).<br />
County lands bills are substantially more complicated than basic twoparty<br />
land exchanges due to the increased number <strong>of</strong> stakeholders directly<br />
involved and impacted, such as water conservancy districts, state agencies,<br />
federal agencies, county governments, pro-development entities, environmental<br />
organizations, and Congress (Blaeloch, 2009, pp. 9-22). County<br />
lands bills also carry with them a stronger intent than simple exchanges: to<br />
strike a long-term compromise between development and conservation<br />
that will guide the county and its land use long into the future. The singular<br />
successful example <strong>of</strong> a county lands bill in Utah was the Washington<br />
County Growth and Conservation Act <strong>of</strong> 2008, which designated extensive<br />
areas <strong>of</strong> the county as wilderness and National Conservation Area while<br />
allowing the federal government to sell thousands <strong>of</strong> acres <strong>of</strong> land for<br />
development near cities, such as St. George (Canham, 2009, para. 5). The<br />
deal was widely viewed as a model compromise between lands designated<br />
for conservation and development.<br />
On both sides <strong>of</strong> the <strong>of</strong>ten vitriolic debate about<br />
public lands in the West, there are numerous concerns<br />
and criticisms regarding both land exchanges<br />
and county lands bills. The conservation community<br />
has expressed reservations about compromising<br />
sensitive land to create wilderness or other conservation<br />
designations, encouraging the sale <strong>of</strong> public<br />
lands for development as a bargaining chip for conservation,<br />
and not allowing wilderness designation<br />
bills to “rise or fall on their own merits” (Blaeloch, 2009, p. 84). For example,<br />
the Sierra Club, one <strong>of</strong> the largest environmental organizations in the United<br />
States with 1.4 million members and volunteers gives a less than emphatic<br />
endorsement <strong>of</strong> public land exchanges (Sierra Club, “Sierra Club Fact Sheet,”<br />
2012, para. 1). The Sierra Club’s “Public Land Exchange Policy” advises<br />
that public land should only be traded when circumstances “meet the highest<br />
environmental standard” and instead expresses preference for “public<br />
acquisition <strong>of</strong> land by purchase” (Sierra Club, “Sierra Club Conservation<br />
Policies, 2001, para. 5). The organization lists alternatives to public land<br />
exchanges, such as “protective regulations, deed restrictions, protective<br />
easements, [and] purchase <strong>of</strong> development or transfer <strong>of</strong> ownership to a<br />
private land conservancy” (Sierra Club, 2001, para. 5). Don Steuter, Conservation/Mining<br />
Committee Chair <strong>of</strong> the Grand Canyon Chapter <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Sierra Club, went a step further saying, “Since land exchanges always have<br />
a downside when conservation is concerned, they should only be used as<br />
a last resort” (Steuter, “Canyon Echo,” 2002, p. 7). Despite this tough talk,<br />
it should be noted the Utah Wilderness Coalition, for which the Sierra Club<br />
was an Executive Committee member organization (Utah Wilderness<br />
Coalition, 2004, para. 1), did support The Utah Recreational Land Exchange<br />
Act (Grand Canyon Trust, 2012, para. 4). Other environmental/conservation<br />
organizations that also supported the exchange included The Nature<br />
“County lands bills are substantially<br />
more complicated than basic<br />
two-party land exchanges due to<br />
the increased number <strong>of</strong> stakeholders<br />
directly involved and impacted.”<br />
Conservancy, Utah Open Lands, the Southern Utah Wilderness Alliance,<br />
the Utah Rivers Council, and the National Parks Conservation Association,<br />
to name a few (Grand Canyon Trust, 2012, para. 4).<br />
Like those in the conservation community, those concerned with economic<br />
development also have fears <strong>of</strong> compromise, albeit from the opposite<br />
point <strong>of</strong> view. At the Utah State Legislature’s Natural Resources, Agriculture,<br />
and Environment Committee hearing on the plans from Emery, San Juan,<br />
and Piute Counties to present county lands bills to Congress—modeled<br />
after Washington County’s successful bill—Rep. John Mathis (R-Vernal)<br />
was uncomfortable with “locking up” Utah’s land from development (Loomis,<br />
2011, para. 4). The proponents <strong>of</strong> the county lands bills in question, such<br />
as former Emery County Commissioner Randy Johnson, argued that they<br />
were not “locking up” any lands with significant mineral potential, but state<br />
lawmakers still had “reservations about creating wilderness in areas that<br />
may contain resources that no one yet knows about, such as rare earth<br />
minerals” (Loomis, 2011, para 10). Fear <strong>of</strong> locking up resources hearkens<br />
back to the designation <strong>of</strong> the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument<br />
by President Clinton on September 18, 1996, simultaneously hailed<br />
by some as a “bold stroke” and decried by others as “the mother <strong>of</strong> all land<br />
grabs” (Larmer, 2004, pp. 4-17). The monument’s creation halted exploration<br />
and extraction <strong>of</strong> coal deposits on the Kaiparowits Plateau valued at<br />
as much as $1 trillion, then under lease by the Dutch company Andalex<br />
Resources (Veravanich, 1996, p. 6). State <strong>of</strong>ficials estimated that a proposed<br />
Andalex Resources mine “could have generated 1,000 jobs, $1 million in<br />
revenue annually for Kane County, and an additional $10 million annually<br />
in federal and state taxes” (Veravanich, 1996, p. 10). Although another<br />
situation such as this is unlikely in any <strong>of</strong> the county lands bills proposed,<br />
this massive economic loss in favor <strong>of</strong> environmental protection and land<br />
conservation lives on in the memory <strong>of</strong> many Utahns. In this way, both the<br />
conservation and extractive development communities fear the compromise<br />
inherent in land exchanges and county lands bills.<br />
Conservationists fear irreversible development;<br />
developers and their supporters fear permanent<br />
conservation designation.<br />
Perhaps the largest drawbacks to land exchanges<br />
and lands bills are the many valuation controversies<br />
that seem to arise without fail. For example, although<br />
the Utah Recreational Land Exchange Act became<br />
law in 2009 and is <strong>of</strong>ten characterized as a “win/win”<br />
for both the BLM and SITLA, the exchange has yet to be completed due to<br />
the BLM’s lack <strong>of</strong> funding for its half <strong>of</strong> the appraisal costs (Engelhorn, 2012,<br />
para. 1). Since the exchange has a five-year deadline, if the BLM is unable<br />
come up with the money soon, the exchange deal and the resulting legislation<br />
all may have been for naught (Engelhorn, 2012, para. 4). Valuation<br />
problems cannot only stall exchanges, but they also have the potential to<br />
bring them down entirely, as was the case in the Federal-Utah State Trust<br />
Lands Consolidation Act <strong>of</strong> 2002. Unlike the Utah Recreational Exchange<br />
Act, this bill did not require formal appraisals <strong>of</strong> all land by third parties<br />
and instead amounted to a “handshake agreement” between SITLA and<br />
Terry Catlin, a BLM realty specialist (Blaeloch, 2009, pp. 61-62). Disagreements<br />
then surfaced regarding, among other things, the appraisal <strong>of</strong> lands<br />
with endangered species present and the appraisal <strong>of</strong> minerals which SITLA<br />
was to acquire, with one area in particular “containing oil shale deposits<br />
[BLM Appraiser James Kohler] estimated to be worth $44 million to $64<br />
million” (Blaeloch, 2009, p. 62). When the valuation controversy received<br />
media attention, attempts at repairing the deal failed, as did the entire bill<br />
after a short time (Blaeloch, 2009, p. 62). However, had the exchange been<br />
completed, it was concluded “that the U.S. would lose between $97 million<br />
and $117 million in the exchange” (Blaeloch, 2009, p. 62). As clearly<br />
demonstrated by these two cases, concerns regarding the appraisal <strong>of</strong> lands<br />
16
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
proposed for exchange have proven to be significant roadblocks to exchanges<br />
in the past and will continue to be prominent obstacles in the foreseeable<br />
future.<br />
Despite the challenges associated with land exchanges and county lands<br />
bills, there are a host <strong>of</strong> benefits to be considered as well. In terms <strong>of</strong><br />
conservation, land exchanges have the potential to create continuity <strong>of</strong><br />
management within conservation designations, such as when SITLA inholdings<br />
were traded out <strong>of</strong> the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument<br />
as well as other national parks and monuments in Utah (Blaeloch, 2009, p.<br />
28). This means that unique landscapes like the San Rafael Swell or the<br />
Greater Canyonlands country <strong>of</strong> southern Utah can be set aside primarily<br />
for conservation without the burden <strong>of</strong> the checkerboard-like land ownership<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten caused by scattered trust lands inholdings. Furthermore, the<br />
burden <strong>of</strong> SITLA’s revenue generation mandate can also be lifted from these<br />
lands (Utah State Legislature, 2012, p. 1). Of course, there are also obvious<br />
conservation benefits that result from exchanges<br />
and public lands bills. Through the Utah Recreational<br />
Exchange Act, the BLM will acquire from<br />
SITLA about 46,000 acres in “Wilderness Study<br />
Areas, critical wildlife habitat areas and important<br />
recreational lands” (Grand Canyon Trust, 2012, para.<br />
3). The Washington County lands bill designated<br />
hundreds <strong>of</strong> thousands <strong>of</strong> acres as wilderness, about<br />
half <strong>of</strong> it “overlaid on nearly all <strong>of</strong> Zion National Park, a little more than<br />
120,000 acres” (Blaeloch, 2009, p. 77). The removal <strong>of</strong> inholdings and the<br />
new designation <strong>of</strong> wilderness or other protected areas are long-lasting<br />
conservation achievements that should not be overlooked.<br />
Economic benefits are also substantial. County lands bills aim to open<br />
up some public land for development, with the intent to spur economic<br />
activity. Exchanges and lands bills allow SITLA to trade its trust lands out<br />
<strong>of</strong> areas where making revenue is difficult and into more lucrative, developable,<br />
and <strong>of</strong>ten mineral-rich portions <strong>of</strong> the state. Money earned from trust<br />
lands is then distributed to its beneficiaries, most significantly the Common<br />
School Fund, which directly funds Utah’s public schools (SITLA, “Who gets<br />
the money,” 2009, para. 3). In addition to the direct and indirect economic<br />
benefits <strong>of</strong> development, investment in education is necessary if future<br />
economic gains are to be made. The education advocacy group, Prosperity<br />
2020, estimates approximately “two-thirds <strong>of</strong> all jobs in Utah will require<br />
postsecondary training beyond high school by 2018” (Prosperity 2020, 2012,<br />
para. 6). While developed land certainly produces economic benefits, so<br />
does land that is set aside for conservation due to its recreational opportunities<br />
and potential to draw tourists. In 2011 alone, just fewer than 5 million<br />
visitors came to national monuments and national recreation areas within<br />
Utah while another 6.3 million visited national parks within the state,<br />
according to the Utah Office <strong>of</strong> Tourism (2011). According to the Outdoor<br />
Industry Foundation, “active outdoor recreation” in Utah “contributes $5.8<br />
billion dollars annually to Utah’s economy,” supporting “65,000 jobs across<br />
Utah” (Outdoor Industry Foundation, 2006, p. 5). While neither exchanges<br />
nor lands bills directly produce these visitation nor recreation results, they<br />
can rearrange land ownership so as to stimulate the positive economic<br />
effects which come with conservation while providing for extractive development<br />
elsewhere. These methods, through consolidation <strong>of</strong> lands with<br />
similar characteristics, have great potential to produce pr<strong>of</strong>itable “win/win”<br />
economic scenarios where both developed and conserved lands could<br />
generate enormous revenue and create jobs.<br />
Finally, there are major trust-building benefits to lands bills and land<br />
exchanges in that they bring nearly all interested parties to the table, including<br />
state and county governments, federal agencies, and civil society, while<br />
also providing long-term plans for land use in the future. Both provide a<br />
sort <strong>of</strong> what <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Dan McCool (2001) calls a “public<br />
“Despite the challenges associated<br />
with land exchanges and county<br />
land bills, there are a host <strong>of</strong><br />
benefits to be considered as well. ”<br />
lands peace process...directed at preserving public lands and providing<br />
realistic economic alternatives to rural people affected by land preservation<br />
decision” (p. 618). The five key components <strong>of</strong> this “peace process” are<br />
“collaboration, give-and-take bargaining, incentive partnerships, new governing<br />
structures, and brainstorming” (McCool, 2001, p. 614). By McCool’s<br />
definitions, county lands bills and exchanges fit four <strong>of</strong> these five criteria.<br />
Although they do not create new governing structures, they are collaborative<br />
in that they allow for communicating “in a mutually respectful atmosphere<br />
in an effort to resolve problems” and they incorporate give-and-take<br />
bargaining and incentive partnerships, at the very heart <strong>of</strong> any land exchange<br />
(McCool, 2001, p. 614). Brainstorming, defined by McCool (2001) as the<br />
“spontaneous and free exchange <strong>of</strong> ideas,” is utilized to a lesser extent, generally<br />
in the first planning stages <strong>of</strong> an exchange or lands bill where almost<br />
any idea can be brought to the table (p. 617). These methods, in a form <strong>of</strong><br />
“public lands peace process,” can avoid animosity and differences <strong>of</strong> opinion<br />
associated with public lands issues by preserving<br />
“the nobility <strong>of</strong> the preservation project” while <strong>of</strong>fering<br />
a collaborative, inclusive process for public land<br />
management (McCool, 2001, p. 614; Rasband, 1999,<br />
p. 557). Exchanges could be used more effectively<br />
as part <strong>of</strong> a pre-conservation designation process,<br />
rather than post-designation hostility mitigation<br />
techniques (such as the case <strong>of</strong> the Utah Schools and<br />
Land Exchange Act <strong>of</strong> 1998 after the designation <strong>of</strong> Grand Staircase-Escalante<br />
National Monument), encouraging effective management in the future and<br />
ensuring, by local support, the longevity <strong>of</strong> any agreements put into place.<br />
The significance <strong>of</strong> the trust built through exchanges and lands bills, cannot<br />
be overstated.<br />
When a land use and management plan extending long into the future<br />
is generated from an exchange or a lands bill, all parties benefit from the<br />
resulting predictability and stability. The environmentalist can be assured<br />
that a new wilderness area created out <strong>of</strong> a county lands bill or land exchange<br />
will protect that area in perpetuity; the developer can be assured that there<br />
is space for growth in the future. SITLA can continue to make its land<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>itable for Utah’s schoolchildren; the BLM can continue to maintain the<br />
diverse recreational opportunities available for the public. Moreover, these<br />
sorts <strong>of</strong> efforts <strong>of</strong>ten originate in the communities they affect, usually at the<br />
county or state level, such as the trade out <strong>of</strong> SITLA inholdings in the Utah<br />
Schools and Land Exchange Act <strong>of</strong> 1998, the Washington County lands bill,<br />
and the Utah Recreational Lands Exchange Act (Blaeloch, 2009 pp. 27-28,<br />
75-76). The local roots, solidity, and permanence <strong>of</strong> land exchange or lands<br />
bill approach are some <strong>of</strong> their greatest positive attributes.<br />
Land exchanges and lands bills should continue to be important in land<br />
management and planning in Utah, perhaps taking on an even more<br />
prominent role. As previously mentioned, only one county in the state has<br />
completed a lands bill, though other counties are currently developing and<br />
considering similar bills. Although this analysis has focused on Utah,<br />
another intriguing possibility involves expanding this sort <strong>of</strong> thinking to<br />
the rest <strong>of</strong> what former Utah Governor George H. Dern (1926) called the<br />
public land states <strong>of</strong> Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada, Montana, New<br />
Mexico, Oregon, Washington, Wyoming, North Dakota, and South Dakota,<br />
most <strong>of</strong> which have similar land ownership and management situations to<br />
Utah. Further study in this area is needed and would surely prove enlightening,<br />
especially into quantifying the economic value <strong>of</strong> ecosystem services<br />
provided by protected public lands and how this may be factored into<br />
appraisals for land exchanges.<br />
The examination <strong>of</strong> land exchanges and lands bills provided here has<br />
only scratched the surface <strong>of</strong> the exceedingly complex field <strong>of</strong> land management<br />
in the American West. However, it seems that if exchanges and lands<br />
bills are effectively executed, sensitive to all parties, and based on principles<br />
17
Land Exchanges and Public Lands Bills in Utah<br />
Matthew Kirkegaard<br />
<strong>of</strong> open collaboration with those involved, their benefits generally outweigh<br />
their disadvantages. Today, many thousands <strong>of</strong> acres <strong>of</strong> trust lands remain<br />
in areas with little resource exploitation potential, but immense ecological<br />
and recreational value. Both <strong>of</strong> these facts seem to call for land exchanges<br />
or individual county lands bills. These land management methods have<br />
the potential to become “public lands peace processes,” provide for extractive<br />
development, generate economic activity from protected lands, preserve<br />
the “nobility” <strong>of</strong> large-scale land conservation, and increase funding for<br />
public schools (McCool, 2001, p. 614) (Rasband, 1999, p. 557). Carefully<br />
constructed public compromises enable exchanges and lands bills to serve<br />
their intended purposes while ensuring all parties are beneficiaries <strong>of</strong> the<br />
results <strong>of</strong> the process. Arguments against exchanges or lands bills are<br />
minimal if both conservationists and those in favor <strong>of</strong> natural resource<br />
development can concede that some compromise is in fact necessary.<br />
In short, these measures produce acceptable, though not optimal, results<br />
for all stakeholders, conserving land and ecosystems that otherwise would<br />
be without protection while ensuring stability and opportunity for development<br />
interests in endeavors that, through trust lands, will simultaneously<br />
help to fund Utah’s schools. The lasting benefits <strong>of</strong> education funding,<br />
economic growth, conservation, expanded recreational opportunities,<br />
contiguous land management, and long term stability produced by<br />
exchanges and lands bills are simply too substantial to ignore.<br />
References<br />
Allen, C. (2008). The public land debate. Research Matters, Utah State <strong>University</strong>.<br />
Retrieved from http://research.usu.edu/researchmatters2008/htm/<br />
Blaeloch, J. (2009). Carving up the commons. Seattle, Washington: Western Lands<br />
Project. Retrieved from http://www.westernlands.org/download/Carving_<br />
up_the_Commons.pdf<br />
Bryner, G. (2001). Effects on the Communities and the Land: What does the<br />
Grand Staircase-Escalante mean for land protection in the West Resource<br />
development and ecological protection. <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> Land, Resources, &<br />
Environmental Law, 21(567).<br />
Bureau <strong>of</strong> Land Management. (2012). Who we are, what we do. Retrieved from<br />
http://www.blm.gov/wo/st/en/info/About_BLM.html<br />
the-public-land-debate-<br />
Engelhorn, C. (2012, March). BLM funding issues stall planned land exchange<br />
with SITLA in Grand, Uintah. The Moab Times-Independent. Retrieved from<br />
http://moabtimes.com/bookmark/17463799-BLM-funding-issues-stallplanned-land-exchange-with-SITLA-in-Grand-Uintah<br />
Eyre, J. (2003). The San Rafael Swell and the difficulties in state-federal land<br />
exchanges. <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> Land, Resources, & Environmental Law, 269.<br />
Flinders, J., Rogers, D., Webber-Alston, J., & Barber, H. (2002). Mammals <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument: A literature and museum<br />
survey. Monographs <strong>of</strong> the Western North American Naturalist, 1-64.<br />
Retrieved from http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/usblmpub/34/<br />
Gaul, P. (2002, October 9). Beauty for oil: Utah land swap clears House. Environmental<br />
News Service. Retrieved from http://www.ens-newswire.com/ens/<br />
oct2002/2002-10-09-04.html<br />
Government Printing Office. (1998). Utah Schools and Lands Exchange Act <strong>of</strong><br />
1998: Report (to H.R. 3830). Retrieved from http://books.google.com/books/<br />
about/Utah_Schools_and_Lands_Exchange_Act_<strong>of</strong>_1.htmlid=gzS5KHffW_<br />
EC<br />
Grand Canyon Trust, (2012). The Utah Recreational Exchange Act. Retrieved<br />
from http://www.grandcanyontrust.org/utah/trust-lands_actions.php<br />
Larmer, P. (2004). Give and take: How the Clinton administration’s public lands<br />
<strong>of</strong>fensive transformed the American west. Paonia, Colorado: High Country<br />
News.<br />
Loomis, B. (2011, June 16). Utah lawmakers balk at county wilderness plans. The<br />
Salt Lake Tribune. Retrieved from http://www.sltrib.com/sltrib/politics/52014509-90/wilderness-county-committee-areas.html.csp<br />
McCool, D. (2001). Moving forward: Grand Staircase-Escalante National<br />
Monument. <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> Land, Resources, & Environmental Law, 21(613).<br />
McUsic, M. House Committee on Resources, Subcommittee on National Parks<br />
and Public Lands. (2000). Statement <strong>of</strong> Molly McUsic on H.R. 4579 - The<br />
Utah West Desert Land Exchange. Retrieved from http://blm.gov/pgdata/etc/<br />
medialib/blm/wo/Communications_Directorate/2000_congressional.<br />
Par.7091.File.dat/061300<br />
Canham, M. (2009, March 30). Washington County lands bill may be the<br />
wilderness model. The Salt Lake Tribune. Retrieved from http://www.sltrib.<br />
com/ci_12032209<br />
Outdoor Industry Foundation, (2006). The active outdoor recreation economy: A<br />
$730 billion contribution to the U.S. economy. Retrieved from http://www.<br />
outdoorindustry.org/pdf/UtahRecEconomy.pdf<br />
Clinton, W. The American Presidency Project. (1998). Statement on signing the<br />
Utah Schools and Land Exchange Act <strong>of</strong> 1998. Retrieved from http://www.<br />
presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/index.phopid=55201<br />
Cooper, J. (2000, May 21). Fairness, pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism marked Utah-U.S. land<br />
exchange. Deseret News. Retrieved from http://www.deseretnews.com/<br />
article/761165/Fairness-pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism-marked-Utah-US-land-exchange.<br />
htmlpg=1<br />
Prosperity 2020. (2012). Retrieved from http://www.prosperity2020.com/research/<br />
Rasband, J. (1999). Utah’s Grand Staircase: The right path to wilderness<br />
preservation <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Colorado Law Review, 70(483).<br />
Schuster, B. (Director) (2012). Emery County Land Bill [Web series episode].<br />
Dowsett, D. (Executive Producer), The County Seat. Salt Lake City: ABC.<br />
Retrieved from http://www.youtube.com/watchv=rVxAeUADtbQ<br />
Dern, G. H. (1926). School land titles in public land states: Address <strong>of</strong> Governor<br />
George H. Dern <strong>of</strong> Utah, before the Governors’ Conference at Cheyenne,<br />
Wyoming.<br />
Sierra Club. (2001). Sierra Club Conservation Policies: Public land exchange policy.<br />
Retrieved from http://www.sierraclub.org/policy/conservation/landexchange.<br />
aspx<br />
18
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Sierra Club. (2012). Sierra Club Fact Sheet. Retrieved from http://charlottesierraclub.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/2012-sierra-club-fact-sheet.pdf<br />
SITLA to work on land exchanges for land within the Emery County public land<br />
use bill. (2012, January 17). Emery County Progress. Retrieved from http://<br />
www.ecprogress.com/index.phptier=1&article_id=11991<br />
SITLA, (2009). Who gets the money Retrieved from http://trustlands.utah.gov/<br />
about/who_gets_the_money.html<br />
SITLA, (2009). What are Trust Lands Retrieved from http://trustlands.utah.gov/<br />
about/about_utah_trustlands.html<br />
Steuter, D. Grand Canyon Chapter. (2002). Land exchanges: Trading conservation.<br />
“Canyon Echo,” 38(6), Retrieved from http://arizona.sierraclub.org/echo/2002/<br />
NovDec02Echo.pdf<br />
U.S. Congress. (2009). Utah Recreational Land Exchange Act <strong>of</strong> 2009. Retrieved<br />
from http://npl.ly.gov.tw/pdf/7036.pdf<br />
U.S. Congress, Senate. (2002). S. 2745 Federal-Utah State Trust Lands Consolidation<br />
Act. Retrieved from http://thomas.loc.gov/cgi-bin/query/zc107:S.2745.<br />
IS:-<br />
U.S. Congress, Senate. (2008). S.2834 Washington County Growth and Conservation<br />
Act <strong>of</strong> 2008. Retrieved from http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/BILLS-<br />
110s2834is/pdf/BILLS-110s2834is.pdf<br />
Utah Department <strong>of</strong> Natural Resources, Department <strong>of</strong> Wildlife Resources. (2012).<br />
County lists <strong>of</strong> Utah’s federally listed threatened, endangered, and candidate<br />
species. Retrieved from http://naturalresources.utah.gov/<br />
Utah Governor’s Office <strong>of</strong> Economic Development, Utah Office <strong>of</strong> Tourism. (2011).<br />
2011 current visitor statistics. Retrieved from http://travel.utah.gov/research_<br />
and_planning/visitor_statistics/2011yearendindicators.html<br />
Utah State Legislature. (2012). Trust Lands Management Act (53C-1-102).<br />
Retrieved from http://www.schoollandtrust.org/downloads/pdfs/13-Title-<br />
53C-SITLA-as-<strong>of</strong>-2012-Session.pdf<br />
Utah Wilderness Coalition. (2004). About the Utah Wilderness Coalition. Retrieved<br />
from http://www.protectwildutah.org/about/index.html<br />
Veravanich, P. (1996). The propriety <strong>of</strong> President Bill Clinton’s establishment <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Grand Staircase Escalante National Monument. Environs, 20(1), 2-16.<br />
Retrieved from http://environs.law.ucdavis.edu/issues/20/1/articles/<br />
veravanich.pdf<br />
Western States Land Commissioners Association. (2010). Trust land management<br />
in the 21st century: Jefferson’s land grant vision enacted in FY 2010 in twenty<br />
states. Retrieved from http://www.glo.texas.gov/wslca/pdf/statereports-2011/fy2010-annual-report-amended-08-04-11.pdf<br />
White, K. (1998, December 10). Update on the Grand Staircase-Escalante National<br />
Monument. American Geological <strong>Institute</strong>. Retrieved from http://www.<br />
agiweb.org/legis105/conoco.html<br />
19
Electoral Reform in Utah and the United States:<br />
Steps to Representative, Accountable, and Competitive State and Federal Government<br />
By Oakley B. Gordon<br />
In a state and nation in which faith in government is eroding, and politics are dominated by either partisan supermajorities<br />
(in Utah) or ideological stalemate (in Congress), there is an increasingly clear need to reform the system at its<br />
roots. The adoption <strong>of</strong> a more competitive, accountable, and representative electoral system would help address the<br />
problems which are endemic to our current legislative process. Specifically, three-member districts, in which representatives<br />
are elected through a modified form <strong>of</strong> single transferable voting, would best fit the needs <strong>of</strong> our state and nation.<br />
The new voting method would cause both legislatures to more closely represent the electorate, while the relatively small<br />
number <strong>of</strong> seats per district would maintain high levels <strong>of</strong> accountability and local representation.<br />
With a Congress plagued by partisan deadlock and a state legislature<br />
dominated by a single party, voters in Utah and America<br />
suffer from dysfunctional electoral systems. At the center <strong>of</strong><br />
these systems, enjoying “safe” districts in which reelection is all but guaranteed,<br />
are the legislators and their leaders, who have few systemic incentives<br />
to compromise and serve the electorate at large. Through gerrymandering,<br />
incumbents are able to exploit the structural weakness <strong>of</strong> the system to both<br />
secure their own reelection and ideologically distance the legislative bodies<br />
farther away from the views <strong>of</strong> the voters. The result is a system which is<br />
hardly representative, accountable, or contestable.<br />
The shortfalls <strong>of</strong> our electoral system can be seen in the 2012 election<br />
<strong>of</strong> our state and national legislatures. In Utah, Republicans<br />
received 64% <strong>of</strong> the total vote in contested<br />
races <strong>of</strong> the Utah State House <strong>of</strong> Representatives.<br />
With this share <strong>of</strong> the vote, however, Republicans<br />
won 77% <strong>of</strong> the contested House seats (State <strong>of</strong> Utah,<br />
2012). On the Congressional level, Democratic<br />
candidates for the U.S. House <strong>of</strong> Representatives<br />
received, in total, 550,000 more votes than Republican<br />
candidates, yet the GOP was able to retain its majority in the House<br />
(Thinkprogress.org, 2012). This is not, by any means, a condemnation <strong>of</strong><br />
the Republican Party; Democrats can and have enjoyed unfair results in<br />
their own favor. Instead, these results show a fundamental problem with<br />
state and national legislative elections, which can only be addressed by<br />
changing the very electoral system in which our representatives are selected.<br />
While electoral systems are rarely changed, they are usually only established<br />
in statutory ink, rather than constitutional stone. Consequently,<br />
many different electoral systems have been used throughout America’s<br />
history. This article makes a case for changing the electoral system once<br />
more. Specifically, it argues for reforming the elections <strong>of</strong> the Utah State<br />
“While electoral systems are rarely<br />
changed, they are usually only<br />
established in statutory ink, rather<br />
than constitutional stone.”<br />
House <strong>of</strong> Representatives and the United States House <strong>of</strong> Representatives.<br />
Both institutions are elected through the same plurality-based singlemember<br />
district system, creating unrepresentative results on both levels<br />
and a common need for similar reform.<br />
The U.S. Senate, being elected in a constitutionally different manner and<br />
addressing separate representative prerogatives, is not discussed in this<br />
article. While the U.S. Senate has evolved from an indirectly elected to a<br />
directly elected body, the prerogative <strong>of</strong> senators remains to represent their<br />
states at large, rather than according to ideological or geographical divisions<br />
therein. With each state electing their two senators on different years, no<br />
fair alternative to at-large representation <strong>of</strong> each state in the U.S. Senate<br />
exists. Furthermore, the very nature <strong>of</strong> Senate rules<br />
suggest that both the Founding Fathers and their<br />
successors meant for the Senate to be a place for<br />
majority consensus building, rather than lively<br />
debate between minority interests (Federalist Papers<br />
62, 1788). This is seen in the constitutional requirement<br />
<strong>of</strong> a two-thirds vote in the Senate for many<br />
actions, as well as the development <strong>of</strong> the filibuster<br />
and the three-fifths vote required to invoke cloture. Thus, both before and<br />
since the Seventeenth Amendment, the role <strong>of</strong> the Senate has always been<br />
more to pacify, rather than represent, the multitude <strong>of</strong> passions in the<br />
electorate. The Utah State Senate, as somewhat analogous to its federal<br />
counterpart, is a body <strong>of</strong> deliberation, meant to cool the fervor <strong>of</strong> the<br />
electorate. The Senate is an “additional impediment…against improper<br />
acts <strong>of</strong> legislation” (Federalist Papers 62, 1788). Therefore, proportionality,<br />
the main criterion by which this article judges electoral systems, is <strong>of</strong> less<br />
concern for both the state and federal senates. This article will, therefore,<br />
focus solely on the United States and Utah Houses <strong>of</strong> Representatives, the<br />
democratic cornerstones <strong>of</strong> our national and state governments, tasked by<br />
21
Electoral Reform in Utah and the United States<br />
Oakley B. Gordon<br />
history and their very names to represent the members, opinions, and<br />
convictions <strong>of</strong> the electorate.<br />
The premise <strong>of</strong> this article is that the electoral system used to select<br />
our representatives should produce results which more closely reflect<br />
the electorate, enable voters to hold their government accountable, and<br />
produce incentives for all parties to win as many votes as possible. The goal<br />
is to determine what changes to our electoral system will best satisfy these<br />
goals. This article will first define three different voting methods for reference.<br />
Then, representation, accountability, and contestability will be defined<br />
and quantified. Finally, a comprehensive set <strong>of</strong> changes will be proposed,<br />
including an alteration to the conventional form <strong>of</strong> the suggested voting<br />
method.<br />
VOTING METHODS<br />
The three types <strong>of</strong> voting methods considered by this article are pluralitybased<br />
single-member district systems (SMD), party-list systems, and single<br />
transferable voting systems (STV). A voting system is the method through<br />
which voters express their preferences and by which those preferences are<br />
translated into results. Voting systems, as used by this article, should not<br />
be confused with the machines and logistics with which ballots are cast and<br />
counted physically nor with campaign regulations and traditions which<br />
together make up an electoral institution as a whole.<br />
Single Transferable Voting<br />
The final voting method considered by this paper is single transferable<br />
voting. In brief, it is a mirror <strong>of</strong> the party-list system. Unlike the party-list<br />
system, however, single transferable voting is candidate-centric rather than<br />
party-centric. This allows voters to express favor for candidates from different<br />
parties and independent candidates based upon the merits <strong>of</strong> the<br />
individual rather than the party. In the party-list system, a party is awarded<br />
more seats as their share <strong>of</strong> the vote increases. An individual, however, can<br />
only receive zero or one seat, which raises the question <strong>of</strong> how to avoid<br />
extra votes being wasted on a candidate who already has enough votes to<br />
be elected. Single transferable voting provides a clever solution by using<br />
ranked ballots and transferable votes.<br />
Figure 1. Single Transferable Voting<br />
Single-Member Plurality-Based Elections<br />
In an SMD election, each voter is represented by one, and only one, representative.<br />
Each voter casts one vote for only one candidate. The candidate<br />
receiving the most votes is elected. This is the system which is used in the<br />
Utah State Legislature, as well as in Congress. Closely related systems, in<br />
which voters may cast multiple votes or in which a majority is required to<br />
elect the winner, are more rare but can be considered part <strong>of</strong> this category<br />
as long as only one representative is elected per district. The election <strong>of</strong><br />
most executives, such as governors and mayors, can also be classified as<br />
SMD elections.<br />
Party-List Systems<br />
In a party-list system, each voter casts one vote for one party, rather than a<br />
candidate. The seats are then awarded to the parties in proportion to the<br />
share <strong>of</strong> the vote which they received. The method by which the results are<br />
rounded, in order to give each party a whole number <strong>of</strong> seats, is important<br />
and merits brief discussion, because different methods <strong>of</strong> rounding, each<br />
seemingly fair, can yield different results. The two most intuitive types <strong>of</strong><br />
rounding are largest-remainder methods and quotient methods, the formulas<br />
<strong>of</strong> which are given below. 1<br />
1<br />
Rounding in Party-List Systems: Largest-Remainder and Quotient Methods<br />
Variables<br />
V: Total votes cast<br />
vi: Votes received by a party<br />
N: Total number <strong>of</strong> seats being elected<br />
ni: Seats awarded to a party<br />
D: Controllable variable<br />
Largest-Remainder Method <strong>of</strong> Rounding in Party-List Systems<br />
ni = vi x N/V, rounded down; the parties with the largest remainders<br />
(vi x N/V - ni) are each awarded one <strong>of</strong> the surplus seats<br />
Quotient Method <strong>of</strong> Rounding in Party-List Systems<br />
ni = (vi x N) / (V + D), rounded; “D” is adjusted such that Σ ni = N<br />
Figure 2. Ballots cast in Examples 1, 2, and 4<br />
In Examples 1, 2, and 4, 24 hypothetical voters cast ranked ballots indicating<br />
their preference <strong>of</strong> Candidates A, B, C, D, E, and F, from most-preferred to<br />
least preferred. For the sake <strong>of</strong> explanatory simplicity, this set <strong>of</strong> ballots has<br />
a high level <strong>of</strong> overlap between the voters’ preferences, resulting in only nine<br />
permutations <strong>of</strong> candidates. This table shows the number <strong>of</strong> voters who<br />
ranked the candidates in the same order.<br />
Voters (24 Total) Ranking <strong>of</strong> Candidates A, B, C, D, E, and F on ballot<br />
(most-preferred, next-preferred, … least-preferred)<br />
1--------------------------------------------------- F, D, B, E, C, A<br />
2--------------------------------------------------- E, A, B, C, D, F<br />
5--------------------------------------------------- D, E, B, F, C, A<br />
1--------------------------------------------------- C, D, B, F, A, E<br />
1--------------------------------------------------- C, B, F, D, E, A<br />
1--------------------------------------------------- C, A, B, F, D, E<br />
4--------------------------------------------------- A, B, F, D, E, C<br />
5--------------------------------------------------- B, F, D, E, C, A<br />
4--------------------------------------------------- A, E, B, C, D, F<br />
Under the quotient method, results can either be rounded up, down, or to the<br />
nearest whole number. Rounding down is generally preferred because it favors<br />
larger parties, thereby creating an incentive for smaller parties to unite. In practice,<br />
the D’Hondt method <strong>of</strong> rounding, which produces the same results as the<br />
described quotient system, is used instead (Balinski and Young, 2001).<br />
22
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Example 1. Electing One Candidate with Single Transferable Voting<br />
Premise: 24 voters elect one candidate from a selection <strong>of</strong> six candidates<br />
(Candidates A, B, C, D, E, and F). Their ranked ballots are shown in Figure<br />
2. The quota <strong>of</strong> votes required to be elected is set at 13 (a simple majority).<br />
Step One: All votes are distributed to their most-preferred candidates. No<br />
candidate has reached the quota <strong>of</strong> 13 votes, so no candidate is elected.<br />
Step Two: Candidate F, who has the least amount <strong>of</strong> votes, is eliminated.<br />
His vote is transferred to his supporter’s next-preferred candidate, Candidate<br />
D. No candidate has reached the quota <strong>of</strong> 13 votes, so no candidate is elected.<br />
Step Three: Candidate E, who has the least amount <strong>of</strong> votes, is eliminated.<br />
His votes are transferred to his two supporters’ next-preferred candidate,<br />
Candidate A. No candidate has reached the quota <strong>of</strong> 13 votes, so no candidate<br />
is elected.<br />
Step Four: Candidate C, who has the least amount <strong>of</strong> votes, is eliminated.<br />
Each supporter <strong>of</strong> Candidate C has their vote transferred to their nextpreferred<br />
candidate. Thus, Candidates A, B, and D each receive a transferred<br />
vote. No candidate has reached the quota <strong>of</strong> 13 votes, so no candidate is<br />
elected.<br />
Step Five: Candidate B, who has the least amount <strong>of</strong> votes, is eliminated.<br />
All votes counting toward B have Candidate D listed as their next-preferred<br />
candidate. Therefore, Candidate D receives six transfer votes, for a total <strong>of</strong><br />
15 votes. Candidate D has crossed the quota and is elected.<br />
23
Electoral Reform in Utah and the United States<br />
Oakley B. Gordon<br />
Example 2. Electing Four Candidates with Single Transferable Voting<br />
Same Title<br />
Premise: 24 voters elect four candidates from a selection <strong>of</strong> six candidates<br />
(Candidate A, B, C, D, E, and F). Their ranked ballots are shown in figure<br />
2. The quota <strong>of</strong> votes required to be elected is set at five, the smallest whole<br />
number <strong>of</strong> votes that can be obtained by no more than four candidates.<br />
Step One: All votes are distributed to their most-preferred candidates.<br />
Candidates A, B, and D all receive at least five votes in this manner, and are<br />
elected thusly.<br />
Step Two: Candidate A is the furthest above quota, so his surplus <strong>of</strong> three<br />
votes is transferred to his supporter’s next-preferred candidates. Half <strong>of</strong> his<br />
supporters list Candidate B as their next-preferred candidate, while the other<br />
half list Candidate E as their next-preferred candidate, so each receives half<br />
<strong>of</strong> the transferred surplus. No additional candidate reaches the quota from<br />
the transfer, so no fourth candidate is yet elected.<br />
Step Three: Candidate B is now the furthest above quota, so his surplus <strong>of</strong><br />
three votes is transferred to his supporter’s next-preferred candidates. All<br />
votes counting toward Candidate B list Candidate F as their next-preferred<br />
candidate, so Candidate F receives the entirety <strong>of</strong> Candidate B’s surplus. No<br />
additional candidate reaches the quota from the transfer, so no fourth<br />
candidate is yet elected.<br />
Step Four: No candidate is now above the quota, so the candidate with the<br />
fewest votes, Candidate F, is eliminated. All votes counting toward Candidate<br />
F list Candidate D as their next-preferred candidate, so Candidate D receives<br />
the entirety <strong>of</strong> Candidate F’s votes. No additional candidate reaches the<br />
quota from the transfer, so no fourth candidate is yet elected.<br />
Step Five: Candidate D is now the furthest above quota, so his surplus <strong>of</strong><br />
three votes is transferred to his supporter’s next-preferred candidates. Of<br />
the nine votes counting toward Candidate D, eight list Candidate E and one<br />
lists Candidate B as their next-preferred, so Candidate E receives 89% <strong>of</strong><br />
Candidate D’s surplus, while Candidate B receives 11%. This transfer brings<br />
Candidate E to the quota, electing him as the fourth and final winner.<br />
24
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
In this system, voters rank the candidates from most-preferred to leastpreferred.<br />
From the number <strong>of</strong> votes cast and the number <strong>of</strong> seats to be<br />
elected, a required quota <strong>of</strong> votes needed for victory is determined. Each<br />
voter’s ballot is cast for his or her most-preferred candidate. If any candidate<br />
reaches the quota, then the candidate is elected. A victorious candidate’s<br />
surplus <strong>of</strong> votes is then transferred to their voters’ next-preferred candidates.<br />
For instance, if a candidate has twice as many votes as needed to win a seat,<br />
then half <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> the ballots counted toward the candidate are transferred. 2<br />
If there are no surpluses to transfer, then the candidate with the least amount<br />
<strong>of</strong> votes is eliminated and their ballots transferred entirely to their voters’<br />
next-preferred candidates. Surpluses are transferred and candidates are<br />
eliminated until the set number <strong>of</strong> winners has been reached.<br />
The quota ensures that each candidate who is elected represents a given<br />
and unique share <strong>of</strong> the electorate (e.g., a quota <strong>of</strong> 34% <strong>of</strong> the votes cast<br />
would ensure that each elected candidate represents one third <strong>of</strong> the electorate).<br />
The quota is directly related to the number <strong>of</strong> seats being elected. For<br />
instance, a quota <strong>of</strong> 34% <strong>of</strong> the votes cast would elect only two winners<br />
because votes could be transferred until two candidates are elected, but no<br />
more than two candidates can represent separate and unique shares <strong>of</strong> 34%<br />
<strong>of</strong> the vote. Reversely, a given number <strong>of</strong> seats can be produced by an<br />
interval <strong>of</strong> possible quotas. To elect one candidate, the quota can be set at<br />
any value greater than half <strong>of</strong> the votes cast (i.e., a majority). To elect two<br />
candidates, the quota can be set at any value greater than one third <strong>of</strong> the<br />
votes cast and less than or equal to one half <strong>of</strong> the votes cast.<br />
In summary, single transferable voting does two things. First, it ensures<br />
that each elected candidate represents a unique and equal share <strong>of</strong> the<br />
electorate. Thus, the elected candidates together represent the electorate<br />
at large in an accurate manner. Second, it minimizes wasted votes. This is<br />
to say that, by ranking more than one candidate on their ballot, voters need<br />
not worry about casting, and thereby wasting, their ballot either for candidates<br />
who already have enough support from other voters or for candidates<br />
who are not popular enough to be elected. If a voter’s most-preferred<br />
candidate does not need or cannot be helped by their support, then their<br />
vote will be transferred down the list until it reaches a candidate whom it<br />
can help.<br />
Excluded Systems<br />
Not discussed in this article are highly disproportional systems, such as<br />
those in which multiple representatives are elected by majority, rather than<br />
proportional, vote. Complex hybrid systems, such as mixed-member parallel<br />
and mixed-member compensatory systems, are also not discussed because<br />
the complex nature <strong>of</strong> these hybrid systems makes them difficult to analyze<br />
and compare. The complexity <strong>of</strong> hybrid systems is not necessarily<br />
disqualifying, for the adoption <strong>of</strong> single transferable voting in local and<br />
national elections around the world demonstrates that voters can function<br />
under more complex systems. Indeed, it is the simplicity <strong>of</strong> many systems<br />
that yields unfair electoral results. Simple plurality elections, especially <strong>of</strong><br />
multiple representatives in the same district, are perhaps the least complex<br />
voting systems, yet also the most unfair. But while simplicity is not sought<br />
by this paper, parsimony is. This paper sees hybrid systems, whether the<br />
at-large/district-tiered system <strong>of</strong> the Salt Lake County Council or the<br />
2<br />
As transfers are made from one victorious candidate to another, it is possible for<br />
the sum <strong>of</strong> all surpluses to approach, but fail to ever reach, zero. This produces an<br />
infinite loop, in which smaller and smaller transfers are made between victorious<br />
candidates. This can be avoided by only transferring surpluses greater than or<br />
equal to one. For example, if the quota to be elected is 34 votes, then no candidate<br />
would have their surplus transferred unless they had 35 or more votes.<br />
party-list/district system <strong>of</strong> the German Bundestag, as the results <strong>of</strong><br />
abandoning the search <strong>of</strong> a better voting system by instead fusing two<br />
imperfect ones together. In addition to being conceptual failures, these<br />
hybrid systems can fail to correct their component system’s weaknesses. In<br />
the case <strong>of</strong> Salt Lake County, electoral districts are inflated by the at large<br />
seats, and in the case <strong>of</strong> national mixed-member legislatures, compensatory<br />
party seats fail to <strong>of</strong>fset the disproportionality <strong>of</strong> district elections (Carey<br />
& Hix, 2011). Therefore, this paper will only consider systems if the same<br />
method <strong>of</strong> election is used to elect all members <strong>of</strong> the representative body.<br />
In the following sections, the criteria by which we can judge prospective<br />
electoral systems will be discussed. Having considered the advantages and<br />
disadvantages <strong>of</strong> different options, a detailed prescription for a new electoral<br />
system for Utah and the United States will be made.<br />
CRITERIA AND DETERMINANTS OF A DESIRABLE<br />
ELECTORAL SYSTEM<br />
This article argues that three criteria should be considered when creating<br />
and adopting a new electoral system: first, and most importantly, proportionality;<br />
second, accountability; and third, contestability. This means that<br />
the seats awarded should represent the votes cast, that majority coalitions<br />
should be voted into and out <strong>of</strong> power easily, and that parties should have<br />
an incentive to strive for as many votes as possible. Together, these criteria<br />
can be used to judge the merit <strong>of</strong> an electoral system. This article places<br />
the strongest importance upon proportionality due to the especial lack and<br />
need there<strong>of</strong> in Utah and American politics. This section will define, justify,<br />
and quantify the three criteria. The remainder <strong>of</strong> the section will discuss<br />
the causes <strong>of</strong> proportionality. The next section will then examine how<br />
legislative elections <strong>of</strong> the Utah and U.S. House <strong>of</strong> Representatives can be<br />
altered to increase the proportionality <strong>of</strong> their results, while maintaining<br />
or raising their levels <strong>of</strong> accountability and contestability.<br />
Definitions and Justifications<br />
Our primary criterion, proportionality, is a measurement <strong>of</strong> how closely the<br />
seats allocated by an election match the votes cast. In other words, proportionality<br />
is how similar the views in government are to the views <strong>of</strong> the<br />
people. Proportionality is a direct correlate <strong>of</strong> democracy; measured<br />
continuously, a fully proportional representative body is fully democratic.<br />
Categorically, as put by John Stuart Mill (1861), the difference between<br />
“representation <strong>of</strong> all and representation <strong>of</strong> the majority only” is the difference<br />
between “true and false democracy”:<br />
In a representative body actually deliberating, the minority must <strong>of</strong><br />
course be overruled; and in an equal democracy (since the opinions<br />
<strong>of</strong> the constituents, when they insist on them, determine those <strong>of</strong><br />
the representative body) the majority <strong>of</strong> the people, through their<br />
representatives, will outvote and prevail over the minority and their<br />
representatives. But does it follow that the minority should have no<br />
representatives at all Because the majority ought to prevail over the<br />
minority, must the majority have all the votes, the minority none Is it<br />
necessary that the minority should not even be heard Nothing but<br />
habit and old association can reconcile any reasonable being to the<br />
needless injustice. In a truly equal democracy, every or any section<br />
would be represented, not disproportionately, but proportionately. A<br />
majority <strong>of</strong> the electors would always have a majority <strong>of</strong> the representatives;<br />
but a minority <strong>of</strong> the electors would always have a minority <strong>of</strong> the<br />
representatives. Man for man they would be as fully represented as the<br />
majority. Unless they are, there is not equal government, but a government<br />
<strong>of</strong> inequality and privilege: one part <strong>of</strong> the people rule over the<br />
25
Electoral Reform in Utah and the United States<br />
Oakley B. Gordon<br />
rest: there is a part whose fair and equal share <strong>of</strong> influence in the representation<br />
is withheld from them; contrary to all just government, but,<br />
above all, contrary to the principle <strong>of</strong> democracy, which pr<strong>of</strong>esses<br />
equality as its very root and foundation. (Mill, Chapter 7)<br />
Our secondary criteria are accountability and contestability. Accountability<br />
means the ability <strong>of</strong> voters to understand how their vote will ultimately<br />
impact the resulting government. A system with high accountability is one<br />
in which factions have coalesced into several political parties, each <strong>of</strong> which<br />
appeals to a wide range <strong>of</strong> voters. With few parties, voters better understand<br />
how their ballot will affect the resulting governing coalition in the legislature.<br />
An unaccountable system is fractious, with many parties appealing to narrow<br />
selections <strong>of</strong> voters. With a fractured party system, voters have difficulty<br />
predicting how their ballots will affect the legislative coalition and, therefore,<br />
are less able to hold their government accountable (Strom, 1990). For<br />
example, in a system with five parties, requiring coalitions to achieve<br />
majorities in government, it would be difficult for a voter to vote for or<br />
against the governing coalition because it would be hard to know how each<br />
party would align itself in the new government.<br />
Finally, contestability is our final criterion. In a broader sense, it refers<br />
to the very foundation <strong>of</strong> democracy as a system <strong>of</strong> electorally contested<br />
power. In our narrower sense here, it means the incentive each party, whether<br />
majority or minority, has to increase its share <strong>of</strong> the total vote. If an increase<br />
in the number <strong>of</strong> votes received will clearly result in an increase in the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> seats won, then the system has high contestability. A good<br />
democratic system is one which encourages and rewards those who seek<br />
and receive a greater share <strong>of</strong> the vote. For instance, a gerrymandered “safe”<br />
district is less contestable, because neither side has an incentive to engage<br />
more voters; the majority party is already expecting victory and the minority<br />
party knows that swaying even a significant share <strong>of</strong> the electorate is<br />
unlikely to yield a victory on Election Day. Democracy is based upon<br />
competition and participation, but neither can exist without a contested<br />
campaign over an uncertain outcome.<br />
Quantification<br />
Quantifying proportionality, accountability, and contestability can, for the<br />
purposes <strong>of</strong> this article, be problematic. Starting with proportionality, we<br />
have two choices. First, we can use the common Gallagher Index (Gallagher,<br />
1991), 3 which uses a least-squares method to determine how closely the<br />
share <strong>of</strong> votes received by the parties matches the share <strong>of</strong> seats won by the<br />
parties. Alternatively, we could create a formula predicting whether or not<br />
the electoral system will select the Condorcet set, adjusted by the number<br />
<strong>of</strong> seats elected. 4 In a single-winner election, the Condorcet candidate is the<br />
candidate who would defeat any other candidate in a one-on-one election.<br />
A single-winner election can be “spoiled” if a third candidate receives votes<br />
from those who support the Condorcet candidate (e.g., a conservative<br />
district may elect a liberal if two conservatives are on the ballot). Regardless<br />
<strong>of</strong> how many votes or first-place ranked ballots a winner receives, the best<br />
winner is always the Condorcet candidate, who would have defeated the<br />
winner if no other candidates had been on the ballot. Protecting against<br />
the spoiler effect is a key aspect <strong>of</strong> proportionality.<br />
3<br />
Gallagher’s Index <strong>of</strong> disproportionality is the square root <strong>of</strong> .5 x Σ(vi/V – ni/N)2<br />
4<br />
A Condorcet-based metric <strong>of</strong> proportionality could be created with the following<br />
formula: (the probability <strong>of</strong> electing the Condorcet set) x N/(N + 1). This would<br />
provide a score between zero (completely disproportional) and one (completely<br />
proportional). It would also account for the diminishing returns to proportionality,<br />
discussed in the next section, as the number <strong>of</strong> seats is increased.<br />
The Condorcet candidates in a multiple-winner election are those<br />
candidates, who, as a set equal in size to the number <strong>of</strong> seats elected, better<br />
represent the electorate at large than any other set <strong>of</strong> winners. The Gallagher<br />
Index works well in systems which are party-centric, but it fails to adequately<br />
account for independent candidates and preferences <strong>of</strong> voters for specific<br />
candidates within parties (Tideman & Richardson, 2006). A Condorcetbased<br />
metric works well for candidate-centric systems, but cannot be used<br />
to quantify system-wide proportionality when districts are used.<br />
To measure accountability, one would use an inverse measurement <strong>of</strong><br />
political fragmentation, the number <strong>of</strong> political parties per seat (Laasko &<br />
Taagepera, 1979). As discussed above, a fractured party system makes it<br />
difficult for voters to vote against or in favor <strong>of</strong> majority coalitions. In a<br />
two-party system, a vote for the party in power will help keep that party in<br />
power, while a vote for the opposition will help shift power to a new party.<br />
In coalitions, resulting from multiple parties, it is hard to give blame or<br />
credit to a party within the coalition, or to predict what role a party will<br />
play in forming the next coalition or opposition. Therefore, as the number<br />
<strong>of</strong> parties increases, the accountability <strong>of</strong> the system decreases.<br />
Contestability, however, would need to be determined logically, rather<br />
than mathematically. If a stable equilibrium <strong>of</strong> seat distribution between<br />
parties occurs in which no party can reasonably expect to gain more seats<br />
by expanding its vote share, then there is low contestability. If both majority<br />
and minority parties, however, have a reasonable expectation to increase<br />
their own number <strong>of</strong> seats by contesting a seat held by another party, then<br />
there is high contestability.<br />
Unfortunately, for our purposes, all three criteria must be considered<br />
on a conceptual level, rather than a quantifiable one. Proportionality cannot<br />
be compared absolutely between systems in which voters face entirely<br />
different types <strong>of</strong> decisions, such as whether they must choose between<br />
parties or candidates. Similar barriers face attempts to make quantifiable<br />
comparisons <strong>of</strong> the accountability and contestability <strong>of</strong> different systems.<br />
Therefore, we are limited to logical, rather than strictly mathematical,<br />
examinations <strong>of</strong> what increases or decreases proportionality, accountability,<br />
and contestability.<br />
Determinants <strong>of</strong> Proportionality<br />
The remainder <strong>of</strong> this section will examine the factors which determine<br />
proportionality so that the next section may prescribe a more proportional<br />
system. Our dependent variable, the expected proportionality <strong>of</strong> an electoral<br />
system, is an effect <strong>of</strong> several predictors. Variables outside <strong>of</strong> the system<br />
itself, such as voter rationality, type <strong>of</strong> voting machine, and even campaign<br />
regulations, are assumed to be constant for the purposes <strong>of</strong> this paper. This<br />
leaves us with four systemic independent variables when examining individual<br />
elections: the number <strong>of</strong> candidates and parties, the number <strong>of</strong> voters,<br />
the voting method, and the number <strong>of</strong> seats being elected.<br />
The number <strong>of</strong> candidates and parties can be eliminated from our<br />
variables because we can assume that rational actors will follow systemic<br />
incentives to seek or not seek <strong>of</strong>fice or to join a coalition or party prior to<br />
the election, as predicted by Duverger’s Law (Duverger, 1963; Riker, 1977).<br />
Thus, the number <strong>of</strong> candidates and parties will not have independent<br />
variance, but can instead be predicted to be the same when all other independent<br />
variables are the same. Finally, we can assume that the number <strong>of</strong><br />
voters in an election will always be sufficiently large enough for any variance<br />
in voter quantity to have a negligible effect upon proportionality. The<br />
addition <strong>of</strong> each voter comes with diminishing losses to proportionality<br />
because the increase in voters leads to an increased overlap <strong>of</strong> ideology and<br />
opinion between voters, thereby allowing one representative to speak for a<br />
larger share <strong>of</strong> the electorate. Consequently, a body <strong>of</strong> 100 legislators could
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
be expected to proportionally represent the full political spectrum within<br />
an electorate <strong>of</strong> 10,000 voters almost as well as it could represent the full<br />
political spectrum <strong>of</strong> an electorate <strong>of</strong> 1 million voters. With the number <strong>of</strong><br />
candidates, parties, and voters eliminated from our model, we are left with<br />
only the voting method and the number <strong>of</strong> elected seats as our independent<br />
variables for predicting proportionality <strong>of</strong> electoral systems.<br />
Aggregation <strong>of</strong> Proportionality<br />
Before determining which number <strong>of</strong> seats and voting method will optimize<br />
proportionality for both Utah and the United States, we must first appreciate<br />
one more level <strong>of</strong> complication concerning electoral systems and the<br />
proportionality <strong>of</strong> their results. The electoral systems <strong>of</strong> the Utah and the<br />
United States Houses <strong>of</strong> Representatives are not conducted as at-large elections.<br />
Instead, each is an aggregation <strong>of</strong> many district elections (75 in the<br />
House election in Utah and 435 in Congress). The proportionality <strong>of</strong> a<br />
legislative electoral system is a comparison <strong>of</strong> the aggregate votes cast and<br />
the aggregate results determined. To examine the proportionality <strong>of</strong> the<br />
United States House <strong>of</strong> Representatives, for instance, one would compare<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> votes cast for each party nationwide to the number <strong>of</strong> congressional<br />
seats won by each party. This reveals that the 2012 elections <strong>of</strong><br />
both the Utah State House <strong>of</strong> Representatives and the United States House<br />
<strong>of</strong> Representatives favored Republicans over Democrats, relative to the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> votes received by each party. Aggregate proportionality will not<br />
always be the same as the proportionality <strong>of</strong> its districts, unless there is only<br />
one at-large district.<br />
In some cases, disproportionality at the district level sums to a greater<br />
level <strong>of</strong> disproportionality at the aggregate level. In an extreme hypothetical<br />
example <strong>of</strong> an election <strong>of</strong> 100 legislators in single-member districts, one<br />
party receives a bare majority <strong>of</strong> the vote in 51 districts and no votes in the<br />
remaining 49 districts, while the second party receives all other votes cast.<br />
All 100 districts have high proportionality, with 75% <strong>of</strong> the voters having<br />
cast their ballot for the legislator who represents them. Yet, at the aggregate<br />
level, 51% <strong>of</strong> the legislators were elected by only 25% <strong>of</strong> the electorate.<br />
Aggregation allows us to create a definition <strong>of</strong> gerrymandering and<br />
understand how and why it is a problem for Utah and Congress. We can<br />
define gerrymandering as the act <strong>of</strong> intentionally drawing district boundaries<br />
to increase the odds <strong>of</strong> disproportionality being greater on the aggregate<br />
level than on the district level. Therefore, if proportionality is seen as a<br />
virtue <strong>of</strong> representative government, then gerrymandering is a malicious<br />
attempt to undermine it.<br />
The aggregate proportionality <strong>of</strong> an electoral system will not always be<br />
less than its districts’ average proportionality. To allow for such a possibility,<br />
one must consider that if voters did not support a winner in their own<br />
district, they supported and feel represented by a winner from another<br />
district. Under this surrogate interpretation <strong>of</strong> representation, voters for<br />
losing candidates in different districts can be considered as exchangeable<br />
for the purposes <strong>of</strong> calculating aggregate representation. The resulting<br />
aggregation will show a more proportional result for the entire legislature<br />
than if candidates <strong>of</strong> the same party were not treated as interchangeable.<br />
The surrogate model can even yield aggregate results which are more proportional<br />
than any <strong>of</strong> the district results. For example, if two parties compete<br />
for 100 seats under an SMD system, with “Party A” winning an exceptionally<br />
bare majority in 50 districts and “Party B” winning an exceptionally<br />
bare majority in the remaining 50, then the district proportionality will be<br />
low, with only 50% <strong>of</strong> all voters supporting the candidate who represents<br />
them. On the aggregate level, however, the proportionality is high, with<br />
the ratio <strong>of</strong> seats between parties being perfectly proportional to the support<br />
<strong>of</strong> each party in the electorate.<br />
While results can be as proportional or more proportional on the<br />
aggregate level as compared to the district level, the electoral system itself<br />
can only be considered proportional if it is expected to return proportional<br />
results for a wide range <strong>of</strong> voter preferences and wide range <strong>of</strong> geographical<br />
distributions <strong>of</strong> voter preferences. In the last example above, two parties,<br />
each with half <strong>of</strong> the total vote share, receive half <strong>of</strong> the seats. Yet in this<br />
seemingly proportional electoral system, the aggregate proportionality<br />
decreases with small changes to the votes cast. Furthermore, changes in<br />
the electorate have different effects upon the seats awarded depending upon<br />
which district has the shift <strong>of</strong> voters. For instance, a shift <strong>of</strong> a small number<br />
<strong>of</strong> voters from Party A to Party B could: have no impact on the legislature,<br />
if the voter shift occurs solely in districts in which Party B already had a<br />
majority; or have a moderate impact on the legislature, if the voter shift<br />
occurs in a district which would have otherwise elected a candidate from<br />
Party A; or deliver the entire legislature to Party B, if the voter shift occurs<br />
in every district which would have elected Party A. Thus, a districted<br />
electoral system may be able to produce proportional results on the aggregate<br />
level in certain circumstances, but that does not mean that the system<br />
can create proportional results for different sets <strong>of</strong> voter preferences or for<br />
different distributions <strong>of</strong> voters across its electoral districts.<br />
With district magnitude (seats per district) and voting method already<br />
established as the determinants <strong>of</strong> district proportionality, we add the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> districts as our third and final determinant <strong>of</strong> the proportionality<br />
<strong>of</strong> the electoral system as a whole. These three factors can be changed<br />
to the benefit or detriment <strong>of</strong> a democracy. The following section will<br />
discuss how each should be changed to improve our political culture on<br />
the state and national level, while considering the potential impact <strong>of</strong> such<br />
changes on accountability and contestability.<br />
SUGGESTED CHANGES TO LEGISLATIVE ELECTORAL<br />
SYSTEMS<br />
In the previous section, this article established three criteria (proportionality,<br />
accountability, and contestability) upon which an electoral system should<br />
be judged and three shared determinants <strong>of</strong> the same criteria (voting method,<br />
district magnitude, and number <strong>of</strong> districts). This section will propose<br />
specific qualities and quantities <strong>of</strong> each determining variable to create a<br />
better electoral system for both the Utah and the U.S. Houses <strong>of</strong> Representatives.<br />
First, the ideal district magnitude (seats per district) shall be<br />
determined by examining proportionality, accountability, and contestability<br />
under varying magnitudes with given voting methods. With the<br />
total number <strong>of</strong> seats in both legislative bodies as a given, the district<br />
magnitude will determine the number <strong>of</strong> districts for both houses. With<br />
the ideal district magnitude and the number <strong>of</strong> districts determined, a<br />
voting method will be chosen from the three candidates: single-member<br />
district (SMD), party-list voting, and single transferable voting (STV).<br />
Finally, having concluded that STV elections in low-magnitude districts<br />
are best for the needs <strong>of</strong> the state and nation, a unique alteration to regular<br />
STV voting will be proposed. The alteration is tailored to address losses <strong>of</strong><br />
functionality when the number <strong>of</strong> candidates greatly exceeds the number<br />
<strong>of</strong> seats in STV systems.<br />
District Magnitude<br />
When determining the proposed district magnitude, four ranges should be<br />
considered: single-member districts, two-member districts, low-magnitude<br />
(three to five) districts, and high-magnitude (eight or more) districts. Because<br />
we can expect the proportionality, accountability, and contestability <strong>of</strong><br />
districts in the same range to be equal, and all other variables held constant,<br />
27
Electoral Reform in Utah and the United States<br />
Oakley B. Gordon<br />
the high-magnitude districts considered by this article will be statewide<br />
at-large elections <strong>of</strong> either the state legislature or the congressional delegation.<br />
Proportionality increases with district magnitude, as each new representative<br />
brings voice to a fraction <strong>of</strong> the district that had not been<br />
represented. Accountability, however, decreases as district magnitude<br />
increases, due to a proliferation <strong>of</strong> smaller parties as narrower fractions <strong>of</strong><br />
the electorate gain control <strong>of</strong> seats. Contestability has a much less simple<br />
relationship with district magnitude.<br />
First considering single-member districts, we must realize that the three<br />
<strong>of</strong> our voting methods are all the same when electing one person. In a<br />
traditional SMD election, such as the ones used to elect our members <strong>of</strong><br />
Congress and state representatives, whichever candidate receives the most<br />
votes wins the seat. In a party-list system in which only one person is elected,<br />
the process <strong>of</strong> calculation is more difficult, but the result is the same. In<br />
such a situation, the one-to-one relationship between party and candidate<br />
means we can treat the two as one and the same. In the party-list candidate<br />
<strong>of</strong> one seat, each voter would cast a vote for one candidate, as they would<br />
in an SMD election. Rather than give the seat to the candidate with most<br />
votes outright, either a largest-remainder method or a quota method would<br />
be used to determine which candidate receives the seat. Under the former<br />
method, no candidate would receive the seat under the initial allocation <strong>of</strong><br />
seats (100% <strong>of</strong> the vote would be required), but the candidate with the most<br />
votes (the largest remainder) would receive the seat in the second allocation.<br />
Under the quota method, the quota would be adjusted until the candidate<br />
with the most votes, and only the candidate with the most votes, received<br />
the seat. Single transferable voting also mimics SMD when one seat is at<br />
stake, but it acts as an instant run<strong>of</strong>f, rather than a simple plurality election,<br />
as candidates are eliminated and votes are transferred until one candidate<br />
has a majority <strong>of</strong> the vote. Therefore, SMD is not so much its own system,<br />
but rather an intersection <strong>of</strong> other voting systems when district magnitude<br />
is one.<br />
Single-member districts have the highest accountability. The political<br />
system becomes dichotomous as parties join together to defeat their rivals<br />
in each district (Duverger, 1963; Riker, 1977), until only two or three parties<br />
remain. Therefore, it is easy for a voter to understand how their vote helps<br />
or hurts the incumbent representative and overall legislative majority, which<br />
keeps the government tightly accountable to its people. The proportionality<br />
<strong>of</strong> single-member districts, however, is exceptionally low. Using either<br />
the Gallagher Index to measure the party-based aggregate proportionality<br />
or the candidate-based Condorcet metric introduced earlier in this article,<br />
proportionality is low when district magnitude is one. The 2012 election<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Utah House <strong>of</strong> Representatives, for example, scores 13 on the Gallagher<br />
Index, a high value which means that Republicans received about<br />
13% more <strong>of</strong> the total seats than they proportionally earned (State <strong>of</strong> Utah,<br />
2012). Such disproportional results are expected in single-member district<br />
systems, and are only exacerbated by gerrymandering. Therefore, we must<br />
reject a district magnitude <strong>of</strong> one and, by extension, the SMD system.<br />
Two-member districts retain the accountability <strong>of</strong> single-member districts<br />
because it is unlikely for the party system to fracture merely by<br />
dividing districts in half or merging them together by groups <strong>of</strong> two. They<br />
are also much more proportional than single-member districts. In fact,<br />
increasing district magnitude from one to two produces the largest marginal<br />
increase in proportionality (Carey & Hix, 2011). Gerrymandered districts<br />
in SMD, designed to give one party a safe majority in each race, can return<br />
one candidate from each party in two-member districts. Depending on the<br />
exact voting method, assuming that no third parties or independent candidates<br />
become competitive, one party would have to cross at least the<br />
two-thirds threshold <strong>of</strong> total votes to win both seats in a two-member<br />
district. A district <strong>of</strong> this magnitude, one would imagine, would become<br />
very stable. Each party would win one seat in each district, while the other<br />
party won the other. The number <strong>of</strong> votes required to win both seats in a<br />
district would most likely be too high to warrant the effort <strong>of</strong> a party running<br />
two candidates, thus resulting in a stable equilibrium. But this hypothetical<br />
equilibrium is precisely why two-member districts fail to meet our crucial<br />
third criterion, contestability. A system should not promote stalemate;<br />
rather, it should encourage competition. Additional seats need to be within<br />
grasps <strong>of</strong> the parties, so that they constantly seek out, appeal to, and engage<br />
new voters. That is the lifeblood <strong>of</strong> democracy, and why one-member and<br />
two-member districts are a poor choice with any voting method.<br />
The arguments against two-member districts can be made against all<br />
districts with a magnitude <strong>of</strong> an even number, albeit less strongly. With an<br />
odd number <strong>of</strong> seats in a district, the central seat is always contested between<br />
left and right. No stalemate is reached, because both sides must constantly<br />
compete for the odd seat. The fate <strong>of</strong> the odd seat itself is controlled by the<br />
median voters, while the remaining seats are safely in the hands <strong>of</strong> either<br />
side. This keeps moderate centric voters relevant, engaged, and ultimately<br />
in charge as partisans court their favor.<br />
Having eliminated single-member districts as too disproportional and<br />
evenly-numbered districts as too uncontested, the remaining issue <strong>of</strong> district<br />
magnitude is whether to keep districts small or to expand them as widely<br />
as possible, thereby doing away with them completely in favor <strong>of</strong> at-large<br />
elections. The question is one <strong>of</strong> balancing increasing proportionality and<br />
decreasing accountability. Here we can turn one last time to Carey and Hix<br />
(2011), who find, through a survey <strong>of</strong> the world’s democracies, that smaller<br />
districts balance the two criteria better than large ones. They find that there<br />
are diminishing gains to proportionality as district magnitude increases,<br />
but that losses to accountability are almost linear. The diminishing returns<br />
to proportionality can be attributed to the decreasing share <strong>of</strong> the electorate<br />
which is not represented in the legislature by existing legislators. For each<br />
additional seat, there are fewer unrepresented voters to whom the new<br />
legislator can bring voice. Therefore, once a degree <strong>of</strong> proportionality has<br />
been achieved, at a magnitude <strong>of</strong> two or three, the costs <strong>of</strong> increased magnitude<br />
begin to outweigh the benefits.<br />
From these considerations, we can conclude that three-member districts<br />
are ideal, followed by five-member districts, then, arguably, four-member<br />
districts. These magnitudes allow us to meet our criteria for proportionality,<br />
accountability, and contestability. Additionally, they allow representation<br />
to remain somewhat local, thereby preserving our tradition <strong>of</strong> keeping the<br />
government close to the people.<br />
Districting<br />
With ideal district magnitude settled at three, we can address the second<br />
determinant <strong>of</strong> our electoral system’s overall quality: the number <strong>of</strong> districts.<br />
If we assume that the number <strong>of</strong> seats in the Utah House <strong>of</strong> Representatives<br />
(75) and the size <strong>of</strong> each congressional delegation (four, in Utah’s case) are<br />
given, then the number <strong>of</strong> districts becomes a given as well. For the Utah<br />
State House <strong>of</strong> Representatives, 25 districts would be created, each with<br />
three seats and an equal number <strong>of</strong> voters.<br />
On the congressional level, however, districting would become more<br />
complicated because not all delegations are divisible by three. We must<br />
accept that neither every state nor every district will be able to have solely<br />
three-member districts. A system can, however, be established to keep each<br />
congressional district magnitude as close to our desired value as possible.<br />
First, in each state with fewer than six members <strong>of</strong> Congress, the entire<br />
delegation will be elected together in an at-large district. Thus, the only<br />
instances in which the least-desirable district magnitudes—one and two—<br />
are used are when states only have one or two members <strong>of</strong> Congress. Second,<br />
in states with seven members <strong>of</strong> Congress, the state shall be split into two<br />
districts—one with three members and one with four members. Finally,<br />
28
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
and most parsimoniously, all other states shall be divided into threemember<br />
districts; states that have delegations that are not divisible by three<br />
shall have one or two five-member districts as necessary. The population<br />
distribution between the districts within each state shall be proportional to<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> seats in each district.<br />
Voting Method - General<br />
By adopting three-member districts, we also reject SMD elections, which<br />
by name and definition require single-member districts. This leaves us with<br />
two remaining voting methods (party-list and single transferable voting)<br />
which we shall judge by our three criteria: proportionality, accountability,<br />
and contestability. Both systems are equally proportional and contestable.<br />
Given a number <strong>of</strong> seats, a share <strong>of</strong> the electorate can expect to win the<br />
same share <strong>of</strong> the seats under either system. Both are highly contestable as<br />
well, as parties are rewarded with more seats for receiving more votes in<br />
both party-list and STV elections.<br />
Thus, the choice between party-list and STV elections must be based<br />
upon accountability and even cultural norms. Party-list voting is a partycentric<br />
system. It is founded upon the assumption that parties, not<br />
individual candidates, are the primary actors in legislatures and, therefore,<br />
that the voters’ main choice is that <strong>of</strong> which party to support. STV, however,<br />
is candidate-centric. Through STV, the voters rank and choose from candidates,<br />
including independents. The superiority <strong>of</strong> either system over the<br />
other may not be universal, but the candidate-centric ballots <strong>of</strong> STV are<br />
more familiar and more readily adoptable by a skeptical electorate in Utah<br />
and around the country. Additionally, candidate-centric elections allow<br />
voters to hold individual candidates within a party accountable, thereby<br />
allowing for precise accountability rather than broader party accountability.<br />
All other considerations being equal, candidate-centric representation and<br />
more precise accountability is enough to make STV, rather than party-list<br />
voting, the system recommended by this article.<br />
Voting Method – Limitations <strong>of</strong> STV<br />
The previous section argued that proportionality <strong>of</strong> a candidate-centric<br />
system is best measured by its likelihood <strong>of</strong> electing the Condorcet candidates.<br />
In other words, a system is fully proportional if it can guarantee an outcome<br />
which is more acceptable to the electorate than any other outcome. STV,<br />
like all easily understood voting systems, cannot guarantee the election <strong>of</strong><br />
the Condorcet candidate. This subsection proposes several specific changes<br />
to the details <strong>of</strong> STV, which can be implemented to increase its probability<br />
<strong>of</strong> electing the Condorcet set, thereby creating more representative outcomes<br />
and preventing third parties from spoiling the election.<br />
In some circumstances, a failure to elect a Condorcet candidate may<br />
not be the fault <strong>of</strong> the system, but <strong>of</strong> voter preference. It is possible that no<br />
candidate can beat each and every other candidate in a one-on-one match<br />
up. This can happen if the electorate’s preferences are cyclical, meaning<br />
that every candidate who can receive a majority <strong>of</strong> the vote against second<br />
candidate will also fail to receive a majority <strong>of</strong> the vote against a third<br />
candidate. Cyclical preferences make it difficult for any electoral system to<br />
grant legitimate victory to any candidate, because no matter whom the<br />
system selects, there is another candidate whom a majority <strong>of</strong> the voters<br />
would prefer. Example 3 shows a hypothetical set <strong>of</strong> ranked ballots in which<br />
no candidate is a Condorcet candidate. Cyclical preferences represent an<br />
aggregation <strong>of</strong> individual choice into an irrational and paradoxical choice<br />
<strong>of</strong> the electorate. Such preferences would be unexpected in real life, in<br />
which candidates and voters usually align on a one-dimensional partisan<br />
continuum. For example, if Candidate A would beat Candidate B, and<br />
Candidate B would beat Candidate C, then it is likely that Candidate A<br />
would beat Candidate C. Additionally, we can only judge a voting system<br />
by how well it reflects the will <strong>of</strong> the electorate. If the electorate does not<br />
express a coherent joint preference through their ballots, then it is futile to<br />
judge the voting system by the results which it returns. Therefore, when<br />
discussing the limitations <strong>of</strong> electing a Condorcet candidate with STV, such<br />
limitations will only be discussed in the contexts in which there are Condorcet<br />
candidates to elect or fail to elect.<br />
In both single-member and multi-member elections, STV fails to elect<br />
Condorcet candidates when the Condorcet candidate fails to obtain a<br />
substantial amount <strong>of</strong> first-choice votes. Such failures are not the result <strong>of</strong><br />
extraordinary or unusual results, but <strong>of</strong> easily conceivable situations in<br />
which the widely-acceptable Condorcet candidates fails to garner many<br />
first-choice votes, if most voters list narrowly-appealing partisan candidates<br />
as their first choice. For example, a very widely acceptable moderate candidate<br />
could fail to receive more than a third <strong>of</strong> the first-choice votes in a<br />
three-way race against a staunch liberal and a staunch conservative if the<br />
partisan bases <strong>of</strong> the electorate dominated the election. If only one seat<br />
were being elected, the moderate Condorcet candidate would be eliminated<br />
in the first calculation, thereby electing a highly partisan candidate opposed<br />
by a large minority <strong>of</strong> the electorate. We can further suggest from this<br />
simple example that the chance <strong>of</strong> electing the Condorcet set decreases as<br />
the candidate-to-seat ratio increases. This is especially relevant to this<br />
article, because the proposed low-magnitude districts could conceivably<br />
have a relatively high number <strong>of</strong> candidates per seats elected.<br />
Example 1 shows how STV can fail to elect the Condorcet candidate.<br />
In this election <strong>of</strong> one candidate out <strong>of</strong> six candidates running for <strong>of</strong>fice,<br />
Candidate B is the Condorcet candidate. Against any other candidate in a<br />
one-on-one match up, Candidate B would receive a majority <strong>of</strong> the vote<br />
(13-11 against Candidate A, 17-7 against Candidate C, 18-6 against Candidate<br />
D, and 13-11 against Candidate E). Regular STV, however, elects<br />
Candidate D, despite the electorate’s clear preference for Candidate B.<br />
Example 3. Absence <strong>of</strong> a Condorcet Candidate<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> Voters (100 total) Ranking <strong>of</strong> Candidates A, B, and C, from<br />
Most to Least- Preferred<br />
30--------------------------------------------------- A, B, C<br />
6---------------------------------------------------- A, C, B<br />
5---------------------------------------------------- B, A, C<br />
29--------------------------------------------------- B, C, A<br />
16--------------------------------------------------- C, A, B<br />
14--------------------------------------------------- C, B, A<br />
In this example, 59 <strong>of</strong> the 100 voters prefer Candidate C over Candidate A,<br />
52 voters prefer Candidate A over Candidate B, and 64 voters prefer Candidate<br />
B over Candidate C. In this odd “rock, paper, scissors” scenario there<br />
is not an obvious “right” winner, because no candidate can win in a hypothetical<br />
one-on-one contest against any and all other candidates.<br />
Voting Method – Proposed Modifications to STV<br />
It is possible to alter the standard model <strong>of</strong> STV to give Condorcet candidates<br />
and sets a better electoral chance against less favorable candidates. First,<br />
one must look at the two main processes that determine the winners in an<br />
STV election: first, the transfer <strong>of</strong> surplus votes from victorious candidates;<br />
second, the elimination <strong>of</strong> candidates and the transfer <strong>of</strong> votes therefrom.<br />
Broadly speaking, the transfer <strong>of</strong> surplus votes from victorious candidates<br />
is a good thing for Condorcet candidates. Condorcet candidates can be<br />
29
Electoral Reform in Utah and the United States<br />
Oakley B. Gordon<br />
assumed to be relatively high on most voters’ ballots, as they are highly<br />
appealing to moderate candidates and favorable alternatives to opponents<br />
<strong>of</strong> the most partisan voters. Therefore, if a Condorcet candidate did not<br />
receive many first choice votes, then he is likely to benefit from the transfer<br />
<strong>of</strong> surplus votes to the victor’s second and third place choices. Surplus<br />
transfers, therefore, can act as lifelines to Condorcet candidates with few<br />
first choice votes, helping them avoid early elimination.<br />
The elimination <strong>of</strong> candidates, while necessary if there are no surpluses<br />
to transfer, comes with the risk <strong>of</strong> eliminating a Condorcet candidate.<br />
Condorcet candidates are especially vulnerable to elimination early in the<br />
calculation if they did not receive many first-choice votes. While Condorcet<br />
candidates will generally rank high on most ballots, they can fail to garner<br />
many first-place votes if candidates with a more narrow appeal target each<br />
section <strong>of</strong> the electorate. When elimination occurs before many surplus<br />
votes are transferred, Condorcet candidates are at their most vulnerable,<br />
facing the possibility <strong>of</strong> elimination while even the most unpopular candidates<br />
remain in the contest. In short, surplus transfers generally help<br />
Condorcet candidates, while eliminations, especially early ones, can hurt<br />
Condorcet candidates. A well-designed STV system should, therefore,<br />
ensure that more surplus votes are transferred prior to each elimination.<br />
The only substantial way to increase surplus transfers is to decrease the<br />
victory quota, because a surplus transfer happens whenever a candidate<br />
has more votes than the victory quota. There are three basic ways to decrease<br />
the victory quota: increase the number <strong>of</strong> winners; change the formula<br />
which calculates the quota by increasing the divisor relative to the number<br />
<strong>of</strong> seats; and change the method with which the quota is applied. While<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> seats has already been set at three, the other two means <strong>of</strong><br />
decreasing the victory quota can still be manipulated to increase proportionality.<br />
With the number <strong>of</strong> winners set at three for most <strong>of</strong> our proposed<br />
districts, the method for calculating the victory quota must be established.<br />
The method must produce a quota small enough to produce enough winners,<br />
but large enough not to elect too many. A quota <strong>of</strong> 21%, for example, will<br />
always produce four winners because it is impossible for more than four<br />
people to win 21% and possible for four to do so. The simplest method is<br />
to divide the number <strong>of</strong> voters by the number <strong>of</strong> winners (i.e., if 100 voters<br />
elect three winners, then the quota is 33+1/3). This method produces the<br />
largest possible victory quota, known as the “Hare Quota.”<br />
To produce the smallest quota for a given number <strong>of</strong> winners, the following<br />
equation must be used: (number <strong>of</strong> voters)/(number <strong>of</strong> winners +<br />
one), rounded up to the nearest whole number <strong>of</strong> votes. This quota and its<br />
derivatives go by a number <strong>of</strong> names, but the most common is “Droop<br />
Quota.” Because <strong>of</strong> its low value, thereby promoting surplus transfers, this<br />
quota is used by most voting systems which require a quota. It is also<br />
proposed by this article for the same reason.<br />
There is not a current STV system that uses a quota smaller than the<br />
Droop Quota, because a smaller quota would increase the number <strong>of</strong> winners<br />
under basic STV rules. Even the Droop Quota can be too large to elect the<br />
Condorcet candidate or Condorcet set by eliminating them too early. It is,<br />
therefore, necessary to alter STV, so that lower quotas can be used, thereby<br />
helping Condorcet candidates. The altered form <strong>of</strong> applying the victory<br />
quota to STV, as proposed by this article, shall be called “exhaustive singletransferable<br />
voting” or “ESTV.” Rather than electing all <strong>of</strong> the desired<br />
number <strong>of</strong> winners at once, one candidate is eliminated at a time. This is<br />
done by first electing n-1 from “n” number <strong>of</strong> candidates, then by electing<br />
n-2 candidates from the remaining candidates, n-3 from the set <strong>of</strong> n-2, and<br />
so forth. 5 For example, the election <strong>of</strong> three winners from five candidates<br />
would start with the calculation <strong>of</strong> four winners from the five candidates,<br />
and would end with the calculation <strong>of</strong> three winners from the four candidates<br />
elected from the original. This ensures that the quota is as low as possible<br />
(17% in this case, rather than 25% under the Droop Quota) at the beginning<br />
<strong>of</strong> the election, thereby allowing surpluses to flow to any Condorcet candidates<br />
who did not receive many first-choice votes.<br />
Succinctly, the rules <strong>of</strong> exhaustive single transferable voting would be<br />
as follows (illustrated in Figure 3):<br />
1. Eliminate “trivial” candidates, which are those candidates who<br />
appear on less than (voters/candidates) number <strong>of</strong> ballots. The<br />
elimination <strong>of</strong> these candidates through the normal process will<br />
be time-consuming and pointless because <strong>of</strong> their negligible chance<br />
to win in anything short <strong>of</strong> a miraculous election. The set <strong>of</strong> noneliminated<br />
candidates shall be “C” and the number <strong>of</strong> candidates<br />
in “C” shall be “c.”<br />
2. Use STV to elect c-1 number <strong>of</strong> candidates from C. The set <strong>of</strong><br />
winners shall be “C2.”<br />
3. Use STV to elect c-2 number <strong>of</strong> candidates from C2. The winners<br />
shall be “C3.”<br />
4. Repeat the process, until the number <strong>of</strong> candidates elected is equal<br />
to that <strong>of</strong> the set number <strong>of</strong> winners.<br />
Under this modification, Condorcet candidates have a stronger chance<br />
<strong>of</strong> being elected. It is, therefore, a change that will make STV even more<br />
representative <strong>of</strong> the electorate and a modification that should be adopted<br />
alongside STV. Using the same ballots from Examples 1 and 2, Example 4<br />
shows that ESTV can successfully elect the Condorcet Candidate B, rather<br />
than Candidate D, who was elected under regular STV.<br />
Figure 3. Exhaustive Single Transferable Voting<br />
5<br />
The voters only have to vote once in each election. The same set <strong>of</strong> ranked ballots<br />
would be used in each elimination.<br />
30
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Example 4. Electing One Candidate with Exhaustive Single Transferable<br />
Voting<br />
Premise: 24 voters elect one candidate from a selection <strong>of</strong> six candidates<br />
(Candidates A, B, C, D, E, and F). Their ranked ballots are shown in Figure 2.<br />
First Elimination: From the six initial candidates, this round elects five and<br />
eliminates one using normal STV rules. The quota is set at four votes. Surpluses<br />
are transferred until only Candidate C has failed to reach quota. Candidate C<br />
is eliminated.<br />
Second Elimination: From the remaining five candidates, this round elects four<br />
and eliminates one using normal STV rules. All votes are distributed to their<br />
ballots’ most-preferred remaining candidates. The quota is set at five votes.<br />
Surpluses are transferred until there are no longer any surpluses left to transfer.<br />
Even after all transfers have been made, only three candidates have reached the<br />
quota. Candidate F, who has the least amount <strong>of</strong> votes, is eliminated.<br />
Third Elimination: From the remaining four candidates, this round elects three<br />
and eliminates one using normal STV rules. All votes are distributed to their<br />
ballots’ most-preferred remaining candidates. The quota is set at six votes. From<br />
this initial distribution <strong>of</strong> votes, Candidates A, B, and D reach quota. Therefore,<br />
no surpluses need to be transferred and Candidate E is eliminated.<br />
Fourth Elimination: From the remaining three candidates, this round elects two<br />
and eliminates one using normal STV rules. All votes are distributed to their<br />
ballots’ most-preferred remaining candidates. The quota is set at eight votes.<br />
Surpluses are transferred until only Candidate D has failed to reach quota.<br />
Candidate D, who was elected under unmodified STV, is thereby eliminated.<br />
Final Elimination and Election <strong>of</strong> the Winner: In this final round, each vote is<br />
distributed to either Candidate A or Candidate B, based upon who was placed<br />
higher on each ranked ballot. 13 voters prefer Candidate B, while 11 prefer<br />
Candidate A. Candidate A, therefore, becomes the final eliminated candidate,<br />
while Condorcet Candidate B is elected as the winner.<br />
31
Electoral Reform in Utah and the United States<br />
Oakley B. Gordon<br />
CONCLUSION<br />
In the state and federal levels, our representative bodies are plagued by a<br />
number <strong>of</strong> problems. The United States House <strong>of</strong> Representatives is vexed<br />
by partisan deadlock, as both parties fight for slim majorities. In the Utah<br />
State House <strong>of</strong> Representatives, the Republican voters in the state are far<br />
over-represented on the Hill, creating an ideological and partisan gap<br />
between leaders and their constituents. On the district level, for both houses,<br />
Democrats and Republicans alike enjoy safe districts, gerrymandered in<br />
their favor to protect them from challengers and the judgment <strong>of</strong> their own<br />
voters. These safe districts distance representatives from those whom they<br />
are charged to represent and cushion the legislative bodies at-large from<br />
changes in electoral preferences. Representation, accountability, and contestability,<br />
the three foundations <strong>of</strong> democracy and competitive government,<br />
are all lacking, to the detriment <strong>of</strong> our great nation and state.<br />
This is not to cast any blame on those who drafted our federal and state<br />
constitution, who left it to our discretion to create voting systems which<br />
we find fair and just. Nor is the Republican Party to blame, for even though<br />
they benefit from single-member districts in the Utah and Congress this<br />
session, Democrats benefit and have benefited from single-member districts<br />
in other states and other times. Instead <strong>of</strong> blaming those who use the system<br />
to their own advantage, by gerrymandering safe districts for themselves,<br />
we must see the system itself as the problem. An electoral system based<br />
upon single-member districts cannot guarantee a government which is<br />
representative <strong>of</strong>, accountable to, and contestable by its electorate.<br />
I have made a case for addressing our political problems by reforming<br />
the electoral system. Through the adoption <strong>of</strong> both three-member districts<br />
and single transferable voting, many <strong>of</strong> the problems which plague our<br />
politics can be addressed. Gerrymandering, invulnerable incumbents, and<br />
results that do not reflect the electorate can all be addressed by such changes.<br />
Just as importantly, the ability <strong>of</strong> voters to control their government through<br />
relatively simple coalitions remains intact with districts which only have<br />
three seats.<br />
Additionally, the article addresses a potential weakness <strong>of</strong> STV systems,<br />
shared by most systems, which arises when candidates greatly outnumber<br />
the available seats, thereby reducing the most-preferred ballots cast for the<br />
Condorcet candidates and allowing more polarizing and narrowly-appealing<br />
candidates to be elected. The weakness is corrected through a proposed<br />
reiterative calculation <strong>of</strong> ballots, such that decreasing numbers <strong>of</strong> winners<br />
are determined, with one candidate eliminated at a time, until only the<br />
desired number <strong>of</strong> candidates remains. This provision protects the system<br />
from being overwhelmed by an excess <strong>of</strong> candidates and Condorcet candidates<br />
suffering unwise and unjust disadvantage.<br />
To implement these changes, Utah and the nation would continue their<br />
bold, yet recently stagnated, history <strong>of</strong> electoral system reform. Utahns<br />
deserve a fully representative and competitive House <strong>of</strong> Representatives.<br />
The example we set in our own state could lead to reform around the nation,<br />
on both the congressional and state levels, thereby strengthening our<br />
democracy and bringing more accountability to our government.<br />
Duverger, Maurice. (1963). Political Parties. New York: John Wiley.<br />
Federalist Papers no 62, 1788.<br />
Gallagher, Michael. (1991), “Proportionality, Disproportionality and Electoral<br />
Systems.” Electoral Studies 10: 33–51.<br />
Laasko, Markku and Rein Taagepera. (1979). “Effective Number <strong>of</strong> Parties: A<br />
Measure <strong>of</strong> with Application to West Europe.”<br />
Mill, John Stuart. (1861). Considerations on Representative Government. New York:<br />
Henry Holt and Co.<br />
Riker, William H. (1977). “The Future <strong>of</strong> a Science in <strong>Politics</strong>.” American<br />
Behavioral Scientist. 1977 21:11.<br />
State <strong>of</strong> Utah. (2012). On-line results <strong>of</strong> all state legislative elections in 2012<br />
http://www.electionresults.utah.gov/xmlData/main.html retrieved 12/5/12<br />
Strom, Kaare. (1990). Minority Government and Majority Rule. New York:<br />
Cambridge <strong>University</strong> Press.<br />
Thinkprogress.org. (2012). “Why Americans Actually Voted for a Democratic<br />
House.” http://thinkprogress.org/justice/2012/11/07/1159631/americansvoted-for-a-democratic-house-gerrymandering-the-supreme-court-gavethem-speaker-boehner/<br />
retrieved 12/01/12<br />
Tideman, N. and Daniel Richardson. (2000). “Better Voting Methods Through<br />
Technology: The Refinement-Manageability Trade-Off in the Single<br />
Transferable Vote.” Public Choice, Volume 103, Numbers 1-2.<br />
references<br />
Balanski, Michel L. and H. Payton Young. (2001). Fair Representation Washington,<br />
D.C.: Brookings Institution Press.<br />
Carey, John M. and Simon Hix. (2011). “The Electoral Sweet Spot: Low-Magnitude<br />
Proportional Electoral Systems.” American <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> Political Science 55(2):<br />
383-397.<br />
32
Unlimited Talent: The Benefits <strong>of</strong> High-Skilled Immigrants<br />
By Nicolas Tang<br />
Technological companies are increasingly in need <strong>of</strong> talent and skills <strong>of</strong>ten lacking within the native workforce. If the<br />
demand for such workers cannot be met, the United States’ economic competitiveness will continue to diminish. This<br />
research focuses on high-skilled immigrants, a sub-group <strong>of</strong> immigrants characterized by entrepreneurship, innovation,<br />
and intellect. Though they are ideal candidates for the many unfilled positions in technological sectors, unreasonable<br />
policies both deter and prevent these individuals from contributing to the country. An analysis <strong>of</strong> other surveys, studies,<br />
and research reveals that certain visas can take applicants decades to obtain. Furthermore, the cause for most <strong>of</strong> the<br />
opposition towards high-skilled immigrants seems to be fueled by nativism and lack <strong>of</strong> education. Luckily, if policymakers<br />
can begin to scrutinize the issue <strong>of</strong> high-skilled immigrants in a more objective manner, solutions can be easily<br />
achieved. The examined data suggests that simply eliminating visa caps can remove many <strong>of</strong> the decade-long backlogs<br />
in a few years. In other words, this would finally ease the process <strong>of</strong> attracting and retaining the exceptional talent that<br />
will keep moving this country forward.<br />
With about 214 million immigrants worldwide, 42 million <strong>of</strong> whom<br />
are located in the United States alone (UN DESA, 2008), immigration<br />
is likely going to remain one <strong>of</strong> the most controversial<br />
and significant issues <strong>of</strong> this nation. It is estimated that immigrants represent<br />
about 12%-13% <strong>of</strong> the total U.S. population. However, due to the<br />
difficulty and lack <strong>of</strong> tools to accurately assess the amount <strong>of</strong> undocumented<br />
individuals, it is probable that immigrants actually represent an even larger<br />
percentage <strong>of</strong> the population. The polarizing nature <strong>of</strong> this issue has created<br />
countless heated debates in an effort to determine the best policies and<br />
regulations. Some firmly believe that immigrants<br />
pose serious threats to the economy which can only<br />
be countered through more restrictive regulations,<br />
while others contend that immigrants are indispensable<br />
assets that must be encouraged to reside in the<br />
country permanently.<br />
The purpose <strong>of</strong> this research is to provide compelling<br />
evidence that gives policymakers a clear path<br />
to better decisions. Though the topic <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
is highly complex, an analysis <strong>of</strong> current data and<br />
research reveals that certain aspects <strong>of</strong> this issue are<br />
easier to address. This paper identifies three distinct<br />
categories <strong>of</strong> immigrants. The first category will be<br />
referred to as “low-skilled immigrants.” These include<br />
all immigrants that do not possess a college degree and are commonly<br />
associated with low-skilled jobs (positions that require minimal qualifications).<br />
In the second category and the main focus <strong>of</strong> this research are<br />
“There is a wealth <strong>of</strong> evidence that<br />
overwhelmingly suggests that<br />
high-skilled immigrants provide a<br />
net benefit to this country and its<br />
economy. In other words, the<br />
United States gains more from the<br />
contributions <strong>of</strong> these immigrants<br />
than what may be lost through their<br />
disadvantages.”<br />
“high-skilled immigrants.” These are all those who possess a college degree<br />
or higher, and are known as “pr<strong>of</strong>essionals.” Lastly, “illegal/undocumented<br />
immigrants” represent all those who are present in the United States without<br />
legal consent <strong>of</strong> the government regardless <strong>of</strong> their skills. When possible,<br />
this research approaches each group separately. However, the intricate topic<br />
<strong>of</strong> immigration sometimes requires the blending <strong>of</strong> these groups to address<br />
certain issues. Yet by identifying different types <strong>of</strong> immigrants and focusing<br />
on the highly skilled, the issue <strong>of</strong> immigration can be immensely simplified.<br />
The primary hypothesis <strong>of</strong> this research predicts that there is a wealth <strong>of</strong><br />
evidence that overwhelmingly suggests that highskilled<br />
immigrants provide a net benefit to this<br />
country and its economy. In other words, the United<br />
States gains more from the contributions <strong>of</strong> these<br />
immigrants than what may be lost through their<br />
disadvantages. If the previous statement can be<br />
shown to be true, perhaps lawmakers can be led to<br />
focus on policy rather than ideological issues affecting<br />
high-skilled immigrants. It is also important to<br />
note that though this research chooses to focus on<br />
high-skilled immigrants, it does not implicitly<br />
suggest the inferiority <strong>of</strong> other groups. In fact, the<br />
data presented will <strong>of</strong>ten and inevitably also defend<br />
low-skilled immigrants.<br />
Section 1 <strong>of</strong> this research will present the major problems surrounding<br />
the issue <strong>of</strong> high-skilled immigrants in the United States. These include an<br />
inability to satisfy a growing demand for these individuals and an inefficient<br />
33
Unlimited Talent: The Benefits <strong>of</strong> High-Skilled Immigrants<br />
Nicolas Tang<br />
system for granting visas. Section 2 will demonstrate how and why highskilled<br />
immigrants are indispensable. The third part <strong>of</strong> this research examines<br />
some <strong>of</strong> the causes for the various problems affecting high-skilled<br />
immigrants. Finally, the research will conclude with a section <strong>of</strong>fering<br />
solutions to strengthen the system <strong>of</strong> regulations used to deal with highskilled<br />
immigrants.<br />
the visa problem<br />
Understanding the problems surrounding high-skilled immigrants requires<br />
knowledge <strong>of</strong> the system <strong>of</strong> rules, laws, and regulations that govern this<br />
group in the United States. High-skilled immigrants usually enter this<br />
country with student visas (F or M visas are documents that allow immigrants<br />
to study in the U.S.) or with an H-1B visa (document that allows immigrants<br />
to work in the U.S.), but can sometimes also be granted access with a permanent<br />
resident card (also known as a green card). A green card allows<br />
immigrants to live and work in the U.S. indefinitely, but unfortunately takes<br />
years and a very complicated process to obtain. While H-1B and student<br />
visas are easier to acquire, the holder can only stay in the U.S. for a limited<br />
amount <strong>of</strong> time. It must also be noted that waiting for these visas can also<br />
take years.<br />
Student visas will be addressed first. Foreigners <strong>of</strong>ten come to this<br />
country as students and it is here that they gain the education that transforms<br />
them into high-skilled immigrants. In fact, few successful immigrant<br />
entrepreneurs said they came here ready to start a business (Anderson &<br />
Platzer, 2006). Essentially, it is the United States that spends money and<br />
resources to educate these immigrants, but student visas only allow them<br />
to stay until their studies are complete. Once they have acquired remarkable<br />
abilities, the U.S. sends these new high-skilled immigrants outside <strong>of</strong> the<br />
country. The only way for them to return and contribute to the country<br />
where they gained their skills is by waiting years to obtain either a work<br />
visa or a green card. It is not a surprise then that enrollment rates for<br />
international students are declining (Anderson & Miller, 2006; Anderson<br />
& Platzer, 2006).<br />
H-1B visas are mainly used by companies to hire immigrants with at<br />
least a college degree for a period <strong>of</strong> up to six years. The lack <strong>of</strong> workforce<br />
in high-skilled sectors can easily be solved by allowing more H-1Bs in the<br />
country. These tend to be more efficient and more talented than their<br />
American counterparts (Anderson & Platzer, 2006; Fairlie, 2008; Hunt, 2010).<br />
Companies that need to stay competitive require H-1Bs to provide them<br />
with the most current skills and knowledge <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
lacking in the native workforce and especially in<br />
technological sectors (Masters & Ruthizer, 2000;<br />
NFAP, 2007; Ruiz, Wilson, & Choudhury, 2012).<br />
Unfortunately, the H-1B visa system is extremely<br />
flawed. Reports show that this previously unrestricted<br />
visa was limited to a maximum <strong>of</strong> 65,000<br />
per year in 1990 (Masters & Ruthizer, 2000; NFAP,<br />
2010). Since then, the cap had been briefly raised<br />
between 1999 and 2003, before it was once again<br />
lowered to the original limit. However, lawmakers<br />
did take a step in a positive direction when in 2005<br />
they added 20,000 visa exceptions for immigrants<br />
who had graduated from a U.S. university with a<br />
master’s degree or higher. Table 1 shows the amount <strong>of</strong> H-1B visas issued<br />
since 1992 against their yearly caps (excluding the 20,000 exemptions).<br />
“Once they have acquired remarkable<br />
abilities, the U.S. sends these<br />
new high-skilled immigrants<br />
outside <strong>of</strong> the country. The only<br />
way for them to return and contribute<br />
to the country where they<br />
gained their skills is by waiting<br />
years to obtain either a work visa or<br />
a green card.”<br />
Table 1: H-1B Visas Issued Against the Cap by Year<br />
YEAR CAP # ISSUED # UNUSED<br />
1992 65,000 48,600 16,400<br />
1993 65,000 61,600 3,400<br />
1994 65,000 60,300 4,700<br />
1995 65,000 54,200 10,800<br />
1996 65,000 55,100 9,900<br />
1997 65,000 65,000 0<br />
1998 65,000 65,000 0<br />
1999 115,000 115,000 0<br />
2000 115,000 115,000 0<br />
2001 195,000 163,600 31,400<br />
2002 195,000 79,100 115,900<br />
2003 195,000 78,800 117,000<br />
2004 65,000 65,000 0<br />
2005 65,000 65,000 0<br />
2006 65,000 65,000 0<br />
2007 65,000 65,000 0<br />
2008 65,000 65,000 0<br />
2009 65,000 65,000 0<br />
2010 65,000 65,000 0<br />
2011 65,000 65,000 0<br />
2012 65,000 65,000 0<br />
Source: NFAP, 2010<br />
These numbers indicate that for almost a decade now, the annual limits<br />
have been reached. Moreover, during a one-week filing period that was<br />
available in 2008, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services received<br />
163,000 H-1B applications. The cap, <strong>of</strong> course, was at 65,000 and even the<br />
additional 20,000 exceptions were not enough to cover all the applications.<br />
As <strong>of</strong> June 11, 2012, the 85,000 cap for FY <strong>2013</strong> has already been reached.<br />
The lack <strong>of</strong> H-1Bs is a constant struggle for businesses that need to fill<br />
employment gaps with flexible labor. A survey reveals that two thirds <strong>of</strong><br />
their immigrant entrepreneur respondents believe that U.S. immigration<br />
policies make it more difficult to start a business<br />
(Anderson & Platzer, 2006). Yet despite the data,<br />
many still contend that high-skilled immigrants<br />
affect native workers negatively (Matl<strong>of</strong>f, 2011;<br />
Eisenbrey, <strong>2013</strong>). These individuals believe that<br />
companies abuse the H-1B system to hire cheap<br />
labor and save money.<br />
Anti-immigrant groups are <strong>of</strong>ten concerned with<br />
immigrants taking jobs away from natives. One<br />
author explains that many U.S. citizens cannot find<br />
employment as immigrants are always willing to<br />
work for less (Beck, 1996). Though this argument<br />
is <strong>of</strong>ten employed to attack undocumented immigrants,<br />
some critics have used the same arguments<br />
for high-skilled immigrants. Norman Matl<strong>of</strong>f (2011), a known critic <strong>of</strong> high<br />
skilled immigrants, believes that “the H-1B work visa is fundamentally<br />
about cheap, de facto indentured labor” (p. 1). The idea is that foreign<br />
workers’ right to remain and work in the U.S. depends on their employers;<br />
companies are then able to pay wages that are too low for natives. Though<br />
34
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
there is some truth to that statement, the situation is a lot more complex<br />
and the evidence implies that the problems are more likely caused by bad<br />
policies rather than by immigrants. First <strong>of</strong> all, the idea that companies<br />
abuse the H-1B system to pay high-skilled immigrants less in wages is wide<br />
<strong>of</strong> the mark. The law requires companies to pay H-1B<br />
workers similar wages as to all others in the same<br />
positions. A 2007 National Foundation for American<br />
Policy (NFAP) study reports that though some businesses<br />
do try to abuse the system, there have only<br />
been 7-15 willful violations since 1992. The study<br />
argues that it is unlikely for companies such Micros<strong>of</strong>t<br />
or IBM (which generate billions <strong>of</strong> dollars per<br />
year) to risk having legal issues by underpaying<br />
H-1Bs to save a minuscule amount <strong>of</strong> money. It goes<br />
on to state,“To systematically underpay H-1B visa holders would require,<br />
in effect, keeping a separate set <strong>of</strong> books, one with the pay scales for Americans<br />
and the other for foreign nationals in similar jobs within the same<br />
company” (p. 7). Furthermore, the fact that almost all companies that hire<br />
H-1Bs have native workers representing 85%-99% <strong>of</strong> their workforces<br />
challenges the argument that high-skilled immigrants are being used as<br />
cheap replacements for U.S. workers. Companies that wish to hire H-1Bs<br />
actually have to pay about $2,500 in legal fees, a $1,500 training fee, a $1,000<br />
premium processing fee (not required, but used to save time), a $500<br />
antifraud fee, and a $100 visa fee. Despite these costs, companies still compete<br />
for high-skilled immigrants. The obvious reason for this demand is talent;<br />
however, it is true that high-skilled immigrants help companies lower their<br />
costs (just not through wages).<br />
In 2009 the <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> Ethnic and Migration Studies published a study<br />
by Renee Reichl Luthra, an immigration expert and researcher, seeking to<br />
determine the exact effects <strong>of</strong> H-1B high-skilled immigrants on natives.<br />
Specifically, Luthra (2009) focused on the notions <strong>of</strong> cheap labor and<br />
exploitative practices associated with H-1Bs. The first part <strong>of</strong> the research<br />
explored the idea <strong>of</strong> Labor Market Segmentation. This concept assumes the<br />
existence <strong>of</strong> two types <strong>of</strong> jobs in labor markets. Primary positions are those<br />
which companies invest more capital and training in and are also associated<br />
with more job security, higher pay, and better benefits. Secondary jobs are<br />
those which are less desirable, <strong>of</strong>fer less pay, and less advancement. Nonetheless,<br />
employers consistently need secondary positions filled regardless<br />
<strong>of</strong> the state <strong>of</strong> the market. Having a shortage <strong>of</strong> native workers willing to<br />
work in such positions creates great demand for immigrants who are<br />
undeterred by the disadvantages. The researcher contends that this idea<br />
applies in high-skilled sectors as well. Consider, for example, a technology<br />
firm. This company would have core positions in which they invest significant<br />
amounts <strong>of</strong> capital and training. These positions are very appealing<br />
and <strong>of</strong>fer excellent benefits, attracting more committed workers which<br />
provide more security to the company (fewer turnovers). However, because<br />
the technological market changes very quickly, the firm would also develop<br />
peripheral positions which are constantly being filled by workers with the<br />
most current skills. The transient nature <strong>of</strong> these positions justifies paying<br />
these workers less in terms <strong>of</strong> benefits. In other words, the firm has created<br />
an internal dual market. High-skilled immigrants with H-1B visas are an<br />
ideal match for these peripheral positions. Employers need temporary<br />
workers and H-1Bs can only work for a limited amount <strong>of</strong> time. Additionally,<br />
they possess the best skills in the market and do not mind receiving<br />
fewer benefits. The argument that high-skilled immigrants are cheap labor,<br />
then, is true to the extent that companies save through benefits and by not<br />
having to train or invest much in these skilled workers. If anti-immigrant<br />
associations wished to change this situation, they would have to focus on<br />
the rules <strong>of</strong> the H-1B visa instead <strong>of</strong> simply blaming immigrants. The second<br />
“Over the past 15 years, high-skilled<br />
immigrants had started 25% <strong>of</strong> all<br />
U.S. public companies....The<br />
market capitalization <strong>of</strong> these<br />
exceeded $500 billion at that time.”<br />
part <strong>of</strong> Luthra’s (2009) analysis shows that recently arrived H-1Bs are more<br />
likely to be in peripheral jobs. The chances <strong>of</strong> being in such positions disappear<br />
with H-1Bs who became permanent residents. Effectively, it is only<br />
visa constraints that force high-skilled immigrants to accept contingent<br />
jobs with fewer benefits. As Luthra (2009) explains,<br />
“The combined results <strong>of</strong> these analyses point toward<br />
visa reform. A greater likelihood <strong>of</strong> contingent work<br />
is tied solely to the most-recently arrived immigrants<br />
likely to be temporary visa holders” (p. 247).<br />
The final purpose <strong>of</strong> visa reform should not only<br />
be to ease the process <strong>of</strong> allowing high-skilled immigrants<br />
to enter the country, but it should also help<br />
the United States permanently retain their exceptional<br />
talents. To do so, the dire green card situation<br />
must be drastically improved. Anderson (2011) accurately describes the<br />
problem by stating, “Today the most distinguishing characteristic <strong>of</strong> innovative<br />
and adaptive immigrants is an ability to wait a long time” (p. 1).<br />
Employment-based green cards are divided into five different categories.<br />
The categories starting with the lower preference are EB-5 (issued to creators<br />
<strong>of</strong> employment or investors), EB-4 (special workers), EB-3 (pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
and skilled workers), EB-2 (possess advanced degrees or exceptional abilities),<br />
and lastly EB-1 (for outstanding pr<strong>of</strong>essors, researchers or other<br />
immigrants with extraordinary ability). The annual quota, which was set<br />
in 1990, is a maximum <strong>of</strong> 140,000 visas. Since then, the gross domestic<br />
product <strong>of</strong> the U.S. has nearly tripled and yet the quotas have remained<br />
unchanged. Each country is also limited to a certain amount <strong>of</strong> visas each<br />
year. This means that countries with large populations are severely affected.<br />
Because <strong>of</strong> the massive backlogs that already exist for certain countries, it<br />
is estimated that new Indian applicants can wait up to 70 years and new<br />
Chinese applicants will have to wait about 20 years in the EB-3 category. In<br />
the EB-2 category, wait times for these two countries approximate six to<br />
eight years (Anderson, 2011). Such excessive waiting periods are clearly<br />
disproportionately affecting countries with larger populations and simply<br />
depriving the U.S. <strong>of</strong> talent.<br />
High-skilled immigrants are more educated, possess superior skills, and<br />
hold better positions than any other group <strong>of</strong> immigrants. They frequently<br />
come to the United States as students seeking to complete their tertiary<br />
education, or as skilled workers looking for quality jobs that cannot be<br />
found in their native countries. Opponents <strong>of</strong> immigration, however, view<br />
these foreigners as threats. They <strong>of</strong>ten argue that high-skilled immigrants’<br />
willingness to work for less in harder conditions creates unfair competition<br />
for U.S. workers <strong>of</strong> similar skill (Matl<strong>of</strong>f, 2011; Eisenbrey, <strong>2013</strong>; Beck, 1996).<br />
There is much evidence that suggests otherwise.<br />
Entrepreneurship, Innovation, and Job Creation<br />
A 2006 study for the NFAP found that high-skilled immigrants had astonishing<br />
entrepreneurial talents (Anderson & Platzer, 2006). The unique study<br />
examined the birthplace <strong>of</strong> founders <strong>of</strong> all U.S. venture-backed publicly<br />
traded companies. Additionally, it also surveyed more than 340 privately<br />
owned venture-backed companies. The research showed that over the past<br />
15 years, high-skilled immigrants had started 25% <strong>of</strong> all U.S. public companies.<br />
It is important to note that many <strong>of</strong> these companies may have been<br />
started with native partners or associates. The market capitalization <strong>of</strong> these<br />
exceeded $500 billion at that time. Considering that all legal immigrants<br />
(not just the highly-skilled) represented only 8.7% <strong>of</strong> the total U.S. population<br />
that year, the proportion <strong>of</strong> successful immigrants is remarkable.<br />
Furthermore, the analysis showed that 40% <strong>of</strong> all public companies started<br />
by immigrants either alone or with native partners were in high-technology<br />
35
Unlimited Talent: The Benefits <strong>of</strong> High-Skilled Immigrants<br />
Nicolas Tang<br />
manufacturing sectors. Among some <strong>of</strong> the better known immigrant-founded<br />
companies are Sun Microsystems, eBay, and Google. Immigrant-founded<br />
venture-backed public companies were estimated to employ about 220,000<br />
people in the U.S. Table 2 lists the most successful immigrant-founded public<br />
companies and the amount <strong>of</strong> people they employed in 2005.<br />
such as computer sciences, mathematics, physical sciences, and engineering<br />
at higher rates than natives. Table 3 shows a comparison between the percentage<br />
<strong>of</strong> high-skilled natives and immigrants (from a random pool <strong>of</strong><br />
participants in a 2003 national survey) with bachelor’s degrees or higher<br />
and other additional details.<br />
Table 2: Immigrant-Founded Companies<br />
COMPANY<br />
Source: Anderson & Platzer, 2006<br />
IMMIGRANT-BORN FOUNDER<br />
OR CO-FOUNDER<br />
COUNTRY<br />
OF BIRTH<br />
EMPLOYEES<br />
(FY 2005)<br />
INDUSTRY<br />
Solectron Corporation Winston Chen Taiwan 53,000 Bare Printed Circuit Board Manufacturing<br />
Sanmina-SCI Corporation Jure Sola Bosnia 48,621 Bare Printed Circuit Board Manufacturing<br />
Milan Mandaric<br />
Croatia<br />
Sun Microsystems, Inc. Andreas Bechtolsheim Germany 31,000 Electronic Computer Manufacturing<br />
Vinod Khosla<br />
India<br />
eBay Inc. Pierre Omidyar France 12,600 Electronic Auctions<br />
Yahoo! Inc. Jerry Yang Taiwan 9,800 Web Search Portals<br />
Life Time Fitness, Inc. Henri Hodara France 7,200 Engineering Services<br />
UTStarcom, Inc. Ying Wu China 6,300 Telephone Apparatus Manufacturing<br />
Google, Inc. Sergey Brin Russia 5,680 Web Search Portals<br />
Kanbay International, Inc. Raymond J. Spencer Austrailia 5,242 Computer Systems Design Services<br />
Dileep Nath<br />
India<br />
Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Alberto Sangiovanni Vincentelli Italy 5,000 S<strong>of</strong>tware Publishers<br />
Juniper Networks, Inc. Pradeep Sindhu India 4,145 Telephone Apparatus Manufacturing<br />
Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Allen Chao Taiwan 3,844 Pharmaceutical Preparation Manufacturing<br />
Parametric Technology Corp. Samuel Geisberg Russia 3,751 S<strong>of</strong>tware Publishers<br />
Pediatrix Medical Group, Inc. Roger Medel Cuba 3,013 Offices <strong>of</strong> Physicians (Except Mental Health<br />
Specialists)<br />
NVIDIA Corp. Jen-Hsun Huang Taiwan 2,737 Semiconductor/ Related Device Manufacturing<br />
Salton, Inc. Lewis Salton Poland 2,466 Electric Housewares/Household Fan<br />
Manufacturing<br />
Lam Research Corp. David Lam China 2,200 Semiconductor Machinery Manufacturing<br />
Research that uses government databases to analyze general business<br />
ownership in the U.S. also concurs with the idea that immigrants are<br />
exceptionally talented at starting new businesses (Fairlie, 2008). The study<br />
conducted by Dr. Robert W. Fairlie for the U.S. Small Business Administration<br />
(SBA) concluded that immigrants are almost 30% more likely to start<br />
a business than natives. In the state <strong>of</strong> California (with one <strong>of</strong> the highest<br />
concentration <strong>of</strong> immigrants), 30% <strong>of</strong> all business owners were immigrants.<br />
A 2000 U.S. census estimated that these businesses generated $20 billion in<br />
business income. This translates to nearly one fourth <strong>of</strong> California’s total<br />
business income. More importantly however, immigrants that had obtained<br />
a college degree represented the largest educational group (31.3%) <strong>of</strong> all<br />
immigrant business owners. Once again, this suggests the importance <strong>of</strong><br />
separating low-skilled from high-skilled immigrants and the beneficial<br />
advantages we gain from latter.<br />
Not only are high-skilled immigrants outstanding entrepreneurs, but<br />
evidence indicates that they also dominate some <strong>of</strong> the most demanding<br />
fields <strong>of</strong> study (Hunt, 2010). The report, published by the Organization for<br />
Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), reveals that high-skilled<br />
immigrants outperform college-educated natives in areas such patenting,<br />
publishing, and others. Immigrants consistently choose to study in fields<br />
36<br />
Table 3: Degrees Earned by Natives and Immigrants in 2003<br />
U.S. NATIVE IMMIGRANT<br />
Bachelor’s 65% 56.5%<br />
Master’s 26% 28.6%<br />
Doctorate 2.9% 7.7%<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional 6.2% 7.2%<br />
Age 44.4 43.3<br />
Age at arrival 23.3<br />
Highest degree earned in U.S. 99.6% 55.5%<br />
Female 50.4% 47%<br />
White, non-Hispanic 88% 30.9%<br />
Currently employed 85.5% 86.3%<br />
Currently employed at university 4.8% 8%<br />
Tenure (years) 8.4 6.7<br />
Self-employed 16.5% 17.7%<br />
Source: Hunt, 2010
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
The data establishes that high-skilled immigrants possess more <strong>of</strong> every<br />
type <strong>of</strong> post-college degree than natives. Likely due to their greater achievements,<br />
the study continues to explain that compared to natives (0.9%),<br />
double (2%) the amount <strong>of</strong> high-skilled immigrants have patented in the<br />
last five years. Additionally, 14.4% <strong>of</strong> natives had published materials, but<br />
17.6% <strong>of</strong> immigrants had. Moreover, 6.8% <strong>of</strong> high-skilled immigrants had<br />
published more than six times compared to only 3.6% <strong>of</strong> natives. High-skilled<br />
immigrants’ superior abilities to start new business (many <strong>of</strong> which become<br />
extremely successful) create more jobs and their talented minds drive more<br />
innovation in this country. Their disproportionately immense contributions<br />
more than compensate for whatever jobs they may “steal.”<br />
The Next Generation<br />
Though the accomplishments <strong>of</strong> high-skilled immigrants are very impressive,<br />
there is one group that can match them. The children <strong>of</strong> high-skilled<br />
immigrants are predictably talented as well. A 2004 study by Stuart Anderson,<br />
Executive Director for the NFAP, elected to focus on the contributions<br />
<strong>of</strong> the children <strong>of</strong> immigrants. The investigation<br />
discovered that 70% <strong>of</strong> winners <strong>of</strong> the 2004 Intel<br />
Science Talent Search were either immigrants or<br />
their children. Specifically, 18 participants had<br />
parents who had entered on a visa compared to 16<br />
who had native-born parents. Children <strong>of</strong> immigrants<br />
dominated other events as well. Sixty-five<br />
percent <strong>of</strong> the 2004 U.S. Math Olympiad’s top scorers<br />
and 46% <strong>of</strong> the U.S. Physics Team were comprised <strong>of</strong> children who had<br />
immigrant parents. Policies that make it more difficult for immigrants to<br />
come will not only deprive this country <strong>of</strong> their talent but also <strong>of</strong> their<br />
children’s. As Anderson (2004) puts it, “Their children are rising intellectual<br />
superstars—and without them that nation’s technological and scientific<br />
standing is at risk” (p. 15).<br />
The Causes for an Inefficient System: Nativism<br />
“Seventy percent <strong>of</strong> winners <strong>of</strong> the<br />
2004 Intel Science Talent Search<br />
were either immigrants or their<br />
children.”<br />
If all the evidence seems to clearly suggest that high-skilled immigrants<br />
are vital assets to this country, what then is the cause for so many<br />
negative policies One study identifies two main concerns that create antiimmigration<br />
sentiments (Hainmueller & Hiscox, 2010). Published in the<br />
American Political Science Review, a leading political science research journal,<br />
the survey experiment examined the Labor Market Competition (LMC)<br />
model and the Fiscal Burden (FB) model. The former predicts that natives<br />
are most opposed to immigrants with similar skill levels because, as the<br />
name implies, these will represent their biggest competition. The second<br />
model predicts that rich natives will oppose low-skilled immigrants and<br />
support high-skilled immigrants more than poor natives will. The reason<br />
for this is that the rich natives are paying for the social services likely being<br />
used by low-skilled immigrants. This should also cause rich natives to be<br />
more opposed to low-skilled immigrants in states that <strong>of</strong>fer more access to<br />
social services. Consistent with the structure used in this paper, the study<br />
attempts to examine attitudes toward low-skilled and high-skilled immigrants<br />
separately (instead <strong>of</strong> looking at immigration as a whole). The first results<br />
contradict the Labor Market Competition model. The researchers find that<br />
both low-skilled and high-skilled natives strongly prefer high-skilled immigrants.<br />
Additionally, support for immigrants <strong>of</strong> all skill levels increases with<br />
the skills <strong>of</strong> the native. These findings imply that the Labor Market Competition<br />
model does not really cause anti-immigrant sentiments. As for the<br />
Fiscal Burden model, the study shows that rich and poor natives equally<br />
favor high-skilled over low-skilled immigrants and that the rich are<br />
surprisingly less opposed to low-skilled immigrants in states with more<br />
welfare programs. The poor natives, however, are more opposed to lowskilled<br />
immigrants in states with more fiscal exposure. In other words, the<br />
data indicates that fiscal burden concerns are mainly relevant among poor<br />
natives only. The combined results <strong>of</strong> the study reveal two important conclusions.<br />
The first one is that in every situation all natives seemed to always<br />
favor high-skilled immigrants. Once again, this begs the question as to why<br />
such an unfair visa system exists for high-skilled immigrants. The second<br />
conclusion <strong>of</strong>fers a possible answer to this question. If two <strong>of</strong> the most<br />
prominent attitude formation theories do not explain anti-immigrant<br />
sentiments, and given that appreciation <strong>of</strong> immigrants seems to increase<br />
with a native’s level <strong>of</strong> skill (education), negative attitudes appear to form<br />
based on non-economic factors. Nativism, a nostalgic ideology that works<br />
to secure its identity by treating difference as a threat, creates a lack <strong>of</strong><br />
tolerance that crosses into racism too <strong>of</strong>ten in the American immigration<br />
debate.<br />
Jason Riley (2008), author <strong>of</strong> Let Them In: The Case for Open Borders,<br />
arrives at a similar conclusion. The author believes that eugenics, a science<br />
that advocates improving the population through<br />
selective breeding and is closely related to the ideology<br />
<strong>of</strong> Social Darwinism, is one <strong>of</strong> the root causes<br />
for anti-immigration sentiment in this country. The<br />
belief that access should be restricted to individuals<br />
<strong>of</strong> inferior quality is very problematic. Quality is a<br />
subjective concept that cannot easily be assigned to<br />
different races. However, if we assume for a moment<br />
that the quality <strong>of</strong> individuals is based on their productive ability, then the<br />
argument <strong>of</strong> eugenics could also be used against natives. The evidence<br />
provided in this research demonstrates that immigrants (usually high-skilled)<br />
can in fact be more productive than the native population (Anderson &<br />
Platzer, 2006; NFAP, 2007; Anderson, 2004; Fairlie, 2008; Hunt, 2010).<br />
Though nativism may partially explain why the visa system for highskilled<br />
immigrants remains so inefficient, it mostly applies to attitudes<br />
towards low-skilled and undocumented immigrants. Support for high-skilled<br />
immigration reform is actually more widespread. However, change remains<br />
elusive. Lawmakers are beginning to recognize the need for reform, but<br />
cannot seem to agree on how to proceed (Selyukh, <strong>2013</strong>). Opinions range<br />
from those who believe Congress should focus on H-1Bs to those who wish<br />
to begin with the green card situation (Martinez, <strong>2013</strong>). Until all political<br />
parties can come to a compromise, the nation will continue to lose exceptional<br />
workers and delay its course to having a more productive workforce.<br />
Conclusion: There Are Solutions<br />
As serious as the situation may seem, better policies can be easily implemented<br />
to quickly resolve many <strong>of</strong> the issues regarding high-skilled immigrants.<br />
For example, a simple policy that eliminates the per country limits for<br />
employment-based green cards would lower the waiting time for India (70<br />
years) to about 10 years in the EB-3 category (Anderson, 2011). Solely<br />
removing per country limits will not eliminate all the total backlogs that<br />
exist for the different categories, but it would at least make it fairer for<br />
countries with larger populations by creating a true first-come, first-serve<br />
system. The ideal solution though, would be to eliminate the limits completely<br />
or at least increase them. A policy that creates 50,000 exemptions from visas<br />
for students with U.S. degrees in the fields <strong>of</strong> science, technology, engineering,<br />
and mathematics (STEM) would eliminate the entire backlog <strong>of</strong> the<br />
EB-2 category within three years and make the EB-3 category current within<br />
10 years. Between fiscal years 1992 to 2006, about 500,000 available visas<br />
were unused. Special legislation recaptured about 200,000 <strong>of</strong> these, but that<br />
37
Unlimited Talent: The Benefits <strong>of</strong> High-Skilled Immigrants<br />
Nicolas Tang<br />
still leaves around 300,000 unused visas. Restoring these visas would also<br />
accelerate the elimination <strong>of</strong> backlogs.<br />
Fortunately, many legislators have noticed the problems and are attempting<br />
to solve them. On November 29, 2011, the U.S. House <strong>of</strong> Representatives<br />
passed H.R.3012 (Fairness for High-Skilled Immigrants Act). If enforced,<br />
this policy would eliminate per country limits for employment-based green<br />
cards over a period <strong>of</strong> four years. Other helpful bills include H.R.2161<br />
(eliminates per country limits and establishes exemption from the total<br />
limits for immigrants with U.S. master’s degree or higher in STEM), S.3217<br />
(creates 50,000 exemptions for immigrants with U.S. STEM degrees and<br />
eliminates per country limits), S.3192 (creates an exemption from quota<br />
for U.S. STEM graduates), and S.3185 (reallocates 50,000 green cards from<br />
the Diversity Lottery to immigrants with advanced degrees in STEM from<br />
U.S. universities).<br />
My conclusion is to urge policymakers to re-examine the immigration<br />
debate focusing on high-skilled immigrants. Though the general issue <strong>of</strong><br />
immigration may be more complicated and hard to solve, the evidence<br />
clearly indicates that high-skilled immigrants warrant better policies. They<br />
are astonishing entrepreneurs (Anderson & Platzer, 2006; Fairlie, 2008),<br />
they possess the brightest minds (Hunt, 2010), and their children are<br />
remarkably talented as well (Anderson, 2004). Furthermore, research also<br />
indicates that anti-immigrant sentiment is usually motivated by non-economic<br />
factors such as racial tension and ignorance (Hainmueller & Hiscox,<br />
2010). If Congress and the general public can unite to scrutinize the issues<br />
objectively, removing notions <strong>of</strong> nativism or intolerance, and with willingness<br />
to compromise, comprehensive reform should be easily achievable. To<br />
remain a fair and competitive country, new policies need to invite talent<br />
and productive ability regardless <strong>of</strong> its origin.<br />
references<br />
Anderson, S. (2011). Waiting and More Waiting: America’s Family and<br />
Employment-Based Immigration System. In National Foundation<br />
for American Policy. Retrieved from http://www.nfap.com/pdf/<br />
WAITING_NFAP_Policy_Brief_October_2011.pdf<br />
Anderson, S. (2011). Answering The Critics <strong>of</strong> Comprehensive Immigration<br />
Reform. In Cato <strong>Institute</strong>. Retrieved from http://www.cato.org/<br />
publications/trade-briefing-paper/answering-critics-comprehensive-immigration-reform<br />
Anderson, S. (2004). The Multiplier Effect. In National Foundation for<br />
American Policy. Retrieved from http://www.nfap.com/researchactivities/studies/TheMultiplierEffectNFAP.pdf<br />
Anderson, S., & Miller, D. (2006). Legal Immigrants: Waiting Forever. In<br />
National Foundation for American Policy. Retrieved from http://<br />
www.nfap.com/researchactivities/studies/NFAPStudyLegalImmigrantsWaitingForever052206.pdf<br />
Anderson, S., & Platzer, M. (2006). The Impact <strong>of</strong> Immigrant Entrepreneurs<br />
and Pr<strong>of</strong>essionals on U.S. Competitiveness. In National<br />
Foundation for American Policy. Retrieved from http://www.nfap.<br />
com/researchactivities/studies/immigrant_entreprenuers_pr<strong>of</strong>essionals_november_2006.pdf<br />
Beck, R. (1996). The Case Against Immigration: The Moral, Economic,<br />
Social, And Environmental Reasons for Reducing U.S. Immigration<br />
Back to Traditional Levels. New York: Norton.<br />
Eisenbrey, R. (<strong>2013</strong>). America’s Genius Glut. The New York Times, p. A27.<br />
Retrieved from http://www.nytimes.com/<strong>2013</strong>/02/08/opinion/<br />
americas-genius-glut.html<br />
Fairlie, R. W. (2008). Estimating the Contribution <strong>of</strong> Immigrant Business<br />
Owners to the U.S. Economy. In United States Small Business<br />
Administration. Retrieved from http://archive.sba.gov/advo/<br />
research/rs334tot.pdf<br />
H1B Visa Quota and H1B Cap Systems Explained. In H1 Base. Retrieved<br />
from http://www.h1base.com/visa/work/H1BvisaCapH1BquotaSystem/ref/1568/<br />
Hainmueller, J., & Hiscox, M. J. (2010). Attitudes toward Highly Skilled<br />
and Low-skilled Immigration: Evidence from a Survey Experiment.<br />
American Political Science Review, 104(1), Retrieved from Academic<br />
Search Premier Database.<br />
Hunt, J. (2010). Skilled Immigrants’ Contribution to Innovation and<br />
Entrepreneurship in the United States. OECD, Open for Business:<br />
Migrant Entrepreneurship in OECD Countries. doi:<br />
10.1787/9789264095830-13-en<br />
Luthra, R. (2009). Temporary Immigrants in a High-Skilled Labour<br />
Market: A Study <strong>of</strong> H-1Bs. <strong>Journal</strong> Of Ethnic & Migration Studies,<br />
35(2). Retrieved from Academic Search Premier Database.<br />
Martinez, J. (<strong>2013</strong>). Despite Wide Support for High-Skilled Immigration<br />
Reform, H-1B Visas Called Into Question. Reuters, Retrieved from<br />
http://www.reuters.com/article/<strong>2013</strong>/03/06/usa-immigrationsenate-idUSL1N0BXEHA<strong>2013</strong>0306<br />
Masters, S. B., & Ruthizer, T. (2000). The H-1B Straitjacket: Why<br />
Congress Should Repeal the Cap on Foreign-Born Highly Skilled<br />
Workers. In Cato <strong>Institute</strong>. Retrieved from http://www.cato.org/<br />
publications/trade-briefing-paper/h1b-straitjacket-why-Congressshould-repeal-cap-foreignborn-highly-skilled-workers<br />
Matl<strong>of</strong>f, N. (2011). Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Norm Matl<strong>of</strong>f ’s H-1B Web Page. In Norm<br />
Matl<strong>of</strong>f ’s H-1B Web Page: Cheap Labor, Age Discrimation,<br />
Offshoring. Retrieved from http://heather.cs.ucdavis.edu/itaa.html<br />
National Foundation for American Policy. (2012). Retrieved from http://<br />
www.nfap.com/pdf/NFAPPolicyBrief.StillWaiting.June2012.pdf<br />
National Foundation for American Policy. (2010). Retrieved March 26,<br />
2012, from http://www.nfap.com/pdf/1003h1b.pdf<br />
National Foundation for American Policy. (2007). Retrieved March 20,<br />
2012, from http://www.nfap.com/pdf/071206study.pdf<br />
Riley, J.N. (2008). Let Them In: The Case For Open Borders. New York:<br />
Gotham Books<br />
38
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Ruiz, N. G., Willson, J. H., & Choudhury, S. (2012). The Search for Skills:<br />
Demand for H-1B Immigrant Workers in U.S. Metropolitan Areas.<br />
In Brookings Institution. Retrieved from http://www.brookings.edu/<br />
research/reports/2012/07/18-h1b-visas-labor-immigration#demand<br />
Selyukh, A. (<strong>2013</strong>). Senator Schumer Says No Dice for High-Skilled<br />
Immigration Bill. Reuters, Retrieved from http://www.reuters.com/<br />
article/<strong>2013</strong>/03/06/usa-immigration-senate-idUSL1N0BX-<br />
EHA<strong>2013</strong>0306<br />
Schulz, N. (2012). The Human Capital Imperative: Bringing More Minds<br />
to America. In American Enterprise <strong>Institute</strong>. Retrieved from<br />
http://www.aei.org/article/the-human-capital-imperative-bringingmore-minds-to-america2/<br />
United Nations Department <strong>of</strong> Economic and Social Affairs (UN DESA).<br />
(2008). Trends in International Migrant Stock: The 2008 Revision.<br />
Retrieved from http://esa.un.org/migration/index.asppanel=1<br />
39
IMMIGRATION FEDERALISM: THE CASE OF IMMIGRATION ENFORCEMENT<br />
BY NON-FEDERAL AGENCIES<br />
By Eduardo Reyes Chávez<br />
Since 2002, state and local governments have passed many laws and ordinances designed to regulate immigration. This<br />
sort <strong>of</strong> activism, combined with the failure <strong>of</strong> the federal government to enforce immigration laws, has blurred the line<br />
between who should and should not be enforcing immigration laws. This study seeks to clarify the debate concerning<br />
the enforcement <strong>of</strong> immigration laws in the United States. Through an analytical review <strong>of</strong> the U.S. Constitution,<br />
relevant U.S. Supreme Court rulings, and critical lower court cases, this study contends that the federal government is<br />
entitled to exclusive enforcement <strong>of</strong> immigration laws. This conclusion centers on four main arguments: (a) the U.S.<br />
Constitution and relevant court cases have established the federal government as the main enforcer <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
laws; (b) the complexity <strong>of</strong> immigration laws concerning the enforcement <strong>of</strong> criminal and civil regulation may result<br />
in federal preemption for states and localities that overstep their formal agreements with the federal government; (c)<br />
the unnecessary immigration enforcement by states can cause local <strong>of</strong>ficers to disregard their traditional job and use<br />
their resources to enforce federal laws; and (d) local enforcement <strong>of</strong> immigration laws has further distanced immigrant<br />
communities by the voluntary or involuntary violation <strong>of</strong> civil rights.<br />
The United States has always attracted immigrants. In order to<br />
deal with the treatment <strong>of</strong> non-citizens, the United States has<br />
created immigration laws that have regulated the movement <strong>of</strong><br />
immigrants. Nevertheless, labor market flows and ineffective federal policy<br />
have resulted in a large number <strong>of</strong> unauthorized<br />
immigrants entering the U.S. and settling permanently.<br />
According to Booth (2006), in 2005 there<br />
were an estimated 8 to 12 million undocumented<br />
immigrants in the U.S., “with an additional 800,000<br />
joining that number each year” (p. 1066). More than<br />
two-thirds <strong>of</strong> the unauthorized immigrants in the<br />
U.S. have entered the country within the last 10 years<br />
(C. M. Rodríguez, 2008). The uncontrolled levels<br />
<strong>of</strong> illegal immigration have made it clear that there<br />
is an immigration problem in the United States.<br />
In response to ineffective policy and enforcement<br />
by Washington, DC, state and local governments<br />
have reacted by passing their own immigration<br />
enforcement legislation. In 2007, “More than 1,400 bills addressing immigration…in<br />
some capacity were introduced in state legislatures across the<br />
country” (C. M. Rodríguez, 2008, p. 569). In her research, C. M. Rodríguez<br />
(2008) said that non-federal legislatures will continue to be active in<br />
“In most countries in the world, it is<br />
the national government alone that<br />
has jurisdiction over immigration<br />
law and enforcement. In the United<br />
States, however, the federal system<br />
<strong>of</strong> government complicates the<br />
creation and enforcement <strong>of</strong><br />
immigration law and policy.”<br />
immigration enforcement until the passage <strong>of</strong> a comprehensive immigration<br />
reform. The continual request <strong>of</strong> non-federal agencies to carry out their<br />
own enforcement is based on an apparent federal inefficiency in the immigration<br />
field. According to a poll reported by Boatright (2006), “Over 80%<br />
<strong>of</strong> Americans already think that state and local police<br />
should be involved in immigration enforcement”<br />
(p. 1667). Not only are non-federal governments<br />
expressing their willingness to enforce immigration<br />
laws, but also the general public seems to agree with<br />
the idea.<br />
In most countries in the world, it is the national<br />
government alone that has jurisdiction over immigration<br />
law and enforcement. In the United States,<br />
however, the federal system <strong>of</strong> government complicates<br />
the creation and enforcement <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
law and policy. The proliferation <strong>of</strong> state and local<br />
enforcement measures raises the question whether<br />
such activities are constitutional. In this paper, I<br />
first conduct a historical analysis <strong>of</strong> immigration enforcement in the United<br />
States to discuss the participation <strong>of</strong> states, localities, and the federal government.<br />
Second, I look at the legal framework in immigration to distinguish<br />
civil and criminal law. Third, I examine the constitutionality <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
41
Immigration Federalism: The Case <strong>of</strong> Immigration Enforcement by Non-Federal Agencies<br />
Eduardo Reyes Chávez<br />
enforcement to look for factual evidence regarding enforcement support<br />
for federal and non-federal regulation. Fourth, I analyze two court cases<br />
that support immigration enforcement and two cases that allow for state<br />
and local enforcement. Fifth, I argue that non-federal enforcement is likely<br />
to result in the alienation <strong>of</strong> the immigrant community, is subject to lack<br />
<strong>of</strong> immigration expertise by non-federal agents, may violate civil rights and<br />
civil liberties, and that non-federal enforcement is an unnecessary expenditure.<br />
Finally, I analyze the implications <strong>of</strong> federal preemption through<br />
explicit statutory language, congressional intent, and direct conflict <strong>of</strong> state<br />
and federal law.<br />
KEY POINTS IN U.S. IMMIGRATION HISTORY<br />
In order to understand why a defined line in immigration enforcement has<br />
not been established, I briefly explain the history <strong>of</strong> immigration enforcement<br />
in the United States. In this section I include an analysis <strong>of</strong> the Bracero<br />
Program, the Immigration and Nationality Act <strong>of</strong> 1952, the Immigration<br />
Reform and Control Act <strong>of</strong> 1986, the Illegal Immigration Reform and<br />
Immigrant Responsibility Act <strong>of</strong> 1996, and the Antiterrorism and Effective<br />
Death Penalty Act <strong>of</strong> 1996. The paper will analyze what the Constitution<br />
says regarding immigration enforcement in a later section.<br />
The Constitutional Convention <strong>of</strong> 1787<br />
In 1787, a constitutional convention was called for the purpose <strong>of</strong> amending<br />
the inefficient Articles <strong>of</strong> Confederation <strong>of</strong> the United States. In this<br />
meeting, delegates from all the states, except Rhode Island, traveled to<br />
Philadelphia to consider reforms. The delegates, however, decided to propose<br />
the creation <strong>of</strong> a new constitutional arrangement<br />
rather than amend the Articles <strong>of</strong> Confederation.<br />
On May 29, 1790, after Rhode Island ratified the<br />
Constitution, the new Constitution took effect and<br />
became the law <strong>of</strong> the land in the United States.<br />
Huntington (2008) advanced the idea that any<br />
discussion <strong>of</strong> immigration in the Constitutional<br />
Convention would have implicated issues <strong>of</strong> slavery.<br />
Thus, the current debate about who should enforce<br />
immigration laws can be traced to the events that occurred during the<br />
Convention. James Madison was concerned that the separation between<br />
the southern and northern states was a great danger to the unity <strong>of</strong> the<br />
general government. The problematic opposition between the north and<br />
south regions <strong>of</strong> the U.S. blocked some <strong>of</strong> the most important problems<br />
from being discussed during the Convention. One <strong>of</strong> these problems was<br />
the issue concerning slavery. “The institution <strong>of</strong> slavery was an incendiary<br />
and divisive subject during the Constitutional Convention” (Huntington,<br />
2008, p. 812). Thus, the delegates decided to deal with the topic <strong>of</strong> slavery<br />
with the 3/5 compromise and avoided talking about immigration enforcement<br />
altogether. Since “immigration was explicitly the province <strong>of</strong> state<br />
authorities under the Articles <strong>of</strong> Confederation,” the ratified Constitution<br />
did not establish who was the primary enforcer <strong>of</strong> immigration laws (Sullivan,<br />
2009, p. 570). It is this uncertainty and lack <strong>of</strong> textual province in<br />
the Constitution that surrounds the controversy <strong>of</strong> the current immigration<br />
enforcement debate.<br />
The First 100 Years: State and Local Domination in Immigration Efforts<br />
During the first 100 years <strong>of</strong> the history <strong>of</strong> this country, states were the main<br />
actors in immigration enforcement. The lack <strong>of</strong> a strong centralized<br />
government, even after the ratification <strong>of</strong> the new Constitution, allowed<br />
“After the passage <strong>of</strong> the Immigration<br />
Act <strong>of</strong> 1924, Congress formally<br />
established the Border Patrol as an<br />
agency <strong>of</strong> the United States<br />
Department <strong>of</strong> Labor.”<br />
non-federal agencies to enforce their own immigration laws (Kalhan, 2007).<br />
Under the Articles <strong>of</strong> Confederation, the federal government was restricted<br />
from regulating the flow <strong>of</strong> immigrants. Even though the federal government<br />
was able to obtain more power after the ratification <strong>of</strong> the new Constitution,<br />
the question <strong>of</strong> immigration enforcement was still open to individual<br />
state interpretation. The result was a continuous wave <strong>of</strong> state and<br />
local legislation that directly affected non-citizens and questioned the role<br />
<strong>of</strong> immigration enforcement.<br />
In 1842, the Supreme Court <strong>of</strong> the United States <strong>of</strong>ficially established<br />
the federal government as the primary enforcer <strong>of</strong> immigration laws. In<br />
their decision, the Supreme Court struck down laws in the states <strong>of</strong><br />
Massachusetts and New York that required bonds on arriving immigrants.<br />
Even though the states wanted to <strong>of</strong>fset the costs <strong>of</strong> processing foreign papers,<br />
the Court came to a conclusion that states were directly interfering with<br />
international commerce. Furthermore, according to C. M. Rodríguez (2008),<br />
“The doctrine <strong>of</strong> federal exclusivity began to take shape, taking <strong>of</strong>f on the<br />
Commerce Clause grounds articulated by the plurality in the Passenger<br />
Cases” (p. 612). Directly influenced by the conclusion <strong>of</strong> the Civil War and<br />
the Reconstruction amendments, the federal government gained substantial<br />
power over the issues dealing with citizens and non-citizens alike.<br />
The federal exclusivity in immigration enforcement became <strong>of</strong>ficial by<br />
the late 1800s, and, as C. M. Rodríguez (2008) has argued, the foundation<br />
<strong>of</strong> the current federal exclusivity principle was consolidated in Chae Chan<br />
Ping v. United States (1889). Rodriguez contends that this case provided<br />
excellent evidence that the constitutionality <strong>of</strong> complex federal regulatory<br />
schemes provided for the exclusion and deportation <strong>of</strong> Chinese laborers.<br />
The passage <strong>of</strong> the Immigration Act in 1882 further established federal<br />
exclusivity over immigration policy. What this legislation solidified was<br />
the idea <strong>of</strong> federal exclusivity, which supported the<br />
overall understanding that immigration is federal<br />
in nature and should therefore be enforced by the<br />
national government.<br />
Having increased its influence through direct<br />
legislation and court rulings, the federal government<br />
established its “historical” call to enforce immigration<br />
laws. By the same token, in 1891, Congress<br />
created the Superintendent <strong>of</strong> Immigration in the<br />
Treasury Department whose job became to control immigration enforcement.<br />
When the <strong>of</strong>fice became the Bureau <strong>of</strong> Immigration, the federal<br />
government established full control in the subject <strong>of</strong> immigration regulation. 1<br />
Enforcement and Legislation During the 1900s<br />
During the 1900s, the federal government spent a lot <strong>of</strong> energy trying to<br />
take control <strong>of</strong> national agencies that would further support federal supremacy.<br />
In 1904, as a way to limit the border crossings <strong>of</strong> Chinese laborers, the<br />
federal government sent a group <strong>of</strong> watchmen to patrol the U.S.-Mexico<br />
border. Two years later, the Bureau <strong>of</strong> Investigation came to be “in charge<br />
<strong>of</strong> maintaining a national catalog <strong>of</strong> fingerprints and rap sheets that local<br />
law enforcement agencies could access” (Sullivan, 2009, p. 584). What was<br />
initially called the Bureau <strong>of</strong> Investigation changed its name to the Federal<br />
Bureau <strong>of</strong> Investigation (FBI) in 1935. While the FBI had jurisdiction in<br />
federal cases, local law enforcement <strong>of</strong>ficials had jurisdiction in alleged<br />
violations <strong>of</strong> state or local laws.<br />
After the passage <strong>of</strong> the Immigration Act <strong>of</strong> 1924, Congress formally<br />
established the Border Patrol as an agency <strong>of</strong> the United States Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Labor. In addition to patrolling the southern border and having the<br />
power to make arrests, the Border Patrol was located at inspection stations.<br />
Ironically, “State and local law enforcement agency personnel filled the<br />
42
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
majority <strong>of</strong> [these] new federal positions” (A. J. Rodríguez, 2008, p. 1237).<br />
The Border Patrol was also given the task to support the Coast Guard and<br />
work in immigration detention camps.<br />
In the 1940s, the federal government passed legislation to recruit Mexican<br />
laborers in order to meet its labor shortage during Word War II. By admitting<br />
foreign workers in the U.S., the federal government declared its power<br />
over state and local efforts in issues <strong>of</strong> controlling the flow <strong>of</strong> immigrants.<br />
In early 1942, the Roosevelt administration negotiated a treaty between<br />
Mexico and the U.S. to allow Mexican farm workers to immigrate to the<br />
U.S. temporarily. What became known as the Bracero Program signified<br />
the authority <strong>of</strong> the federal government, not the states, to establish immigration<br />
policy. The federal government reinforced national supremacy in 1951<br />
when Congress passed Public Law 78, which gave the Bracero Program<br />
permanent status.<br />
Members <strong>of</strong> the executive branch encouraged Congress to pass a plan<br />
to invite foreigners to work in U.S. soil and to use the federal INS to supervise<br />
and control the number <strong>of</strong> bracero visas distributed. According to<br />
Massey, Durand, and Malone (2003), “During 1954 the number <strong>of</strong> migrants<br />
apprehended by the INS swelled to over 1 million for the first time in U.S.<br />
history [while also doubling] the number <strong>of</strong> bracero visas” (p. 37). Thus,<br />
the federal government left no room for states and localities to manage the<br />
admission and control <strong>of</strong> foreigners. The repeal <strong>of</strong> the Bracero Program in<br />
1964 did not restrict the federal government from continuing its control in<br />
immigration policy. For the next decades, the national government passed<br />
much legislation that made it possible for the federal government to control<br />
immigration.<br />
Numerous laws approved after the 1950s further reinforced the supreme<br />
legal power <strong>of</strong> the federal government. Although key laws were passed<br />
before this time, the most significant were approved after the middle <strong>of</strong> the<br />
twentieth century. One <strong>of</strong> the most important laws was the Immigration<br />
and Nationality Act (INA) <strong>of</strong> 1952, also known as the McCarran-Walter<br />
Act. The INA, which addressed issues <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
and citizenship, gave the federal government a legal<br />
“The INA criminalized the act <strong>of</strong><br />
entering the United States through<br />
illegal means. It established that<br />
any alien in the U.S. must apply for<br />
their legalization <strong>of</strong> status after 30<br />
days. The individuals who do not<br />
comply with with this law would be<br />
guilty <strong>of</strong> a misdemeanor and<br />
subject to be arrested by federal<br />
agents. ”<br />
framework to base its immigration exclusivity and<br />
placed a roadblock for state and local enforcement.<br />
As the new law legally forbade state involvement in<br />
the admission and removals <strong>of</strong> citizens, the federal<br />
government gained full power to act in those grounds.<br />
In other words, the INA became a comprehensive<br />
law that recognized the federal government as the<br />
only actor to manage the movement <strong>of</strong> non-citizens<br />
within its jurisdiction.<br />
The Immigration and Nationality Act <strong>of</strong> 1952<br />
established that:<br />
Any alien who (1) enters the United States at any<br />
time or place other than as designated by immigration<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers, or (2) eludes examination or inspection by immigration<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers, or (3) obtains entry to the [U.S.] by a willful false or misleading<br />
representation or the willful concealment <strong>of</strong> a material fact, shall, for<br />
the first commission <strong>of</strong> any such <strong>of</strong>fenses, be guilty <strong>of</strong> misdemeanor<br />
and for a subsequent commission <strong>of</strong> any such <strong>of</strong>fenses shall be guilty<br />
<strong>of</strong> a felony. (Immigration and Naturalization Act <strong>of</strong> 1952)<br />
The INA criminalized the act <strong>of</strong> entering the United States through illegal<br />
means. It established that any alien in the U.S. must apply for their legalization<br />
<strong>of</strong> status after 30 days. The individuals who do not comply with this<br />
law would be guilty <strong>of</strong> a misdemeanor and subject to be arrested by federal<br />
agents. Furthermore, individuals who fail to carry their immigration papers<br />
at all times will be guilty <strong>of</strong> criminal misdemeanors. The INA set a defined<br />
line regarding how a non-citizen can become a criminal to the eyes <strong>of</strong> the<br />
government. For example, under the INA, the harboring, transporting, and<br />
the reentry <strong>of</strong> immigrants after removal became criminal violations <strong>of</strong> the<br />
law. In civil matters, failing to depart after a removal hearing would be<br />
enough to be considered for violation <strong>of</strong> civil federal laws. Overall, the INA<br />
legally defined the difference between the civil and criminal provisions <strong>of</strong><br />
immigration enforcement while also giving the task for enforcement to the<br />
federal government.<br />
In 1986, Congress approved the passage <strong>of</strong> the Immigration Reform<br />
and Control Act (IRCA) to specifically regulate the employment <strong>of</strong> undocumented<br />
immigrants. Among the most important provisions, IRCA forced<br />
employers to check the immigrant status <strong>of</strong> their employers, made it illegal<br />
to knowingly hire undocumented workers, granted amnesty to individuals<br />
who entered the U.S. before 1982, and gave legal status to immigrants who<br />
worked in seasonal agricultural sectors. IRCA recognized the supreme<br />
power <strong>of</strong> the federal government in immigration enforcement while limiting<br />
the power <strong>of</strong> non-federal authorities. The primary purpose <strong>of</strong> IRCA<br />
was to prevent undocumented immigrants from working and thus reduce<br />
the attractiveness <strong>of</strong> coming to the United States. Under IRCA, states cannot<br />
pass laws that enable employers to hire undocumented workers because<br />
those laws would conflict with its provisions.<br />
Since labor demand was the main motivation for immigrants to go to<br />
the United States, sanctioning the companies that provided jobs was to be<br />
an alternative way to discourage immigration. Speasmaker (2007) for<br />
example, stated, “IRCA contains employer sanctions, yet through the language<br />
used in the bill, employers [were] generally able to circumvent the<br />
legislation” (p. 12). Even after specific text regarding how the hiring <strong>of</strong><br />
undocumented workers would violate civil and criminal laws, employers<br />
managed to continue illegal hiring. In addition, Speasmaker (2007) argued,<br />
IRCA specifically preempted state and local agencies instituting employer<br />
sanctions (p. 13). IRCA increased the preemption power <strong>of</strong> the federal<br />
government over state and local activity. In this case, IRCA imposed civil<br />
and criminal sanctions upon employers who knowingly<br />
hired or recruited undocumented immigrants.<br />
In 1996, Congress expanded the power <strong>of</strong> nonfederal<br />
governments by amending and passing the<br />
Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility<br />
Act (IIRIRA). Similar to the INA, IIRIRA<br />
set “a comprehensive set <strong>of</strong> rules for legal immigration,<br />
naturalization, deportation, and enforcement”<br />
(Seghetti, Ester, & Garcia, 2009, p. 2). The IIRIRA<br />
created opportunities for state and local governments<br />
to become involved in immigration enforcement,<br />
therefore weakening the federal government’s exclusive<br />
jurisdiction that previous legislation had asserted.<br />
In the new amendments, Congress granted more<br />
opportunities for non-federal agencies to work<br />
alongside the federal government in immigration enforcement. As the<br />
main actor, the federal government would allow non-federal governments<br />
to choose if they want to come into an agreement with the federal government.<br />
Without recognizing state and local inherited power, the federal<br />
government managed to maintain its supremacy over immigration enforcement<br />
while expanding, with supervision, the opportunity for other nonfederal<br />
agencies to contribute voluntarily. Even though many amendments<br />
were made to the INA, especially through the implementation <strong>of</strong> section<br />
287, the IIRIRA added section 133 and section 372 to increase collaboration<br />
between states and the federal government in immigration enforcement.<br />
Section 133 <strong>of</strong> the IIRIRA amended INA section 287 (8 U.S.C. 13567(g))<br />
and permitted non-federal entities to tailor an agreement with the Attorney<br />
General to meet local obligations. This section provided an explicit<br />
43
Immigration Federalism: The Case <strong>of</strong> Immigration Enforcement by Non-Federal Agencies<br />
Eduardo Reyes Chávez<br />
congressional grant to non-federal agencies to choose to enforce federal<br />
immigration laws through a formal written agreement. As this amendment<br />
states, the local <strong>of</strong>fice will have the opportunity to perform a function <strong>of</strong> a<br />
federal immigration enforcer. Since state and local entities are not allowed<br />
to enforce federal laws, Congress provided a legal way for local <strong>of</strong>ficers to<br />
perform work as an immigration <strong>of</strong>ficer but not be considered as one.<br />
Jorgensen (1997) explained that the agreements “created under this section<br />
may grant local <strong>of</strong>ficers all <strong>of</strong> the powers exercised by federal immigration<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers and the section provides that the designated local <strong>of</strong>ficers will enjoy<br />
federal immunity” (p. 7). By enforcing federal law, local police would work<br />
in the investigation, detention, and apprehension <strong>of</strong><br />
non-citizens.<br />
“The passage <strong>of</strong> the Antiterrorism<br />
and Effective Death Penalty Act<br />
(AEDPA) <strong>of</strong> 1996 further expanded<br />
the criminal aspects <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
<strong>of</strong>fenders.”<br />
As part <strong>of</strong> the INA, section 287 encouraged<br />
non-federal enforcement by formalizing state collaboration<br />
with the federal government in immigration<br />
enforcement. In 1996, Congress approved<br />
section 287(g) that created a memorandum <strong>of</strong> agreement<br />
that made it possible for the Attorney General<br />
to have a written agreement with non-federal agencies<br />
in order to participate in immigration enforcement. The memorandum<br />
<strong>of</strong> agreement included a training requirement for local <strong>of</strong>ficers that was to<br />
be conducted by federal immigration agents. According to Decker, Lewis,<br />
Provine, and Varsanyi (2008), the amendments to section 287(g) <strong>of</strong> the INA<br />
made it possible for local “police <strong>of</strong>ficers to be trained by and to join the<br />
federal government in enforcing immigration laws within the interior <strong>of</strong><br />
the United States” (p. 170). Section 287 provided the legal support for states<br />
to enforce federal immigration laws. This voluntary action became a gateway<br />
for local and state governments that wanted to enforce immigration laws.<br />
The passage <strong>of</strong> the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act<br />
(AEDPA) <strong>of</strong> 1996 further expanded the criminal aspects <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
<strong>of</strong>fenders. In their work, Decker et al., (2008) stated that most importantly<br />
the AEDPA “gives local police the authority to arrest previously deported<br />
non-citizen felons” (p. 169). In order for state and local agents to have the<br />
authority to detain these individuals, the Immigration and Naturalization<br />
Service must provide appropriate confirmation for non-federal agents to<br />
make the arrest. Section 439 <strong>of</strong> the AEDPA gives state and local law enforcement<br />
the authority to detain any non-citizen who has been convicted <strong>of</strong> a<br />
felony in the U.S. The criminal provisions are enforceable by non-federal<br />
agents because the individual is considered to be present in U.S. territory<br />
illegally.<br />
Section 439 <strong>of</strong> the AEDPA can be used as a tool by state and local<br />
enforcement <strong>of</strong> immigration laws. Nonetheless, the authorized power exists<br />
only when an alien commits a felony. Even with the authorization <strong>of</strong> section<br />
439, state and local <strong>of</strong>ficers are not able to enforce the criminal provision<br />
“unless <strong>of</strong>ficers are authorized to make warrantless arrests for misdemeanors<br />
committed outside the arresting <strong>of</strong>ficer’s presence” (Jorgensen, 1997, p. 10).<br />
What Jorgensen (1997) implied in his argument is that since an <strong>of</strong>ficer<br />
cannot predict who has committed felonies, he/she will have to make an<br />
arrest for a less serious <strong>of</strong>fence such as a misdemeanor. This practice would<br />
be difficult to conduct since “it requires state and local <strong>of</strong>ficers to verify a<br />
suspect’s deportation and felon status with INS before making an arrest”<br />
(Jorgensen, 1997, p. 10). This section would be difficult to apply during an<br />
ordinary traffic stop since verifying a suspect’s immigration status would<br />
take too much time and resources. Finally, section 439 has not been used<br />
in an efficient manner because <strong>of</strong> the lack <strong>of</strong> appropriate communication<br />
between the Attorney General and non-federal police. While section 439<br />
expanded the level <strong>of</strong> interaction between state and federal agencies, it did<br />
not establish a sufficiently effective communication mechanism to fulfill its<br />
mission.<br />
Ultimately, the 9/11 attacks forged a new collaboration between the<br />
federal government and non-federal agencies with the purpose <strong>of</strong> administering<br />
immigration issues. Since national security became a top U.S.<br />
priority, the federal government began an unprecedented approach to<br />
centralize its enforcement agencies and utilize non-federal agencies in order<br />
to expand their access to information and manpower. 2 “The post-9/11 era<br />
marked the birth <strong>of</strong> a new generation <strong>of</strong> interoperable databases that sit at<br />
the crossroads <strong>of</strong> intelligence and law enforcement, reshaping immigration<br />
enforcement at the federal, state, and local levels through increased information<br />
collection and sharing” (Mittelstadt, Speaker, Meissner, & Chishti, 2011,<br />
p. 2). For example, in 2008, the Department <strong>of</strong><br />
Homeland Security (DHS) launched the Secure<br />
Communities program designed to obtain custody<br />
<strong>of</strong> immigration violators found in federal and nonfederal<br />
jails. As <strong>of</strong> 2011, ICE has convicted more<br />
than 187,300 immigrants and deported more than<br />
86,600 non-citizens (Mittelstadt et al., 2011, p. 11).<br />
Another program includes the National Fugitive<br />
Operations Program (NFLP) approved in 2003 to<br />
allow ICE to find and apprehend non-citizens who have violated their orders<br />
to leave the U.S. Federal, state, and local authorities have shared the information<br />
<strong>of</strong> inmates and arrested individuals as a way to support the efforts<br />
<strong>of</strong> DHS to fight terrorism post-9/11.<br />
Overall, the IIRIRA and the AEDPA increased state and local involvement<br />
in immigration law and policy. This so-called immigration federalism<br />
defines a growing involvement <strong>of</strong> sub-national entities and their attempt to<br />
implement law and policy relating to immigration. These changes meant<br />
that states and localities were allowed to enforce civil and criminal portions<br />
<strong>of</strong> immigration law. Therefore, after 1996, it became harder to distinguish<br />
who the main enforcer <strong>of</strong> immigration law was. The federal government<br />
began allowing and even requesting local enforcement, which blurred the<br />
lines <strong>of</strong> jurisdiction that had been so clearly set through 1986. Since both<br />
the federal government and non-federal actors were technically allowed to<br />
enforce the same laws, with special federal exclusivity, the IIRIRA and the<br />
AEDPA further heated the immigration enforcement debate.<br />
Legal Framework for Immigration Enforcement<br />
In this section, I define the civil and criminal portions <strong>of</strong> immigration law.<br />
Since federal immigration laws are divided into civil and criminal law, the<br />
purpose <strong>of</strong> this section is to understand the complexities <strong>of</strong> these laws and<br />
how they complicate enforcement efforts. In the case <strong>of</strong> non-federal enforcement,<br />
state and local agents must be able to distinguish between civil and<br />
criminal sections <strong>of</strong> immigration when making arrests.<br />
Understanding Civil and Criminal Immigration Laws<br />
The difference between civil and criminal laws is part <strong>of</strong> the confusion<br />
regarding state versus federal law. Since immigration has criminal and civil<br />
provisions in its policy, scholars have put heavy emphasis on the difference<br />
between these two types <strong>of</strong> laws. For instance, when an immigrant resides<br />
in the United States illegally, he/she is only breaking the civil section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
INA, not the criminal portion. In cases <strong>of</strong> civil defiance, the non-citizen<br />
would be accused <strong>of</strong> INA violation and subject to deportation or other<br />
procedures related to civil proceedings. With this in mind, any non-citizen<br />
who was admitted legally to the United States may become deportable if<br />
his/her visa expires or his/her student status changes. Likewise, when a<br />
non-citizen is lacking legal immigration status that individual is subject to<br />
civil proceedings. Even though an immigrant can be living in the U.S.<br />
44
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
illegally, he/she would not be violating INA’s criminal entry condition. On<br />
the other hand, criminal violations include re-entry after deportation and<br />
failure to depart U.S. territory after a deportation or a voluntary departure.<br />
In order for those acts to be considered <strong>of</strong> criminal <strong>of</strong>fense, the government<br />
must prove that those acts were committed willfully. The extreme complications<br />
and the constant changes in immigration laws have made the federal<br />
government hesitant to give such enforcement to local and state <strong>of</strong>ficials<br />
who are less likely to fully understand the guidelines. Therefore, “The civil<br />
provisions <strong>of</strong> the INA have been assumed to constitute a pervasive and<br />
preemptive regulatory scheme” (Seghetti et al., 2009, p. 5). The complexity<br />
and preemptive status has greatly limited the ability <strong>of</strong> non-federal agents<br />
to enforce local immigration laws.<br />
The difference between criminal law and civil law makes it very hard to<br />
distinguish the borderline in the immigration field. In immigration enforcement,<br />
state and local <strong>of</strong>ficers are to some extent prohibited from enforcing<br />
civil violations <strong>of</strong> the law and instead only enforce the criminal aspect <strong>of</strong><br />
the law. “State <strong>of</strong>ficers do not have the authority to arrest an individual for<br />
illegal presence, a civil violation <strong>of</strong> immigration law, [although] they arguably<br />
could arrest an individual whom they actually witness enter the country<br />
at an unauthorized location, a criminal violation” (A. J. Rodríguez, 2008, p.<br />
1256). This example illustrates the complexity <strong>of</strong> immigrations laws. In<br />
that example, the main difference was the distance <strong>of</strong> the undocumented<br />
immigrant from the physical border. For this purpose, McKenzie (2004)<br />
argued that when making an arrest, non-federal enforcement agencies<br />
would have a difficult time distinguishing between criminal and civil laws.<br />
Even if the INA permits local and state <strong>of</strong>ficers to enforce criminal provisions,<br />
they still have to be cautious not to overstep those legal lines.<br />
In the case <strong>of</strong> Gonzales v. City <strong>of</strong> Peoria (1983), the Ninth Circuit clarified<br />
the difference between criminal and civil law. Jorgensen (1997) restated<br />
this idea when he discovered: “The Ninth Circuit also emphasized that<br />
although state law authorized the Peoria police to enforce the INA’s provisions,<br />
it did not authorize them to enforce the INA’s<br />
civil statutes” (p. 5). The Ninth Circuit made it clear<br />
that the failure to have proper documentation does<br />
not mean that an immigrant is in violation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
criminal section <strong>of</strong> the INA. Otherwise, the court<br />
insisted that “in implementing the arrest authority<br />
granted by state law, local police must be able to<br />
distinguish between criminal and civil violations<br />
and the evidence pertinent to each” (Jorgensen,<br />
1997, p. 5). What the court tried to show was the<br />
possibility that states and localities might overstep<br />
their enforcement powers and interfere with civil<br />
provisions, a section normally left to the federal<br />
government. In Gonzales, the Ninth Circuit determined<br />
that the illegal entry <strong>of</strong>fense is not a continuous <strong>of</strong>fense because it<br />
was only done at the time that immigrants cross the border. Not only this,<br />
but the <strong>of</strong>fense must be committed at the borderline at the presence <strong>of</strong> an<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficer. In order to legally engage in criminal enforcement, the state and<br />
local police agencies must have a memorandum <strong>of</strong> agreement with the<br />
federal government. When state or local governments get involved in<br />
regulating the entry, stay, residency, and the deportation, they get involved<br />
in civil regulation and therefore those activities would be limited by the<br />
powers <strong>of</strong> the federal government.<br />
Constitutional Convention <strong>of</strong> 1787, the differences between the northern<br />
and southern parts <strong>of</strong> the 13 states made it impossible for the attending<br />
delegates to agree upon matters <strong>of</strong> slavery and immigration enforcement.<br />
I argue that, after ratification <strong>of</strong> the Constitution, the Supremacy Clause,<br />
Naturalization Clause, Foreign Affairs Clause, and the Commerce Clause<br />
all support federal enforcement. A lack <strong>of</strong> clarity in the Naturalization<br />
Clause, and the Migration Clause, however, supports enforcement by nonfederal<br />
agents. Thus, this section shows that the Constitution allows for an<br />
argument for either federal or local authorities to control immigration<br />
enforcement. The Constitution gives support to the federal government<br />
and, to some extent, to non-federal players as well.<br />
The Case for Constitutional Evidence for Federal Enforcement<br />
The United States Constitution granted the federal government primary<br />
powers to enforce immigration laws. Article I, Section 8, established<br />
Congress with the power to defend the general welfare <strong>of</strong> the United States,<br />
to regulate commerce with foreign nations, establish naturalization laws,<br />
and to pass all laws that are necessary and proper. Since Article I details<br />
the responsibilities and the powers <strong>of</strong> the legislative branch, it grants the<br />
power to create immigration laws to Congress. Since legislative actions are<br />
federal, the constitutional power given to Congress is also given to the<br />
federal government. Thus, Article I supports federal enforcement through<br />
the work <strong>of</strong> Congress.<br />
1. The Supremacy Clause<br />
“The difference between criminal<br />
law and civil law makes it very hard<br />
to distinguish the borderline in the<br />
immigration field. In immigration<br />
enforcement, state and local<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers are to some extent prohibited<br />
from enforcing civil violations<br />
<strong>of</strong> the law and instead only enforce<br />
the criminal aspect <strong>of</strong> the law.”<br />
In the U.S. Constitution, the Supremacy Clause has supported the historical<br />
power <strong>of</strong> the federal government to enforce immigration laws. The U.S.<br />
Constitution explicitly states that “the Laws <strong>of</strong> the United States…shall be<br />
the supreme Law <strong>of</strong> the Land…any Thing in the Constitution or Laws <strong>of</strong><br />
any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.” The<br />
Supremacy Clause gives the federal government<br />
authority to preempt any state action that interferes<br />
with a federal mandate. By establishing the Constitution<br />
as the supreme law <strong>of</strong> the land, the Constitution<br />
mandates that non-federal entities must follow<br />
federal law in cases where a conflict arises. Considering<br />
the fact that states provided the central government<br />
with supreme power when the Constitution<br />
was created in 1787, the federal government was<br />
formed with entitlement over issues that deal with<br />
broader affairs such as commerce and international<br />
issues. Hence, scholars have looked at the Supremacy<br />
Clause and concluded that it gives primary power<br />
to the federal government to deal with immigration matters. When a state<br />
approves a law that provides local police with extreme powers to enforce<br />
immigration laws, which in most cases deal with civil laws, the federal<br />
government has historically received supreme power to preempt those state<br />
actions. According to Huntington (2008), the Supremacy Clause authorizes<br />
the national government to preempt non-federal conduct. Another scholar,<br />
Boatright (2006), argued that “even if states have constitutional authority<br />
to enforce immigration law, federal law preempts inconsistent state law<br />
under the Supremacy Clause where concurrent jurisdiction exists” (p. 1655).<br />
The Constitutionality <strong>of</strong> Immigration Enforcement<br />
This section will analyze the U.S. Constitution to look for evidence <strong>of</strong> federal<br />
preemption and supremacy on immigration matters. Beginning with the<br />
2. The “Uniform Rule <strong>of</strong> Naturalization” Clause<br />
The Constitution <strong>of</strong> the United States produced a mechanism for the new<br />
country to work with uniformity and organization. In Article I, Section 8,<br />
45
Immigration Federalism: The Case <strong>of</strong> Immigration Enforcement by Non-Federal Agencies<br />
Eduardo Reyes Chávez<br />
Clause 4, the Constitution gave Congress the right “to establish an uniform<br />
Rule <strong>of</strong> Naturalization, and uniform Laws on the subject <strong>of</strong> Bankruptcies<br />
throughout the United States.” Naturalization in the United States established<br />
laws that control citizenship, foreign visitors, and ways to live and work in<br />
the country. In other words, naturalization is also related to the immigration<br />
field. In the field <strong>of</strong> the naturalization <strong>of</strong> noncitizens,<br />
Sullivan (2009) argued that the U.S. Constitution<br />
gives the federal government power to<br />
regulate over these issues. Furthermore, Sullivan<br />
(2009) also made the argument that commerce is<br />
connected to the immigration area. Thus, the movement<br />
<strong>of</strong> individuals and workers may affect commerce<br />
and the interests <strong>of</strong> the national government<br />
as well. For this reason, if states and localities affect the naturalization<br />
process <strong>of</strong> immigrants, they will violate the constitutional mandate given<br />
to the federal government.<br />
In Article I, the federal government receives most <strong>of</strong> its power to<br />
conduct issues <strong>of</strong> national uniformity and naturalization laws. In the area<br />
<strong>of</strong> naturalization, the government has passed laws such as the Immigration<br />
Naturalization Act to manage how non-citizens can lose or obtain certain<br />
rights, such as the opportunity to become U.S. citizens. The “uniform Rule<br />
<strong>of</strong> Naturalization” also establishes that “only Congress may enact laws<br />
pertaining to admission into the United States” (McKenzie, 2004, p. 2). The<br />
powers <strong>of</strong> admission and removal, therefore, belong only to the federal<br />
government. The “uniform Rule <strong>of</strong> Naturalization” clause has further<br />
provided federal support in immigration enforcement as well as the administration<br />
<strong>of</strong> the admission and removal <strong>of</strong> non-citizens.<br />
3. The Foreign Affairs Clause<br />
“It is impossible to talk about<br />
immigration and not mention its<br />
implication regarding foreign<br />
affairs.”<br />
It is impossible to talk about immigration and not mention its implication<br />
regarding foreign affairs. For instance, the treatment <strong>of</strong> foreign citizens<br />
automatically entails their foreign government and their constitutional<br />
rights. It is in no surprise that a government, in this case the U.S. government,<br />
worries about leaving the subject <strong>of</strong> international affairs to 50 different<br />
states. For example, “The Supreme Court has repeatedly stated that<br />
treatment <strong>of</strong> one country’s citizens in another country is a component <strong>of</strong><br />
foreign affairs and that conflicts between nations may arise as a result <strong>of</strong><br />
wrongs committed against those individuals” (A. J. Rodríguez, 2008, p.<br />
1258). The complexity <strong>of</strong> having 50 different immigration policies multiplies<br />
the risk <strong>of</strong> falling into conflicts with other nations.<br />
When sub-national entities create their own immigration laws, the<br />
interests <strong>of</strong> the entire nation become attached to those laws as well. Huntington<br />
(2008) agreed and stated that sub-national “governments cannot<br />
exercise immigration authority because to do so necessarily implicates<br />
national interests” (p. 813). In order to deal with such implications, many<br />
scholars have asked for uniformity to reduce the ambiguity in immigration<br />
enforcement. A. J. Rodríguez (2008) further argued that non-federal<br />
enforcement complicates uniformity and the legitimacy <strong>of</strong> the United States<br />
in foreign affairs. When a country approves numerous laws by more than<br />
one governing body, the international community may become confused<br />
about who governs or what laws to obey. Further, Boatright (2006) stated<br />
that when an individual state acts with its own reason, the state has the<br />
power to embroil the U.S. in international conflicts. Similarly, Sullivan<br />
(2009) added that the possibility <strong>of</strong> federal preemption is especially relevant<br />
in this area since it influences international relations and other areas <strong>of</strong><br />
national concern.<br />
4. The Commerce Clause<br />
Supporters <strong>of</strong> federal exclusivity have constantly used the Commerce Clause<br />
to show that the U.S. Constitution grants the federal government the right<br />
to enforce immigration laws. Article I, Section 8, Clause 3 <strong>of</strong> the Constitution<br />
reads that Congress has the power “to regulate<br />
Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the<br />
several States.” In other words, the federal government<br />
maintains supremacy over international commerce<br />
as well as over interstate commerce, especially<br />
when states become involved in commercial activity<br />
that does not support the interest <strong>of</strong> the nation. After<br />
the 1890s, federal exclusivity began to take shape<br />
on the grounds <strong>of</strong> the Commerce Clause and further articulated by the<br />
famous Passenger Cases (C. M. Rodríguez, 2008). Interstate commerce,<br />
international commerce, and trading may connect states with international<br />
partners. Since commerce also includes the movement <strong>of</strong> labor and other<br />
factors, it is parallel to the immigration field. C. M. Rodríguez (2008)<br />
explained, “The dormant Commerce Clause doctrines [support]…interstate<br />
commerce from certain burdens imposed by state regulation” (pp. 638-639).<br />
In order to protect and make interstate commerce possible, the Commerce<br />
Clause gives power to the federal government to facilitate interstate commerce<br />
and avoid international conflicts.<br />
Court Rulings Cases Supporting Federal Exclusivity<br />
There have been many court cases that have ruled in favor <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
enforcement by the federal government. Mainly focusing on the admission<br />
and removal <strong>of</strong> foreigners, the U.S. Supreme Court has made a constant<br />
push to provide such power to the federal government. “The Supreme<br />
Court has stated that ‘the authority to control immigration—to admit or<br />
exclude aliens—is vested solely in the Federal Government’” (Jorgensen,<br />
1997, p. 1). The delicacy <strong>of</strong> dealing with foreign nationals has been one <strong>of</strong><br />
the main elements used by the courts to express their agreement with federal<br />
enforcement. Just like scholars looking at the U.S. Constitution, scholars<br />
who have deeply analyzed the Supreme Court rulings have also favored<br />
federal exclusivity on the grounds <strong>of</strong> uniformity.<br />
The Supreme Court has recognized that immigration enforcement<br />
belongs to the national government. “The Supreme Court ‘began denying<br />
powers <strong>of</strong> immigration regulation to the states’ during the 19th century ‘in<br />
part because their actions were visibly abusing those powers’” (Kalhan, 2007,<br />
pp. 6-7). This statement takes us back to the issue that when all states have<br />
the power to regulate an international matter, their actions are very likely<br />
to differ and cause international tension. In the same way, early cases<br />
asserted federal exclusivity because <strong>of</strong> the concern <strong>of</strong> interaction with the<br />
international community (A. J. Rodríguez, 2008). Therefore, although state<br />
and local entities deal with foreign nationals in a daily basis, it should be<br />
the job <strong>of</strong> the national government to pass legislation in that matter.<br />
1. Chy Lung v. Freeman (1875)<br />
The issue in this case was based on principles <strong>of</strong> federalism and federal<br />
supreme power to limit state power. Chy Lung represented a case that served<br />
as a model for other cases to understand the Supreme Court’s view on<br />
immigration enforcement. When Chinese nationals such as Chy Lung<br />
arrived in San Francisco, the state <strong>of</strong> California required them to pay a bond<br />
<strong>of</strong> $500. In Chy Lung, the Court found California’s laws inconsistent with<br />
the federal powers. The Supreme Court held the state law unconstitutional<br />
46
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
because only Congress had the power to enact legislation that affected the<br />
admission <strong>of</strong> foreigners. The California law intervened with foreign commerce<br />
and foreign relations that resulted in unauthorized activity in an area<br />
normally reserved for the federal government. “The Supreme Court<br />
expressed concern that mistreatment <strong>of</strong> non-U.S. citizens by state <strong>of</strong>ficials<br />
might antagonize foreign governments and render the federal government<br />
liable for claims arising from such mistreatment” (Kalhan, 2007, p. 7). The<br />
power to deal with foreigners at an international border was reserved for<br />
the federal government, not the state <strong>of</strong> California. The statute could<br />
therefore inflict the U.S. in an international conflict.<br />
2. The Passenger Cases (1842)<br />
The Passenger Cases included the combination <strong>of</strong> two similar cases, Smith<br />
v. Turner and Norris v. Boston. These cases were important because they<br />
established standards for states to follow in order to comply with federal<br />
regulations on treatment <strong>of</strong> non-citizens. The Passenger<br />
Cases <strong>of</strong> 1842 constitute a series <strong>of</strong> laws in<br />
Massachusetts and New York that levied fees on<br />
arriving foreign passengers. With the intentions to<br />
<strong>of</strong>fset the cost <strong>of</strong> caring for foreign papers, these two<br />
states acted unilaterally and acted as the national<br />
government. The actions taken by Massachusetts<br />
and New York compromised international commerce<br />
and violated this federal-centered constitutional<br />
responsibility. The responsibility <strong>of</strong> the federal government<br />
to control the area <strong>of</strong> foreign commerce implied the total exclusion<br />
<strong>of</strong> state authority in the area.<br />
The Supreme Court responded to the Massachusetts and New York laws<br />
by striking them down as unconstitutional. The Supreme Court’s decision<br />
established that the imposition <strong>of</strong> taxes by a state on foreign commerce<br />
violated the Constitution. According to A. J. Rodríguez (2008), “The Court<br />
recognized the importance <strong>of</strong> the national government speaking with one<br />
voice in instances that ‘take into view our relations with other countries’”<br />
(p. 1232). In this case, the Court was concerned with uniformity when<br />
relationships with foreign nationals are at stake. The one-voice argument<br />
persisted in the minds <strong>of</strong> the Supreme Court members during the decision<br />
<strong>of</strong> these series <strong>of</strong> cases. The issue <strong>of</strong> foreign commerce restricted the states’<br />
rights to regulate immigration. A. J. Rodríguez (2008) explained that the<br />
Court’s agreement to federal exclusivity extended preemption on immigration<br />
matters and gave this right to the federal government. Federal preemption<br />
and the issue <strong>of</strong> constitutionality convinced the Supreme Court to stop<br />
the states from enforcing commerce-related laws that impacted the circulation<br />
<strong>of</strong> foreign nationals. The Passenger Cases set the federal government<br />
to regulate the area <strong>of</strong> immigration laws that affect foreign nationals.<br />
Cases Supporting State and Local Enforcement<br />
“The Supreme Court has looked<br />
into the Constitution and found<br />
that there is still an opening for<br />
sub-national governments to<br />
participate in the enforcement<br />
process.”<br />
The Supreme Court has looked at the Constitution and found that there is<br />
still an opening for sub-national governments to participate in the enforcement<br />
process (Kalhan, 2007). There are many laws that recognize immigration<br />
federalism. Jorgensen (1997) found that “Congress had specifically<br />
authorized local enforcement <strong>of</strong> 8 U.S.C. [Section] 1324(c)” (p. 4). Since<br />
this law criminalizes the transportation and harboring <strong>of</strong> undocumented<br />
immigrants, Congress recognized the need to use the local resources available.<br />
Likewise, “Congress’s silence about local enforcement <strong>of</strong> the INA’s<br />
criminal entry provision displayed an intent to withhold local enforcement<br />
authority” (Jorgensen, 1997, p. 4). What this means is that if an institution<br />
does not mention who should enforce those laws, then the enforcement is<br />
open to all parties. Since the Constitution does not mention in text that<br />
local institutions are prohibited from enforcing them, Jorgensen (1997)<br />
argued, it also means that they are allowed to enforce immigration laws.<br />
1. Gonzales v. City <strong>of</strong> Peoria (1983)<br />
Gonzales gives the opportunity to explore non-federal enforcement and<br />
also to understand the risks <strong>of</strong> enforcement by states and localities. Aside<br />
from risks <strong>of</strong> preemption, cases such as Gonzales provide information<br />
regarding racial pr<strong>of</strong>iling and situations where non-federal agents have<br />
enforced federal immigration laws. In Gonzales, 11 Mexican individuals<br />
sued the City <strong>of</strong> Peoria, Arizona, for an unlawful traffic stop by the local<br />
police. The plaintiffs claimed the police stop was questionable and discriminated<br />
against them based on their appearance. The plaintiffs <strong>of</strong> Mexican<br />
ancestry affirmed that the police <strong>of</strong>ficers were in the practice <strong>of</strong> arresting<br />
individuals who violated federal immigration laws. Thus, the plaintiffs sued<br />
the City <strong>of</strong> Peoria for allowing its police force to<br />
enforce federal immigration laws that were not supposed<br />
to be within their jurisdiction. In addition,<br />
the plaintiffs claimed that the stop was not based on<br />
them violating a law, but on physical characteristics.<br />
For this reason, the Ninth Circuit court examined<br />
the criminal entry provision <strong>of</strong> the INA to analyze<br />
the legality <strong>of</strong> the arrest <strong>of</strong> the undocumented immigrants.<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the main questions regarding the arrest<br />
<strong>of</strong> the plaintiffs dealt with the applicability <strong>of</strong> probable cause. Did the local<br />
police <strong>of</strong>ficers have probable cause when they arrested the undocumented<br />
immigrants in the City <strong>of</strong> Peoria During the analysis <strong>of</strong> the Ninth Circuit,<br />
the court held that “local police <strong>of</strong>ficers may, subject to state law, constitutionally<br />
stop or detain individuals when there is reasonable suspicion or, in<br />
the case <strong>of</strong> arrests, probable cause that such persons have violated, or are<br />
violating, the criminal provisions <strong>of</strong> the INA” (Seghetti et al., 2009, p. 8).<br />
Therefore, the court ought to consider if state law gives power to the<br />
local police to enforce these regulations. The City <strong>of</strong> Peoria approved laws<br />
that allowed local <strong>of</strong>ficers to arrest undocumented entrants who were in<br />
violation <strong>of</strong> the criminal provision <strong>of</strong> the INA. However, even with authorization<br />
from the state to enforce federal laws, the local police must also<br />
establish probable cause when making an arrest. In Gonzales, probable<br />
cause could not be established because “to believe that an alien has violated<br />
the INA’s criminal entry provision…lack <strong>of</strong> documentation may serve as a<br />
basis for reasonable suspicion and further questions <strong>of</strong> a suspect” (Jorgensen,<br />
1997, p. 12). In other words, reasonable suspicion is not evidence enough<br />
to detain individuals such as the plaintiffs unless they can satisfy the requirements<br />
to have probable cause. The conclusion <strong>of</strong> the court focused on the<br />
civil provision <strong>of</strong> the INA. By the same token, the Ninth Circuit “held that<br />
the Peoria police department could not enforce the civil <strong>of</strong>fense <strong>of</strong> illegal<br />
presence” based on civil provisions and the Arizona state law (Jorgensen,<br />
1997, p. 12).<br />
2. De Canas v. Bica (1976)<br />
The De Canas case presented an argument for states and localities to justify<br />
their involvement in enforcing federal law. Since employment is one <strong>of</strong> the<br />
driving forces for undocumented immigration, this case helps understand<br />
current enforcement efforts by state and local governments. In this case,<br />
the Supreme Court was given the task to decide if local <strong>of</strong>ficers can enforce<br />
unlawful hiring <strong>of</strong> undocumented workers in a field that belongs to the<br />
federal government. Section 2805(a) <strong>of</strong> the California Labor Code established<br />
47
Immigration Federalism: The Case <strong>of</strong> Immigration Enforcement by Non-Federal Agencies<br />
Eduardo Reyes Chávez<br />
that “no employer shall knowingly employ an alien who is not entitled to<br />
lawful residence in the United States if such employment would have an<br />
adverse effect on lawful resident workers.” In particular, the Court tried to<br />
answer if section 2805(a) was unconstitutional based on its attempt to<br />
regulate immigration and if the Supremacy Clause preempts it.<br />
While employment <strong>of</strong> immigrants is found in the areas <strong>of</strong> immigration<br />
regulation and naturalization, mere employment regulation does not constitute<br />
enough activity to preempt such action by the federal government.<br />
According to the Supreme Court, the spectrum <strong>of</strong> immigration has some<br />
space for states and localities to enforce as well. In this case, the enforcement<br />
was based on employment practices that covered workers who were not<br />
authorized to work in the United States. Jorgensen (1997) argued that the<br />
INA only intended to give the federal government power to “regulate the<br />
‘conditions <strong>of</strong> admission to the country and the subsequent treatment <strong>of</strong><br />
aliens lawfully in the country’” (p. 3). Once again, the federal exclusivity<br />
can be seen in this case, but the sub-national entities are still able to participate<br />
as well. In his argument Jorgensen (1997) made clear that subnational<br />
regulation was actually expected “in light <strong>of</strong> its complicated subject<br />
matter and since the INA’s purpose is only to regulate the admission <strong>of</strong><br />
aliens and the treatment <strong>of</strong> lawful immigrants” (p. 4). In matters <strong>of</strong> federal<br />
preemption, De Canas made it clear that in this case the state was not<br />
preempted from charging employers for hiring undocumented workers.<br />
After a detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> the INA, the Supreme Court was not able to find<br />
any explicit statutory language that showed a congressional intent to preempt<br />
states from enforcing these laws. There is space for legal prerogative, and,<br />
as we will see, policy initiation at the local level.<br />
Good Reasons for State and Local Enforcement<br />
Although the federal government has achieved supremacy over immigration<br />
enforcement, it has failed to effectively enforce immigration laws. States<br />
and localities have perceived the need to get involved in immigration<br />
enforcement due to the federal government’s failure to do so. According<br />
to Ellis (2004), the ineffectiveness has been caused by “a lack <strong>of</strong> direct U.S.<br />
government responsibility for the social costs <strong>of</strong><br />
immigration because social policy is devolved to<br />
the states, and [because <strong>of</strong>] the conjunction <strong>of</strong> a<br />
national ideology that [favors] unregulated markets<br />
as well as vigorously supporting individual civil<br />
liberties” (p. 52). Since undocumented immigrants<br />
impact (negatively and positively) local labor force,<br />
social programs, schools, civic organizations and<br />
many other social forums, non-federal lawmakers<br />
have shown frustration for the lack <strong>of</strong> effective federal<br />
enforcement. The dilemma faced by non-federal<br />
governments is that “states and localities have no<br />
control over who enters or exits but bear a considerable<br />
degree <strong>of</strong> responsibility, some <strong>of</strong> it mandated<br />
by federal law, for all who are resident” (Ellis, 2004, pp. 52-53). In addition,<br />
states and localities have shown dissatisfaction with ICE given that it has<br />
historically refused to take custody <strong>of</strong> undocumented immigrants citing a<br />
lack <strong>of</strong> resources and detention space (Boatright, 2006). All these cases<br />
have encouraged non-federal agents to increase their immigration enforcement<br />
efforts and put pressure on the federal government to pass a comprehensive<br />
immigration reform.<br />
The participation <strong>of</strong> state and local governments would increase the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> available resources as well as provide the federal government<br />
with needed manpower to enforce immigration laws. Since national security<br />
became a top priority to the United States post-9/11, some non-federal<br />
“Although the federal government<br />
has achieved supremacy over<br />
immigration enforcement, it has<br />
failed to effectively enforce immigration<br />
laws. States and localities<br />
have perceived the need to get<br />
involved in immigration enforcement<br />
due to the federal government’s<br />
failure to do so.”<br />
agents have argued that state and local participation will enhance national<br />
security and add more manpower to the more than 2,000 federal immigration<br />
agents (McKenzie 2004). Specifically, the participation <strong>of</strong> non-federal<br />
agents would benefit immigration enforcement due to their constant contact<br />
with the general public. Not only are state and local policemen most likely<br />
to get in contact with criminals, but they are also more likely to have the<br />
personnel to respond to violations <strong>of</strong> immigration law. For example, local<br />
police encountered three <strong>of</strong> the terrorists who participated in the 9/11<br />
attacks. Likewise, Boatright (2006) added that since state and local police<br />
represent approximately 95% <strong>of</strong> the U.S. law enforcement, these <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />
would cover a lot more ground and support the severely understaffed ICE.<br />
The advantage <strong>of</strong> using state and local enforcement <strong>of</strong>ficers as counterterrorism<br />
tool is important “because, during the course <strong>of</strong> daily duties, [nonfederal<br />
agents] may encounter foreign national criminals and immigration<br />
violators who pose a threat to national security or public safety” (Stana,<br />
2009, p. 1).<br />
Overstepping by State and Local Governments<br />
Up to this point, I have argued that the Constitution and some court cases do<br />
allow states and localities to enforce immigration laws with some significant<br />
prohibitions against enforcing civil provisions. In this section, I shift from legal<br />
arguments to practical ones. My argument will be based on evidence that shows<br />
how non-federal enforcement alienates immigrant communities and creates<br />
unnecessary enforcement spending, and how non-federal agents attempting<br />
to enforce immigration laws are likely to violate the constitutional rights <strong>of</strong><br />
minorities because <strong>of</strong> their lack <strong>of</strong> expertise.<br />
Local Police Enforcement and the Alienation <strong>of</strong> the Immigrant<br />
Community<br />
When state and local police enforce immigration laws, the relationship<br />
between them and their respective communities can be jeopardized. When<br />
the community fears the local police force, the level <strong>of</strong> trust and cooperation<br />
is seriously undermined. In the case <strong>of</strong> undocumented<br />
immigrants, they are less likely to come<br />
forward and report crimes due to the possibility <strong>of</strong><br />
deportation. When the community does not cooperate<br />
with the local police, the ability for the police<br />
force to effectively perform their duties is destabilized.<br />
Most immigrants would be discouraged to participate<br />
with the local police either because <strong>of</strong> fear <strong>of</strong><br />
deportation or distrust. Thus, a great number <strong>of</strong><br />
prospective witnesses <strong>of</strong> crime would not be willing<br />
to cooperate, decreasing the chances <strong>of</strong> a case being<br />
solved. For instance, “Many...immigration groups<br />
that may be vulnerable to high rates <strong>of</strong> victimization<br />
come from countries where distrust <strong>of</strong> authorities”<br />
is common (Decker et al., 2008, p. 170). So, when local residents perceive<br />
their local <strong>of</strong>ficers to have business with federal immigration <strong>of</strong>ficers, they<br />
would be reluctant to participate due to fear and lack <strong>of</strong> trust.<br />
Local Police Lack <strong>of</strong> Immigration Expertise<br />
In the United States, as it is the case in most countries, the immigration<br />
system is complicated and hard to understand, even to <strong>of</strong>ficers who are<br />
trained to enforce those laws. Boatright (2006) argued, “The immigration<br />
code is complex, arguably too complex for state and local police to enforce<br />
without a high degree <strong>of</strong> training and expertise” (p. 1648). In particular,<br />
48
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
in a field where even pr<strong>of</strong>essionals make mistakes, scholars seem to be<br />
skeptical regarding less knowledgeable agents enforcing these types <strong>of</strong> laws.<br />
The concerns many institutions and social groups have about non-federal<br />
agents enforcing these complex laws are widespread. The uncertainly and<br />
likelihood <strong>of</strong> making mistakes greatly increases when local agents enforce<br />
immigration laws, an activity that can easily result in overstepping and even<br />
preemption by the federal government.<br />
Decker et al. (2008) are mainly concerned about the “expanding universe<br />
<strong>of</strong> crimes” that the immigration field covers. As more complex categories<br />
are added to immigration enforcement (terrorism, hate crimes, human<br />
trafficking, gangs, and electronic crimes), the local<br />
and state police would require a lot more advanced<br />
resources and training in order to understand<br />
the already complex system. For instance, this<br />
continuous expansion will also be subject to higherthan-usual<br />
uncertainty that can result in controversial<br />
legal issues once their errors are found. When<br />
state and local police engage in activities outside<br />
their traditional policing responsibilities, the likelihood<br />
<strong>of</strong> committing unconstitutional activities, racial<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>iling, and inefficient ways <strong>of</strong> using local resources<br />
are greatly increased. Most rational law enforcers<br />
would not want to overstep their given legal boundaries, however, in the<br />
complex immigration field the understanding and interpretation <strong>of</strong> the laws<br />
might result in a violation even if that was not initially intended.<br />
Violation <strong>of</strong> Civil Rights and Liberties<br />
Another concern regarding sub-national agencies enforcing federal immigration<br />
laws is that their insufficient training in federal immigration laws<br />
leaves them vulnerable to violate constitutional rights <strong>of</strong> non-citizens. “State<br />
and local governments must seriously consider the risks <strong>of</strong> local immigration<br />
enforcement and must be prepared to dedicate the resources necessary<br />
to prevent civil rights violations before implementing any immigration<br />
enforcement plan” (Jorgensen, 1997, p. 13).<br />
Individuals who violate civil rights are committing unconstitutional<br />
acts. The Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution states, “No person<br />
shall…be deprived <strong>of</strong> life, liberty, or property, without the due process <strong>of</strong><br />
law.” The Fifth Amendment, which applies to all individuals regardless <strong>of</strong><br />
immigration status, forces all <strong>of</strong>ficers to respect its legal power. Similarly,<br />
the Fourteenth Amendment protects all individuals from the power <strong>of</strong> states<br />
to deny “any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection <strong>of</strong> the laws.”<br />
The Equal Protection Clause has been one <strong>of</strong> the main clauses utilized by<br />
civil rights advocates who have recognized a differential treatment to specific<br />
groups.<br />
Some <strong>of</strong> the most recent legislation that protects against discrimination<br />
is Title VI <strong>of</strong> the Civil Rights Act <strong>of</strong> 1964, which prohibits discrimination<br />
on grounds <strong>of</strong> race. Previously, the Civil Rights Act <strong>of</strong> 1871 provided<br />
monetary damages as a remedy for harm caused by deprivation <strong>of</strong> federal<br />
constitutional rights by state and local government agents. Likewise, the<br />
Violent Crime and Control and Law Enforcement Act <strong>of</strong> 1994 authorized<br />
the Department <strong>of</strong> Justice to bring legal actions against any police agency<br />
engaged in unconstitutional actions. The civil actions were intended to<br />
target those illegal actions for equitable and declamatory relief (Seghetti et<br />
al., 2009, p. 20).<br />
Since police <strong>of</strong>ficers stop individuals on a day-to-day basis, as they focus<br />
on identifying their immigration status they might well end up discriminating<br />
against that individual. Many laws are already established to punish<br />
those types <strong>of</strong> activities, even against states and local governments. Thus,<br />
without expertise in enforcement <strong>of</strong> immigration, local and state enforcers<br />
might end up violating the civil rights <strong>of</strong> individuals especially to racially<br />
identified residents.<br />
Racial Pr<strong>of</strong>iling<br />
“Another concern regarding<br />
sub-national agencies enforcing<br />
federal immigration laws is that<br />
their insufficient training in federal<br />
immigration laws leaves them<br />
vulnerable to violate constitutional<br />
rights <strong>of</strong> non-citizens.”<br />
Opponents <strong>of</strong> state and local enforcement have been concerned about racial<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>iling, a violation <strong>of</strong> the Fourth Amendment and the Fourteenth Amendment.<br />
3 “Under the current interpretation <strong>of</strong> the Equal Protection Clause…<br />
the Supreme Court has made it clear in recent years that all racial classifications<br />
are constitutionally suspect” (Johnson, 2001,<br />
p. 23). Nonetheless, in 1975, the Supreme Court<br />
classified Mexican appearance as a legitimate reason<br />
for making an immigration stop. 4 Making race a<br />
reasonable classification to stop an individual can<br />
easily undermine the Equal Protection Clause and<br />
result in violations <strong>of</strong> constitutional rights. “Latino<br />
residents experienced racial affronts targeted at their<br />
Mexicanness indicated by skin-color, bilingual speaking<br />
abilities, or shopping in neighborhoods highly<br />
populated by Latinos” (Romero, 2006, p. 448). When<br />
the complexity <strong>of</strong> immigration laws are added to<br />
factors <strong>of</strong> racial pr<strong>of</strong>iling, the provability <strong>of</strong> a constitutional rights violation<br />
is more likely to occur. The International Association <strong>of</strong> Chiefs <strong>of</strong> Police<br />
expressed the concern that probable cause in immigration law is much<br />
harder to be discerned by non-federal agents. A DHS’s Office <strong>of</strong> Inspector<br />
General (OIG) report concluded that “287(g) training does not fully prepare<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers for immigration enforcement duties,” highlighting their inadequate<br />
training on civil rights and on the Fourth Amendment. As a result, the lack<br />
<strong>of</strong> adequate training for non-federal agents and the ability for them to use<br />
Mexican appearance as a legitimate reason to stop a person means that they<br />
are more likely to commit constitutional violations than ICE agents.<br />
Unnecessary Local and State Spending to Enforce Federal Laws<br />
After the “great recession” <strong>of</strong> 2008, economic efficiency and strategic spending<br />
became major concerns for governments across the world. Since<br />
resources have become scarce, enforcement agencies have looked at all types<br />
<strong>of</strong> ways to save money and continue their enforcement efforts. To compensate<br />
for local expenses, the federal government established the State<br />
Criminal Alien Assistance Program (SCAAP). SCAAP has provided funding<br />
for states that participate in the incarceration <strong>of</strong> undocumented criminal<br />
immigrants who committed a felony or at least two misdemeanors. After<br />
entering into a contractual program, the participants would be compensated<br />
with an average cost determined by the Attorney General.<br />
ICE can reimburse law enforcement agencies for (1) detention <strong>of</strong> incarcerated<br />
aliens in local facilities who are awaiting processing by ICE upon<br />
completion <strong>of</strong> their sentences and (2) transportation <strong>of</strong> incarcerated<br />
aliens, upon completion <strong>of</strong> their sentences, from a jurisdiction’s facilities<br />
to a facility or location designated by ICE. (United States Government<br />
Accountability Office, 2009, p. 8)<br />
Still, the funding provided by the ICE and the SCAAP programs are too<br />
small to help with the enforcement cost. The research conducted by Booth<br />
(2006) determined that SCAAP provided less than 5% <strong>of</strong> the annual budget<br />
allocations for those programs. What was even more surprising is that<br />
average federal aid was about 0.6% <strong>of</strong> the states’ annual budget and only<br />
provided less than 1% <strong>of</strong> total expenditures in 39 states (Booth, 2006).<br />
49
Immigration Federalism: The Case <strong>of</strong> Immigration Enforcement by Non-Federal Agencies<br />
Eduardo Reyes Chávez<br />
Conclusion<br />
There are significant reasons why immigration enforcement, especially in<br />
the criminal realm, is squarely located in federal jurisdiction. The preemption<br />
seen in the Constitution can also be recognized in cases where Congress<br />
intended to give enforcement rights to the federal government. In the field<br />
<strong>of</strong> immigration enforcement, federal preemption exists “when a state entity<br />
regulates ‘in a field that Congress intended the federal government to occupy<br />
exclusively’” (Seghetti et al., 2009, p. 4). For example, the federal government<br />
has the power to control federal laws and resulting programs such as the<br />
INA, IRCA, and the Bracero Program. Since Congress intended to occupy<br />
the field <strong>of</strong> immigration enforcement, any sub-national activity can be<br />
preempted. And, since Congress occupies the legislative field, the depth<br />
and breadth <strong>of</strong> congressional action can restrict sub-national enforcement<br />
if intended to. In cases <strong>of</strong> field preemption, the federal government maintains<br />
absolute regulatory scheme to completely limit enforcement activity<br />
for states/localities (McKenzie, 2004). Intentional federal exclusivity results<br />
in cases <strong>of</strong> field preemption intended by Congress.<br />
In short, implications <strong>of</strong> federal preemption serve as a roadblock that<br />
may encompass state attempts to make and enforce immigration law and<br />
policy. Understanding that Congress has express explicit statutory language<br />
that provides the federal government with clear textual evidence that makes<br />
immigration enforcement a federal issue, federal preemption has the power<br />
to stop non-federal enforcement. Likewise, Congress has blurred the lines<br />
<strong>of</strong> immigration enforcement by intending immigration law to belong to the<br />
federal government. In other words, congressional actions symbolize a<br />
present risk to states and localities that would like to participate in enforcing<br />
immigration laws.<br />
By enforcing immigration laws, state and local governments jeopardize<br />
overstepping and violating constitutional rights <strong>of</strong> non-citizens. In addition,<br />
their enforcement also breeds alienation between the community and the<br />
local authorities. In a country where local community collaboration is<br />
essential to combat local crime, alienation from the local police can result<br />
in an increased percentage <strong>of</strong> crime rates. Not only<br />
that, since immigration is a very complex field, state<br />
and local <strong>of</strong>ficers sometimes do not receive enough<br />
training to truly understand immigration laws, especially<br />
criminal and civil laws. In many cases, this<br />
lack <strong>of</strong> understanding these laws has resulted in<br />
violation <strong>of</strong> civil rights and racial pr<strong>of</strong>iling. In a time<br />
when money is not as available as it used to be, state<br />
and local agencies should use their resources wisely<br />
and only engage in law enforcement that falls under<br />
the local jurisdiction. Even though in some case<br />
enforcing immigration laws can serve as a security<br />
measure, those laws are federal laws and should<br />
“The easiest and most effective way<br />
to solve the confusion in immigration<br />
enforcement would be to pass<br />
a comprehensive immigration<br />
reform where the federal government<br />
receives full authority over<br />
the criminal and civil portions <strong>of</strong><br />
the law.”<br />
therefore be enforced by the federal government. Instead, the local <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />
should focus in building bridges among cultures and strengthening their<br />
connection with the entire community.<br />
Even though the United States Constitution does not specify who is entitled<br />
to enforce immigration law, the federal government has established itself as the<br />
exclusive enforcer through congressional legislation and recognition by Supreme<br />
Court rulings. State and local governments may voluntarily come into written<br />
agreements with the federal government to enforce criminal and, to some extent,<br />
civil provisions <strong>of</strong> the U.S. immigration law but they are still restricted to federal<br />
preemption. Therefore, states and localities should not engage in immigration<br />
enforcement since the likelihood <strong>of</strong> overstepping their legal boundaries may<br />
occur due to the lack <strong>of</strong> expertise and the risk <strong>of</strong> violating civil rights and civil<br />
liberties <strong>of</strong> racial minorities.<br />
As states and localities engage in immigration enforcement, the possibility<br />
<strong>of</strong> federal preemption is likely to increase as well. Thus, investing<br />
enormous amounts <strong>of</strong> time, money, and energy in immigration enforcement<br />
might not be the best choice for local enforcers. Since Congress can at any<br />
time pass legislation that influences immigration enforcement, local enforcement<br />
is not stable and is likely to change in any given session. Whenever<br />
a local law conflicts with federal mandate, the national government will<br />
most likely interfere in order to maintain its power. In recent times, subnational<br />
governments have been granted with extensive flexibility to enforce<br />
criminal and civil immigration laws. The complexity <strong>of</strong> immigration laws<br />
is likely to result in federal preemption, community isolation, and unnecessary<br />
spending in a field where the federal government holds the last word<br />
in immigration enforcement.<br />
The easiest and most effective way to solve the confusion in immigration<br />
enforcement would be to pass a comprehensive immigration reform where<br />
the federal government receives full authority over the criminal and civil<br />
portions <strong>of</strong> immigration law. Since the number <strong>of</strong> undocumented immigrants<br />
continues to rise, the alternative cannot be a complete ignorance <strong>of</strong><br />
immigration enforcement. Instead, the federal government should become<br />
the only enforcer <strong>of</strong> immigration laws and give an end to programs such<br />
as 287(g) that involve non-federal agents. The federal government should<br />
dramatically increase the number <strong>of</strong> federal immigration agents as well as<br />
increase its annual budget in order to cover those costs. With more resources<br />
and manpower, the federal government would increase the number <strong>of</strong><br />
apprehensions, detentions, and deportations <strong>of</strong> undocumented immigrants<br />
whom they consider to be <strong>of</strong> great threat to national security. To maximize<br />
their available resources, the federal government should focus on finding<br />
only non-citizens who are committing serious crimes or multiple felonies.<br />
In this program, the federal government would continue to have personnel<br />
on the entire international border; however, most <strong>of</strong> their energy would be<br />
focus on going after incarcerated immigrants and those involved in acts <strong>of</strong><br />
terrorism and drug trafficking.<br />
This approach would allow states and localities to focus more on fighting<br />
local crimes and use their limited resources<br />
to work closely with the community in order to<br />
fight crimes more effectively. This would allow all<br />
individuals to participate in the apprehension <strong>of</strong><br />
criminals without having to worry about their own<br />
deportation when exposing their immigration status.<br />
In order to ease the cost associated with immigrant<br />
influx (e.g., schools, prisons, or social services), the<br />
federal government would create a reimbursement<br />
program, such as SCAAP, with the mission to provide<br />
a percentage <strong>of</strong> expenses to non-federal governments.<br />
The higher efficiency by the federal government will<br />
relax tensions between the federal government and<br />
non-federal entities as well as allocate enforcement resources to the hands<br />
<strong>of</strong> better-trained federal agents. In this alternative, non-federal agents will<br />
not be subject to federal preemption, which will dramatically decrease the<br />
likelihood <strong>of</strong> violating constitutional rights <strong>of</strong> non-citizens. The only<br />
participation states and localities would have will be providing the federal<br />
government with information regarding the criminals who have a strong<br />
history <strong>of</strong> unlawful activity.<br />
50
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
endNOTES<br />
1. The Bureau <strong>of</strong> Immigration is the precursor to the Immigration and<br />
Naturalization Service (INS) that would ultimately become the current<br />
Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).<br />
2. The Border Patrol, which during that time was under the supervision<br />
<strong>of</strong> the INS, came under the umbrella <strong>of</strong> the newly formed Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Homeland Security (DHS) (C. M. Rodríguez, 2008). The DHS<br />
was established on March 1, 2003, to replace the Department <strong>of</strong><br />
Immigration Services. Similarly, the former INS was divided into three<br />
different sections within the Department <strong>of</strong> Homeland Security. The<br />
United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) became<br />
responsible for providing most <strong>of</strong> the services and benefits for immigrants.<br />
The second component became the Bureau <strong>of</strong> Immigration<br />
and Customs Enforcement (ICE) in charge <strong>of</strong> enforcing immigration.<br />
Finally, the third section became the Bureau <strong>of</strong> Customs and Border<br />
Protection (CBP). The third bureau became responsible for protecting<br />
the borders <strong>of</strong> the United States. These federal entities served as parts<br />
<strong>of</strong> the national body <strong>of</strong> government and as a symbol <strong>of</strong> federal supremacy<br />
in enforcement efforts.<br />
3. Racial pr<strong>of</strong>iling is defined as the practice <strong>of</strong> targeting individuals based<br />
on their race or ethnicity in the belief that minority groups are more<br />
likely to engage in unlawful behavior or be present in the United States<br />
illegally (Seghetti et al., 2009).<br />
4. See United States v. Brignoni-Ponce. (1975). 422 U.S. 873-87.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
Boatright, L. R. (2006). “Clear eye for the state guy”: Clarifying authority and<br />
trusting federalism to increase nonfederal assistance with immigration<br />
enforcement. Texas Law Review, 84(6), 1633-1674.<br />
Booth, D. (2006). Federalism on ice: State and local enforcement <strong>of</strong> federal<br />
immigration law. Harvard <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> Law & Public Policy, 29(3), 1063-1083.<br />
Iguina, C. (2011). Adapting to 287(g) enforcement: Rethinking suppression and<br />
termination doctrines in removal proceedings in light <strong>of</strong> state and local<br />
enforcement <strong>of</strong> immigration law. New York <strong>University</strong> Law Review, 86(1),<br />
207-241.<br />
Immigration and Naturalization Act <strong>of</strong> 1952. (1952). Public Law 82-414, 66 Stat.<br />
163.<br />
Johnson, K. R. (2001). Race pr<strong>of</strong>iling in immigration enforcement. Human Rights,<br />
28(1), 23-24.<br />
Jorgensen, J. T. (1997). The practical power <strong>of</strong> state and local governments to<br />
enforce federal immigration laws. Brigham Young <strong>University</strong> Law Review,<br />
1997(4), 899-942.<br />
Kalhan, A. (2007). Immigration enforcement and federalism after September 11,<br />
2001. Unpublished working paper. Matthew B. Ridgway Center, <strong>University</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> Pittsburgh.<br />
Massey, D. S., Durand, J., & Malone, N. J. (2003). Beyond smoke and mirrors:<br />
Mexican immigration in an era <strong>of</strong> economic integration. New York: Russell<br />
Sage Foundation.<br />
McKenzie, A. (2004). A nation <strong>of</strong> immigrants or a nation <strong>of</strong> suspects State and<br />
local enforcement <strong>of</strong> federal immigration laws since 9/11. Alabama Law<br />
Review, 55, 1149-1165.<br />
Mittelstadt, M., Speaker, B., Messner, D., & Chrishti M. (2011). Through the prism<br />
<strong>of</strong> national security: Major Immigration policy and program changes in the<br />
decade since 9/11. Washington, DC: Migration Policy <strong>Institute</strong>.<br />
Office <strong>of</strong> Inspector General. (2010). The Performance <strong>of</strong> 287(g) Agreements<br />
(OIG-10-63). Washington, DC: U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Homeland Security.<br />
Rodríguez, A. J. (2008). Putting on the values <strong>of</strong> federalism in the immigration<br />
arena Valuating operation linebacker, a state and local law enforcement<br />
program along the U.S.-Mexico border. Columbia Law Review, 106(5),<br />
1226-1267.<br />
Decker, S. H., Lewis, P. G., Provine, D. M., & Varsanyi, M. W. (2009). Appendix G:<br />
Immigration and local policing: Results from a national survey <strong>of</strong> law<br />
enforcement executives. In A. Khashu, Striking a balance between immigration<br />
enforcement and civil liberties, (pp. 169-179). Washington, DC: Police<br />
Foundation.<br />
Decker, S. H., Lewis, P. G., Provine, D. M., & Varsanyi, M. W. (2009). On the<br />
frontier <strong>of</strong> local law enforcement: Local police and federal immigration law.<br />
In W. F. Mcdonald (Ed.) Sociology Of Crime, Law and Deviance: Vol. 13:<br />
Immigration, Crime and Justice, (pp. 261-276). Bingle, UK: Emerald Group<br />
Publishing.<br />
Ellis, M. (2006). Unsettling immigrant geographies: U.S. immigration and the<br />
politics <strong>of</strong> scale. Tijdschrift Voor Economische En Sociale Geografie [<strong>Journal</strong><br />
Of Economic & Social Geography], 97(1), 49-58.<br />
Rodríguez, C. M. (2008). The significance <strong>of</strong> the local in immigration regulation.<br />
Michigan Law Review, 106(4), 567-642.<br />
Romero, M. (2006). Racial pr<strong>of</strong>iling and immigration law enforcement: Rounding<br />
up <strong>of</strong> usual suspects in the latino community. Critical Sociology, 32(2/3),<br />
447-473.<br />
Seghetti, L. M., Ester, K., & Garcia, M. (2009). Enforcing immigration law: The<br />
role <strong>of</strong> state and local law enforcement. <strong>Journal</strong> Of Current Issues In Crime,<br />
Law & Law Enforcement, 2(1), 41-73.<br />
Speasmaker, L. (2007). Challenges to federal immigration regulations: The<br />
possible consequences <strong>of</strong> state imposed employer sanctions. Unpublished<br />
manuscript. Retrieved from http://lanic.utexas.edu/project/etext/llilas/<br />
ilassa/2007/speasmaker.pdf.<br />
Huntington, C. (2008). The constitutional dimension <strong>of</strong> immigration federalism.<br />
Vanderbilt Law Review, 61(3), 785-853.<br />
Stana, R. (2009). Immigration enforcement: Controls over program authorizing<br />
state and local enforcement <strong>of</strong> federal immigration laws should be<br />
strengthened (GAO 09-381T). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing<br />
Office. Available: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d09381t.pdf<br />
51
Story, J. (2006, May 1). Commentaries on the Constitution <strong>of</strong> the United States.<br />
Wall Street <strong>Journal</strong>, p.10.<br />
Sullivan, L. (2009). Enforcing nonenforcement: Countering the threat posed to<br />
sanctuary laws by the inclusion <strong>of</strong> immigration records in the national crime<br />
information center database. California Law Review, 97(2), 567-600.<br />
United States Government Accountability Office. (2009). Immigration enforcement:<br />
Better controls needed over program authorizing state and local<br />
enforcement <strong>of</strong> federal immigration laws (GAO 09-109). Washington, DC:<br />
U.S. Government Printing Office. Retrieved from http://www.gao.gov/new.<br />
items/d09109.pdf.<br />
52
SUGGESTED U.S. POLICIES TO PROMOTE GROWTH IN AFRICA<br />
Compiled by the Fall 2012 Ambassador John Price Think Tank Students<br />
The fall <strong>of</strong> 2012 marked the inaugural semester for the Ambassador Price Think Tank. John Price served as Ambassador<br />
to the Republic <strong>of</strong> Mauritius, the Republic <strong>of</strong> Seychelles, and the Union <strong>of</strong> Comoros from 2002-2005. He is currently<br />
serving as a <strong>Hinckley</strong> Resident Scholar. His Think Tank is reserved for our most globally-minded students and<br />
focuses on foreign policy as it relates to Africa and the Arabian Peninsula. For their final project, the students developed<br />
policy proposals for the U.S. to implement to best benefit Africa.<br />
the promise <strong>of</strong> Small- and medium-sized enterprises<br />
by Basil Vetas<br />
Achieving substantial economic growth throughout Africa is far from a<br />
one-dimensional challenge. The problems facing many African countries<br />
are well known and include poverty, disease, and high infant mortality.<br />
However, also well known are many <strong>of</strong> Africa’s successes, including the<br />
flourishing telecommunications, retail, and banking industries. In fact,<br />
between 2000 and 2008, real GDP in Africa rose 4.9% per year—and only<br />
about one-third <strong>of</strong> that growth was a result <strong>of</strong> rising commodity prices and<br />
natural resources (McKinsey, 2010). In this article, I will examine the other<br />
sources <strong>of</strong> Africa’s GDP growth and attempt to identify what policies the<br />
United States can implement today to help Africa address existing challenges<br />
and to sustain the growth it has seen over the past decade.<br />
With only about one-third <strong>of</strong> Africa’s GDP growth coming from rising<br />
commodity prices, the remaining two-thirds has come through wholesale<br />
and retail businesses, transportation, telecom, manufacturing, and other<br />
industries. Many <strong>of</strong> the small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) that<br />
drive these industries have thrived <strong>of</strong>f <strong>of</strong> an improved business climate in<br />
Africa: an inflation rate that has dropped from 22% in the 1990s to 8% after<br />
2000, and more access to credit through micr<strong>of</strong>inance and growing international<br />
capital flows (McKinsey, 2010).<br />
In developed countries, SMEs contribute 60% <strong>of</strong> employment and 50%<br />
<strong>of</strong> GDP, whereas in developing countries, the figures are only about 30%<br />
and 17% respectively (Kennedy School <strong>of</strong> Government, 2007). One reason<br />
for this disparity is smaller formal economies in developing countries. For<br />
the government, a more formalized economy provides less operational<br />
inefficiencies caused by black markets, a broadened tax base, reduced cash<br />
economy, and more resources for formal financial intermediation (USAID,<br />
2005). But many businesses in Africa still operate in the informal economy<br />
due to financial constraints and few incentives to formalize. These SMEs<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten find it more pr<strong>of</strong>itable to stay informal despite growth opportunities<br />
that are seriously hampered by reduced access to formal credit and limited<br />
expansion out <strong>of</strong> local markets.<br />
One may ask how United States policy can promote the growth <strong>of</strong> the<br />
SME sector and encourage the formalization <strong>of</strong> African businesses. There<br />
are a number <strong>of</strong> possibilities including foreign aid, trade policies, or even<br />
foreign intervention. But possibly the most powerful tool the U.S. has for<br />
helping the African SME sector grow and formalize is to increase international<br />
capital flows. Since 2000, net private capital flows to countries in<br />
Africa have increased six times, reaching $41 billion in 2010, and these flows<br />
have been an important catalyst for African businesses (IMF World Economic<br />
Outlook, 2011).<br />
One U.S. approach is to mimic China, which has bid for access to millions<br />
<strong>of</strong> tons <strong>of</strong> natural resources in Africa in exchange for $6 billion <strong>of</strong><br />
infrastructure investments including mine improvements, roads, rail, hospitals,<br />
and schools (McKinsey, 2010). Another avenue is to promote foreign<br />
direct investment (FDI) into Africa by limiting the transaction fees that<br />
banks can charge on FDI, remittances, and other international capital<br />
transfers.<br />
Finally, one method for inducing international capital flows into Africa<br />
that is not as direct, but that may be more crucial than any <strong>of</strong> the others<br />
mentioned, is to reshape the domestic perception <strong>of</strong> U.S. citizens. Too<br />
frequently, there is a stigma associated with Africa as a place that is broken,<br />
unstable, and corrupt. In reality, however, Africa is home to many <strong>of</strong> the<br />
fastest growing economies in the world and should be viewed as a pr<strong>of</strong>itable<br />
and opportune place to do business. The U.S. can do Africa a great service<br />
by promoting this brand and reaffirming it around the world to corporations<br />
and individuals alike.<br />
achieving ENVIRONMENTal SUSTAINABILITY<br />
by WENdY KATTER<br />
Many nations depend heavily on their natural resources to sustain themselves.<br />
As the population <strong>of</strong> the world is expected to reach 2 billion by the year<br />
2050, this burden on the planet will be at its limit (“Environment,” 2012).<br />
Africa in particular is suffering tw<strong>of</strong>old from environmental troubles. One,<br />
global climate change brought on by greenhouse gases from the developing<br />
world furthers desertification and drought on the continent, which therefore<br />
spurs famine and poverty. Two, Africa’s population is growing by about<br />
2.2% each year, making its population surpass 1 billion by the year 2025<br />
53
Suggested U.S. Policies to Promote Growth in Africa<br />
Price Think Tank<br />
(“Addressing Environmental,” 2008, p. 2). At this rate, the stress on the<br />
environment could double or triple (“Addressing Environmental,” 2008, p.<br />
2). Africa’s ability to gain sustainable environmental practices is crucial in<br />
order to maintain its growing population. Help in attaining this sustainability<br />
should be a goal sought by the many world powers, as it will also<br />
bring stability to much <strong>of</strong> the region. At the forefront <strong>of</strong> these world powers<br />
should be the United States.<br />
The African continent is a very foreign entity to many Americans. Most<br />
only hear about disease and poverty that have gripped many <strong>of</strong> the countries.<br />
However, while these issues are far-reaching and devastating, there are very<br />
simple solutions in solving them, one being environmental sustainability.<br />
Environmental sustainability will ensure that Africa’s vast natural resources<br />
are around for the coming generations to thrive on. Also, teaching Africans<br />
how to maintain their land and resources gives them empowerment. Africa<br />
is no longer the world’s charity case. It is a continent seeking to take on its<br />
own issues and find its own strength in the world. Recently, the U.S. has<br />
not avidly pursued partnership with Africa in this regard. President Obama<br />
has only visited the continent once in his first four years <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice and it was<br />
not even for a full day (J. Price, personal communication, November 16,<br />
2012).<br />
There is great possibility for the U.S. to renew its relationship with Africa.<br />
Supporting the continent in establishing environmental sustainability is<br />
one way. One entity that is already making headway in this field is the U.S.<br />
Agency for International Development (USAID). USAID recognizes the<br />
possibility <strong>of</strong> a future threat if the environmental challenges are not faced,<br />
stating, “Changes to the climate, such as more frequent and severe storms,<br />
floods, and droughts and warmer temperatures, present serious risks to the<br />
well-being and livelihoods <strong>of</strong> millions <strong>of</strong> poor people—especially those who<br />
depend on the land and coastal resources for their living” (“Global Climate<br />
Change,” 2012). USAID has also set goals for the coming years in order to<br />
help developing countries reduce greenhouse gas emissions, decrease<br />
deforestation, and prepare for changes in the climate (“Global Climate<br />
Change,” 2012).<br />
One example where USAID efforts have already produced results is in<br />
Burkina Faso. USAID and partner Catholic Relief Services (CRS) brought<br />
improved seeds and soil-fertility enhancing techniques to the northern<br />
village <strong>of</strong> Wattigué (“Supporting,” <strong>2013</strong>). These changes allowed families to<br />
have better harvests and thus have increased their incomes (“Supporting,”<br />
<strong>2013</strong>). The boost in revenue has afforded families the ability to send their<br />
children to secondary school, which was a first for many (“Supporting,”<br />
<strong>2013</strong>).<br />
While USAID’s work is significant worldwide, it only works in 15 African<br />
countries (“Interactive Map,” 2012). Broadening USAID’s environmental<br />
goals throughout Africa would make a great impact in the region just as it<br />
did in the village <strong>of</strong> Wattigué, bringing not only stability but growth to many<br />
that depend on the land for income. Environmental sustainability is only<br />
one step in creating a strong and independent African continent; however,<br />
its establishment would ensure the country’s future resilience and fortitude.<br />
The U.S. could be Africa’s foremost support in this process, ensuring peace<br />
and security for the future generations <strong>of</strong> each region.<br />
a focus on the FISHING INDUSTRY<br />
by SALVADORE MACIEL<br />
As with all issues related to Africa, the continent’s fishing industry is highly<br />
complex, particularly when viewed from a sustainability and economic<br />
viability standpoint. There is no one single component <strong>of</strong> this issue that can<br />
be easily or readily addressed without dealing with a host <strong>of</strong> other components.<br />
There is also no single coordinated U.S. program or policy for dealing<br />
with the African fishing industry whether it be commercial fishing for export,<br />
local consumption, or aquaculture.<br />
Illegal and over-fishing is extensive <strong>of</strong>f all coasts <strong>of</strong> the African continent,<br />
depleting resources and affecting the African economy. Piracy, largely <strong>of</strong>f<br />
the coast <strong>of</strong> Somalia and around the Horn <strong>of</strong> Africa, threatens international<br />
commerce. An insufficient number <strong>of</strong> deep-water ports limits shipping,<br />
affecting both import and export. Aquaculture, for both local consumption<br />
and for export needs to be further developed. Free trade zones are necessary<br />
to attract foreign investment. Consumers are increasingly demanding species<br />
from unsustainably fished stocks. There is a lack <strong>of</strong> fishing-related industry,<br />
such as canning for example, in much <strong>of</strong> the continent.<br />
A report by The World Fish Center (2009) stated that<br />
Fish is an important food for over 400 million Africans. At the same<br />
time, fish consumption in sub-Saharan Africa is the world’s lowest.<br />
Africa is projected to need an additional 1.6 million tons <strong>of</strong> fish a year<br />
by 2015 just to maintain current consumption, increasing by a further<br />
2.6 million tons a year by 2030. Most wild capture fisheries, however,<br />
have reached their production limit or are over-fished. The rapid increases<br />
in fish supply required over the next decades will only be possible,<br />
therefore, if these fisheries are sustained and improved while simultaneously<br />
developing aquaculture” (p. 1).<br />
The problem <strong>of</strong> over-fishing, or illegal, unreported, and unregulated<br />
(IUU) fishing, is a global problem being tackled by a host <strong>of</strong> organizations.<br />
The IUU-Working Group within the NEPAD Program <strong>of</strong> the African Union,<br />
working with NGOs, Civil Society, international organizations, and the<br />
fishing industry, is working to promote uniform policy throughout Africa<br />
regarding inland waters and marine waters, whether at small-scale or<br />
industrial level (The New Partnership for Africa’s Development, 2012). The<br />
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) is active in<br />
helping shape conservation and management practices <strong>of</strong> international<br />
fisheries by engaging other nations to ensure environmental protection and<br />
sustainability <strong>of</strong> fisheries (FAO, 2008). A U.S. State Department coordinated<br />
National Plan <strong>of</strong> Action <strong>of</strong> the United States <strong>of</strong> America to Prevent, Deter,<br />
and Eliminate Illegal, Unregulated, and Unreported Fishing outlines a<br />
comprehensive set <strong>of</strong> goals and cooperatives with other international efforts<br />
to prevent, deter, and eliminate IUU fishing.<br />
Baker (2011), in an article on African maritime economy, states “The high<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> Somali piracy has brought the issue <strong>of</strong> African maritime security to<br />
the attention <strong>of</strong> world leaders and citizens” (p. 39). He explains that this crisis<br />
is not the only challenge facing Africa, but it is a symptom <strong>of</strong> a much deeper<br />
problem—Africa suffers from weak maritime governance and the lack <strong>of</strong> vision<br />
for an African maritime economy (Baker 2011). Global partners, to include<br />
the African Union, the International Maritime Organization, the UN, and the<br />
United States, are working together to make international waters safer for both<br />
import and export to aid the African economy. In response to piracy <strong>of</strong>f the<br />
Horn <strong>of</strong> Africa, the U.S. National Security Council has prepared a plan that<br />
involves three distinct lines <strong>of</strong> action: prevent pirate attacks by reducing the<br />
vulnerability <strong>of</strong> the maritime domain to piracy; interrupt and terminate acts <strong>of</strong><br />
piracy consistent with international law and the rights and responsibilities <strong>of</strong><br />
coastal and flag states; ensure that those who commit acts <strong>of</strong> piracy are held<br />
accountable for their actions by facilitating the prosecution <strong>of</strong> suspected pirates<br />
by flag, victim, and coastal states, and, in appropriate cases, the United States<br />
(National SecurityCouncil, 2008). Additionally, in remarks made to the American<br />
<strong>University</strong> Law Review Symposium (2010), Andrew J. Shapiro, Assistant<br />
Secretary for Political-Military Affairs, U.S. State Department, said that the U.S.<br />
and other countries had formed a Contact Group on Piracy <strong>of</strong>f the Coast <strong>of</strong><br />
Somalia, with more than 50 countries and international organizations.<br />
54
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
This paper has looked briefly at only two <strong>of</strong> the issues concerning the<br />
African fishing industry. While the U.S. has no single policy, or organization,<br />
addressing all <strong>of</strong> the complicated components <strong>of</strong> the African fishing industry,<br />
it is working with international partners, NGOs, Civil Society, the<br />
African Union, and many others through a variety <strong>of</strong> programs, including<br />
those mentioned herein, the Feed the Future initiative, the Millenium<br />
Challenge Corporation programs, the Peace Corps, USAID, and the New<br />
Partnership to Fight Global Hunger. Progress is being made; the long-term<br />
challenge will be to maintain funding.<br />
REMOVING BARRIERS TO FINANCE<br />
by BRADley CALL<br />
The approach to agriculture in Africa has been dysfunctional for years.<br />
Insufficient access to capital at the local level is one <strong>of</strong> the major inhibitors<br />
to agricultural development. In order to create sustainable growth in the<br />
agricultural sector, smallholder farmers need skills in business and finance<br />
as well as a healthy economic environment. Historically, access to loans has<br />
been denied farmers because <strong>of</strong> the risks <strong>of</strong> loaning to under-skilled businesspeople.<br />
Additionally, poor government practices have poisoned the<br />
business environment by subsidizing unpr<strong>of</strong>itable private interests. To<br />
remove these barriers, farmers need to be educated on best business and<br />
financial practices, while governments need to reduce the use <strong>of</strong> subsidies<br />
and increase investments in select physical and financial infrastructures.<br />
Building farmers’ financial and business skills is a critical step in improving<br />
their access to necessary capital. They face difficulties securing loans<br />
from banks because they lack “training in basic farm economics, financial<br />
literacy, organization, governance, business management, and financial<br />
skills” (International Finance Corporation, 2011, p. 11). In fact, many<br />
farmers fail to see themselves as businesspeople (Making Finance Work for<br />
Africa, 2011). Moreover, banks hesitate to lend to the agricultural sector<br />
because <strong>of</strong> common problems such as collateral constraints and poor<br />
recordkeeping among would-be borrowers (Making Finance Work for<br />
Africa, 2011). Farmers who have business and finance training are more<br />
attractive borrowers to otherwise reluctant financial institutions.<br />
The Ugandan C<strong>of</strong>fee Farmers Alliance (UCFA) has successfully worked<br />
with farmers to improve their business skills. The UCFA provides smallgroup<br />
training to farmers in “best business practices like bulk marketing,<br />
strict quality control and joint transporting” (Making Finance Work for<br />
Africa, 2011, p. 15). UCFA also connects farmer groups, financial institutions,<br />
and transportation services, closing the gap between farmers and lenders<br />
while providing improved access to markets. By working with UCFA, the<br />
average farmer with 300 c<strong>of</strong>fee trees increases their income by 298%. This<br />
program lowers the risk <strong>of</strong> lending to c<strong>of</strong>fee farmers by educating participants<br />
in best practices and providing technical assistance. This additional support<br />
lowers the risk <strong>of</strong> loan default, making it more pr<strong>of</strong>itable to lend to trained<br />
c<strong>of</strong>fee farmers.<br />
Even with improved financial and business skills, financial institutions<br />
will avoid lending to farmers in a toxic economic environment. For years,<br />
governments in Africa have attempted to shore up agriculture by subsidizing<br />
seeds, fertilizer, harvested crops, and by keeping interest rates artificially<br />
low. These practices provide short-term solutions, but they benefit only a<br />
narrow portion <strong>of</strong> the value chain, distort the market, and create a culture<br />
<strong>of</strong> dependency that keeps the market from strengthening itself by natural<br />
means (International Finance Corporation, 2011). Instead <strong>of</strong> subsidizing<br />
private interests, governments should devote funds to developing rural and<br />
financial infrastructure such as “weather stations for insurance, irrigation<br />
systems to mitigate weather risks, quality storage facilities to support<br />
warehouse receipt financing, and market information systems” (International<br />
Finance Corporation, 2011). For example, the Nigerian Agricultural Insurance<br />
Corporation (NAIC) has provided a 50% subsidy on insurance<br />
premiums against natural disasters. By participating in this governmentowned<br />
program, 40,000 farmers and farmer groups have gained additional<br />
access to credit (Making Finance Work for Africa, 2011). These types <strong>of</strong><br />
investments benefit the agricultural market as a whole. They create a safety<br />
net for farmers, reducing the risks <strong>of</strong> loan default. In addition, they foster<br />
an environment where markets can grow, bringing more revenue into the<br />
hands <strong>of</strong> farmers and financial institutions.<br />
The current approach to African agriculture limits access to much needed<br />
funds among smallholder farmers. Farmers’ inadequate skills in financial<br />
and business arenas have traditionally made farmers risky borrowers.<br />
Although government subsidies have brought temporary local relief, they<br />
have largely failed to create sustainable agricultural growth. Providing<br />
farmers with the necessary financial and business skills will increase their<br />
ability to obtain loans. Furthermore, by redirecting subsidy funds to select<br />
infrastructure improvements, the government can correct imbalances in<br />
the value chain, thus creating an atmosphere conducive to lending. The<br />
improved skills <strong>of</strong> farmers combined with a more stable economic environment<br />
will help support sustainable growth in Africa’s agricultural sector.<br />
increasing intracontinental trade<br />
by christian herman<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the largest problems holding back Africa’s potential as a continent<br />
is the lack <strong>of</strong> well developed economies in a majority <strong>of</strong> its nations. In recent<br />
years, African nations have come a long way in opening up their economies<br />
to increased global trade. However, Africa still continues to struggle economically.<br />
Presently, most <strong>of</strong> Africa’s trade is conducted with partners<br />
outside <strong>of</strong> the continent such as the United States. This has been facilitated,<br />
at least in part, by policies such as the African Growth and Opportunity<br />
Act (AGOA). While it has been helpful to the economies <strong>of</strong> many African<br />
nations, perhaps a better solution to focus on now would be to help African<br />
nations increase trade with one another.<br />
High levels <strong>of</strong> intra-regional trade are a common characteristic <strong>of</strong> successful,<br />
developed economies around the world, and this is a characteristic<br />
that is missing from Africa. “Intra-African trade accounts for hardly 10%<br />
<strong>of</strong> the region’s total trade, compared to rates <strong>of</strong> 40% for intra-North American<br />
trade and about 60% for trade among Western European countries”<br />
(The World Bank, 2010). Due to the size <strong>of</strong> the continent and corresponding<br />
diversity <strong>of</strong> its resources, African nations each have varied trade<br />
advantages. Some countries are better suited to agriculture, others to mining<br />
or manufacturing, and so forth. If they choose to utilize their advantages<br />
by trading with each other, then each country will earn capital by exporting<br />
the goods they produce easily while simultaneously benefitting from the<br />
increased flow <strong>of</strong> imported goods that can be produced more easily in a<br />
neighboring country.<br />
At present, Africa may not be completely capable <strong>of</strong> self-sufficiency in<br />
basic foods, but it has the potential to completely satisfy its import needs<br />
in several important areas, including fuels, beverages and tobacco, precious<br />
stones, and ores and metals (United Nations Commission on Economic<br />
Development, African Union Commission, & African Development Bank,<br />
2010, p. 96). Therefore, while Africa will have to continue trading with<br />
intercontinental partners to meet the full scope <strong>of</strong> its economic needs, the<br />
continent can potentially be self-reliant in many vital economic areas.<br />
55
Suggested U.S. Policies to Promote Growth in Africa<br />
Price Think Tank<br />
Considering that the end goal <strong>of</strong> most efforts to improve the African economy<br />
is for Africa to eventually be less reliant on foreign aid, it is clear that a large<br />
step in the right direction would be for African nations to become more<br />
reliant on each other to fulfill their needs.<br />
How can the United States assist Africa in this endeavor The United<br />
States currently runs AGOA, which has been helpful in some sub-Saharan<br />
African nations at fostering trade relationships between the U.S. and African<br />
nations as well as helping African nations open up their economies to<br />
international trade. However, if the U.S. wants to see Africa reach its full<br />
economic potential, it ought to also encourage African nations to trade with<br />
each other. African nations will not increase trade with each other overnight,<br />
because doing so will likely require considerable changes in the existing<br />
economic and government institutions to open up national economies to<br />
increased intracontinental trade. Perhaps an expansion <strong>of</strong> AGOA with an<br />
added focus on intracontinental trade can be used as a tool to assist African<br />
nations in making these reforms and facilitate cooperation between nations<br />
to expand trade in the region.<br />
education for livestock sustainability<br />
by Ariel Katrina Robertson<br />
Livestock is crucial to the rural economic development <strong>of</strong> Africa. Not only<br />
is livestock at times the only possible food source, but it is also necessary<br />
for agricultural sustainability. Within the arid parts <strong>of</strong> Africa, livestock is<br />
the only means <strong>of</strong> survival. “The economic health <strong>of</strong> the area and the<br />
livelihoods <strong>of</strong> the people—their food, clothing, health, well-being, and<br />
resilience—are centered on livestock production” (“USAID, East Africa,<br />
2010). For smallholder farmers throughout the continent, animals are used<br />
in the place <strong>of</strong> tractors for crop production. At other times, livestock are<br />
the only source <strong>of</strong> cash to purchase essentials for crop production like seeds,<br />
fertilizers, and pesticides. Lastly, livestock are a critical link in the larger<br />
nutrient cycle as they return nutrients back into soil for crop production<br />
(“The importance <strong>of</strong> livestock,” 2012). Increasing livestock development<br />
throughout Africa is a critical step towards creating food security. In order<br />
to increase livestock production, the United States needs to continue creating<br />
programs that provide assistance in the creation <strong>of</strong> livestock cooperatives<br />
as well as providing educational training to smallholder farmers on land<br />
usage, disease prevention, creating value in livestock production, and in<br />
the creation <strong>of</strong> livestock trade among African countries (“Kenya drylands<br />
livestock,” 2012).<br />
The United States Agency for International Development (USAID) has<br />
launched several programs that have assisted in livestock production throughout<br />
Africa. Two programs in Kenya have been notably successful. The first<br />
is the Kenya Dairy Sector Competitiveness Program (KDSCP). Started in<br />
2008, the KDSCP has benefited 283,821 households, 45.7% <strong>of</strong> which have<br />
been run by women (“Kenya dairy sector,” 2012). Over 50,000 smallholder<br />
farmers have received assistance in creating relationships with financing<br />
institutions to expand their businesses, and 113,225 have received management<br />
technology training (“Kenya dairy sector,” 2012). The KDSCP has<br />
thrived because it increases the productivity and value <strong>of</strong> the dairy sector<br />
through small cooperatives and assistance in creating plants and distribution<br />
systems (“Kenya dairy sector,” 2012). By educating farmers on the proper<br />
techniques and methods to increase their productivity, the KDSCP is yielding<br />
stability and motivating long term agricultural involvement. Increasing<br />
the productivity provides incentive for farmers to protect their range<br />
land sustainably instead <strong>of</strong> utilizing ploughs (“The importance,” 2012).<br />
The KDSCP also has connected different industries in Africa by linking<br />
multiple small business organizations to expand the inputs and services<br />
across several economic sectors (“Kenya dairy sector,” 2012).<br />
USAID’s other notable program is the Kenya Drylands Livestock Development<br />
Program. This program focuses on raising income and food<br />
security for pastoral farmers through a comprehensive approach including<br />
through trade and marketing, value creation <strong>of</strong> livestock products, and<br />
increasing productivity, efficiency, and competitiveness (“Kenya drylands<br />
livestock,” 2012). The program’s success is largely attributed to increased<br />
education <strong>of</strong> smallholder farmers. They receive veterinary, environmental,<br />
and climate instruction in order to build the resilience <strong>of</strong> their herds (“Kenya<br />
drylands livestock,” 2012). USAID guarantees implementation <strong>of</strong> the development<br />
plan through its partners: the Citizens Network for Foreign Affairs<br />
(CNFA), Kenya Livestock Marketing Council, and Agricultural Market<br />
Development Trust (“Kenya drylands livestock,” 2012). Together the organizations<br />
have created a community effort in assisting 11,338 households,<br />
including 149 women’s associations, with livestock production and sustainability<br />
(“Kenya drylands livestock,” 2012).<br />
Ultimately, both programs have made a substantial impact on increasing<br />
food security. Their large success is due to the creation <strong>of</strong> trading<br />
relationships, the implementation <strong>of</strong> new technologies, and the focus on<br />
education. Most importantly, they empower smallholder farmers to become<br />
self-sustainable and independent <strong>of</strong> foreign aid. Both programs are excellent<br />
models <strong>of</strong> success that should be extended throughout Africa.<br />
Empowering the women<br />
by kendahl melvin<br />
Women are an essential component in improving the agricultural status <strong>of</strong><br />
Africa. They increasingly fulfill the role <strong>of</strong> not only primary caregiver, but<br />
also provider. Through agricultural means, they facilitate their families’<br />
welfare and their children’s education (Alston, 2010). While women are<br />
more likely to become the primary source <strong>of</strong> resources, they are significantly<br />
less likely to have access to agricultural related education, credit, and supplies<br />
(Alston, 2010) One <strong>of</strong> the most effective means to increase agricultural<br />
productivity within Africa is to enhance the resources available to the<br />
continent’s women. Through collaborative efforts with various organizations,<br />
African women are able to improve their standard <strong>of</strong> living.<br />
There are multiple organizations that strive to meet the needs <strong>of</strong> Africa’s<br />
women. One <strong>of</strong> the more successful efforts has been via the World Cocoa<br />
Foundation, whose mission focuses on influencing stable economies by<br />
developing pr<strong>of</strong>icient community economies and educating residents about<br />
responsible farming practices (“World cocoa foundation,” 2012). Over 2<br />
million independent family farms within Africa produce about 70% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
world’s cocoa annually, and many <strong>of</strong> these farms are headed by women<br />
(“World cocoa foundation,” 2012). Currently the World Cocoa Foundation<br />
works in Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Ghana, Liberia, and Nigeria and focuses<br />
on fostering women’s education in agricultural techniques (“World cocoa<br />
foundation,” 2012). Through education videos, discussion, and manual<br />
activities, women are able to not only learn the skills necessary to increase<br />
the productivity <strong>of</strong> their farms, but additionally network with other women<br />
in their communities. Overall the program has achieved notable success.<br />
For example, women in Ghana have been able to triple their production<br />
(World cocoa foundation,” 2012). Organizations such as these are highly<br />
effective in that they create long-standing systems in which women are<br />
better able to provide resources and education for their families.<br />
Another impressive organization is AWARD, African Women in Agricultural<br />
Research and Development. Through an AWARD grant, African<br />
56
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
women are able to study their own plight in order to develop effective<br />
programs to address needs. Over 250 women from 11 countries have<br />
participated in AWARD, and more than 15,000 women across the continent<br />
have benefited from these scientists’ discoveries and recommendations<br />
(AWARD, 2012). This program focuses on a “trickle down” effect; by educating<br />
women to be leaders, they are then able to teach women in their own<br />
communities how to better their farming processes. For example, one woman<br />
from Mozambique was able to earn a PhD in agriculture and worked to<br />
increase productivity in Mozambique’s poultry industry. By increasing the<br />
amount <strong>of</strong> peas consumed by the poultry, she is working to increase the<br />
lifespan and quality <strong>of</strong> the livestock (AWARD, 2012). AWARD is a highly<br />
beneficial program in that it focuses on influencing the entire woman’s<br />
farming process, from the leadership and education, to those working in<br />
the field.<br />
Both the World Cocoa Foundation and AWARD are integral in developing<br />
agricultural capabilities in Africa. One <strong>of</strong> the most effective methods<br />
for increasing Africa’s agricultural independence is through empowering<br />
women by means <strong>of</strong> education and provision <strong>of</strong> resources. In order for<br />
African women to be successful as family providers, they need external help<br />
such as from these organizations. The effort to increase the role <strong>of</strong> women<br />
and the accessibility they possess is an essential component to helping Africa<br />
become a sustainable continent.<br />
References<br />
Alston, C. (2010, May 17). Improving African women’s access to agriculture. [Web<br />
log post]. Retrieved from http://blogs.worldwatch.org/nourishingtheplanet/<br />
improving-african-women%E2%80%99s-access-to-agriculture-training-<br />
programs-africa-agriculture-women-farmers-world-cocoa-foundation-<br />
education-farmers-groups-food-security-hunger-income-innovation-nouris/<br />
Making Finance Work for Africa. (2011). Zipping Finance and Farming in Africa:<br />
Harnessing the Continent’s potential. Eschborn: Deutsche Gesellschaft für<br />
Internationale Zusammenarbeit (GIZ) GmbH. Retrieved from http://www.<br />
mfw4a.org/fileadmin/zippingfinance/pdf/mfw4a_zipping%20finance_conference%20documentation_en.pdf<br />
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Fisheries (n.d.). International<br />
Trade Agreements. Retrieved from http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/ia/agreements/<br />
trade/intlagree/trade.html<br />
National Security Council. (2008). Countering piracy <strong>of</strong>f the Horn <strong>of</strong> Africa:<br />
partnership and action plan. Retrieved from http://www.marad.dot.gov/<br />
documents/Countering_Piracy_Off_The_Horn_<strong>of</strong>_Africa_-_Partnership__<br />
Action_Plan.pdf<br />
Shapiro, A. J. (2010). Counter Piracy. U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> State. Retrieved from<br />
www.state.gov/t/pm/rls/rm/139326.htm Counter-Piracy Policy: Delivering<br />
Judicial Consequences<br />
The Africa Society. (2008). Addressing environmental problems in Africa. Retrieved<br />
from http://www.africasummit.org/publications/Environment.pdf<br />
The Importance <strong>of</strong> Livestock . (1997, September 10). Retrieved from http://www.<br />
worldbank.org/html/cgiar/newsletter/Sept97/10ilri.html<br />
The New Partnership for Africa’s Development. (2012). IUU Fishing-Working<br />
Group. Retrieved from http://www.nepad.org/foodsecurity/fisheries/<br />
iuu-fishing-working-group<br />
The World Bank. (2010). Can Africa trade with Africa Yes, but….Retrieved from<br />
website: http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/<br />
AFRICAEXT/0,,contentMDK:22730595~pagePK:146736~piPK<br />
Ashley, C., De Brine, P., Lehr, A., & Wilde, H. (2007). The role <strong>of</strong> the tourism<br />
sector in expanding economic opportunity. John F. Kennedy School <strong>of</strong><br />
Government, Harvard <strong>University</strong>.<br />
AWARD. (2012). In the News. Retrieved from http://www.awardfellowships.org/<br />
media/award-in-the-news.html<br />
Baker, M. L. (2011). Toward an African maritime economy. Naval War College<br />
Review, 64(2), 39-62.<br />
U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> State. (n.d). National Plan <strong>of</strong> Action <strong>of</strong> the United States <strong>of</strong><br />
America to Prevent, Deter, and Eliminate Illegal, Unregulated, and<br />
Unreported Fishing. Retrieved from http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/ia/docs/<br />
NPOAIUU.pdf<br />
United Nations Economic Commission for Africa (2010). Assessing regional<br />
integration in Africa IV. Retrieved from website: http://siteresources.<br />
worldbank.org/INTAFRREGINICOO/Resources/1587517-1271810608103/<br />
UNECA-4th-Africa-RI-Assessment-May2010.pdf<br />
FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization <strong>of</strong> the United Nations). (2008). The state<br />
<strong>of</strong> world fisheries and aquaculture. Retrieved from ftp://ftp.fao.org/docrep/<br />
fao/011/i0250e/i0250e.pdf<br />
United States Agency for International Development. (2012, October 11).<br />
Environment and global climate change. Retrieved from http://www.usaid.<br />
gov/what-we-do/environment-and-global-climate-change<br />
International Finance Corporation. (2011). Scaling Up Access to Finance for<br />
Agricultural SMEs: Policy Review and Recommendations. Washington, DC:<br />
International Finance Corporation. Retrieved from http://www.gpfi.org/<br />
sites/default/files/documents/G20_Agrifinance_Report%20%28FINAL%20<br />
ONLINE%29.pdf<br />
International Monetary Fund. (2011). World economic outlook: slowing growth,<br />
rising risks. World Economic and Financial Surveys. Retrieved from http://<br />
www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2011/02/pdf/text.pdf<br />
Kenya <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> Supplies Management. (2008). Procurement and Supply in Kenya,<br />
the Market for Small and Medium Enterprises. ECI Africa.<br />
United States Agency for International Development. (2012, August 3). Global<br />
climate change. Retrieved from http://www.usaid.gov/what-we-do/<br />
environment-and-global-climate-change/global-climate-change<br />
United States Agency for International Development. (2012). [Interactive Map<br />
illustration from USAID]. Retrieved from http://map.usaid.gov/<br />
United States Agency for International Development. (March 2005). Removing<br />
Barriers to Formalization: The Case for Reform and Emerging Best Practice.<br />
Retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/dac/povertyreduction/38452590.pdf<br />
57
United States Agency for International Development. (March <strong>2013</strong>). Supporting<br />
Each Other in Achieving Food Security. Retrieved from http://www.usaid.gov/<br />
results-data/success-stories/supporting-each-other-achieving-food-security<br />
United States Agency for International Development , Kenya. (2012). Kenya dairy<br />
sector competitiveness program. Retrieved from http://kenya.usaid.gov/sites/<br />
default/files/u21/USAID%20FACT%20SHEET%20Dairy%20CompetitivenessJune%202012.pdf<br />
United States Agency for International Development, Kenya. (2012). Kenya<br />
drylands livestock development program. Retrieved from http://www.usaid.<br />
gov/kenya/fact-sheets/kenya-drylands-livestock-development-program<br />
United States Agency for International Development, East Africa. (2010). USAID,<br />
USDA, and AU join forces to promote healthy trade in livestock. Retrieved<br />
from http://eastafrica.usaid.gov/en/USAID/Article/1310/USAID_USDA_<br />
and_AU_Join_Forces_to_Promote_Healthy_Trade_in_Livestock<br />
World Cocoa Foundation. (2012). Programs. Retrieved from http://worldcocoafoundation.org/our-works/programs/<br />
World Fish Center. (2009). Fish supply and food security for Africa. Retrived from<br />
http://www.worldfishcenter.org/resource_centre/WF_2466.pdf<br />
58
A Thriving Metropolitan Area With A “Small-Town” Feel:<br />
My Vision, as Mayor, for Salt Lake County<br />
By Mayor Ben McAdams<br />
Salt Lake County residents have good reasons to prepare for growth and to confront new realities. Today, our children<br />
are sometimes kept inside at recess because the air is not healthy to breathe. Our transportation corridors are already<br />
congested. Our schools are expected to prepare our children to compete in a global economy with limited financial<br />
resources. I want to decide whether our challenges will shape us, or whether we will seize the day and shape our own<br />
future. With challenge comes opportunity—if we choose to confront issues collaboratively.<br />
I<br />
was sworn in on January 7, <strong>2013</strong>, to take the reins <strong>of</strong> an entity that<br />
services more than 1 million people. I am fortunate to have inherited<br />
a county government that is stable, well managed, and well regarded by<br />
other government <strong>of</strong>ficials both inside and outside <strong>of</strong> Utah. Our employees<br />
are among the most dedicated and hard working <strong>of</strong> any in this state. As I<br />
stated in my inaugural State <strong>of</strong> the County address, I see challenges and<br />
opportunities ahead, but Salt Lake County is well positioned to succeed.<br />
My vision for my coming term in <strong>of</strong>fice will result in a stable, fiscally<br />
sound county framework for a thriving metropolitan area that retains a<br />
“small-town” feel with safe, friendly, desirable neighborhoods and communities.<br />
Living in a rapidly changing region is a big challenge.<br />
Our county’s population is expected to double<br />
in the next 20-30 years. We must prepare for that<br />
growth in ways that recognize the realities that<br />
accompany it, yet preserve what we all love about<br />
living here.<br />
Salt Lake County residents have good reasons<br />
to prepare for growth and to confront new realities.<br />
Today, our children are sometimes kept inside at<br />
recess because the air is not healthy to breathe. Our<br />
transportation corridors are already congested. Our<br />
schools are expected to prepare our children to<br />
compete in a global economy with limited financial resources. I want to<br />
decide whether our challenges will shape us, or whether we will seize the<br />
day and shape our own future. With challenge comes opportunity—if we<br />
choose to confront issues collaboratively.<br />
I know that the 1.1 million people who live, work, worship, and play in<br />
this valley—which has been a refuge for hardy pioneers and intrepid immigrants<br />
alike—demand and expect a government that supports, not obstructs,<br />
their hopes and dreams. I have a three-part vision for Salt Lake County<br />
government designed to live up to their expectations.<br />
First, county government will provide strong regional leadership to all<br />
residents <strong>of</strong> our metropolitan area; we will be efficient and coordinated in<br />
our efforts, while maintaining appropriate levels <strong>of</strong> local control and accountability<br />
to the communities we serve. Second, our residents can expect<br />
“My vision for my coming term in<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice will result in a stable, fiscally<br />
sound county framework for a<br />
thriving metropolitan area that<br />
retains a ‘small-town’ feel with safe,<br />
friendly, desirable neighborhoods<br />
and communities.”<br />
bipartisanship and team play from their county government. Finally, county<br />
government will remain small, efficient, and fiscally responsible.<br />
REGIONAL LEADERSHIP<br />
Over the last several decades, Salt Lake County has been transformed. From<br />
a checkerboard <strong>of</strong> small cities surrounded by farmland, we are now a major<br />
metropolitan area with precious pockets <strong>of</strong> open space. It is a different era,<br />
and county operations must reflect this new reality. We will change the<br />
existing county government functions that no longer reflect the world we<br />
now live in. The future <strong>of</strong> Salt Lake County government includes consolidated<br />
services coupled with coordinated, regional<br />
decision making. This evolution in our governance<br />
matches the evolution <strong>of</strong> our community. It means<br />
better service at a lower cost for our residents.<br />
I will advance a consolidated public works system<br />
for the residents <strong>of</strong> Salt Lake County who choose to<br />
participate in pooled and coordinated services. What<br />
will that mean to the average resident Better service<br />
for less. Less confusion for the citizens trying to<br />
find the right <strong>of</strong>fice to contact. It means staff working<br />
across different floors, <strong>of</strong>fices, buildings, and zip<br />
codes to achieve a common goal. On my watch, the<br />
customer is king.<br />
I have been receiving valuable input from a number <strong>of</strong> township meetings<br />
with residents in unincorporated Salt Lake County. Together, these<br />
160,000 people comprise what would be the county’s second largest city.<br />
Serving as their municipal government is a responsibility that I take seriously.<br />
Listening to residents helped to drive my decision on day one to reorganize<br />
and rename the new Public Works and Regional Development Department.<br />
Over the coming months, I will work to more clearly differentiate when we<br />
are functioning as a countywide metropolitan government and when we<br />
are acting on behalf <strong>of</strong> unincorporated areas. This will result in a better,<br />
more efficient, and more cost effective county government for all.<br />
I have also established a new role <strong>of</strong> Township Executive, who will<br />
function much like a typical city manager. His undivided loyalty is to serving<br />
59
A Thriving Metropolitan Area with a “Small-Town” Feel<br />
Mayor Ben McAdams<br />
the needs and focusing on opportunities for economic development in a<br />
particular area. Why shouldn’t a future high-tech firm or other well-paying<br />
business locate in these areas, providing local jobs and tax revenues We<br />
must identify and pursue those types <strong>of</strong> opportunities for the unincorporated<br />
county.<br />
BIPARTISANSHIP<br />
The hallmark <strong>of</strong> my administration will be bipartisanship. People are tired<br />
<strong>of</strong> partisan bickering. A pothole in their street is not a Republican pothole<br />
or a Democratic pothole—it is just something that needs to be fixed. I<br />
believe New Jersey Governor Chris Christie put it well, in his State <strong>of</strong> the<br />
State address, when he described a governing model that shows that “even<br />
with heartfelt beliefs, bipartisan compromise is possible.” There is no need<br />
and no place in county government for anything but cooperation, collaboration,<br />
and common sense leadership that earns the public’s trust.<br />
FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY<br />
I am, and will govern as, a fiscal conservative. As I align county-wide<br />
government across a large metropolitan area, my priority is to create greater<br />
efficiencies and deliver services at lower cost. The county will be able to<br />
fulfill its role in a way that delivers effective, efficient service at the lowest<br />
possible expense. My vision is for a county government that is better, not<br />
bigger—one that is lean, collaborative, affordable, and accountable to the<br />
people who pay the bills.<br />
The struggling economy <strong>of</strong> the years 2007-2010 forced tough choices<br />
on county leaders. An apparent advantage is that the deep and painful<br />
recession <strong>of</strong> the past few years is receding. A growing economy and more<br />
private-sector jobs are the best options for balancing our budget and keeping<br />
our fiscal house in order. The recent good news that the Outdoor Industry<br />
Association will keep its trade show here through at least 2016 cheered local<br />
economic forecasters. Thanks to Salt Lake County’s leadership and partnership<br />
with Governor Gary Herbert, we have secured a four-year, $160-million<br />
economic impact from more than 20,000 manufacturers, retailers, and<br />
suppliers who gather here. It’s also pro<strong>of</strong> that Salt Lake County is a bigleague<br />
player in the tourism and convention business.<br />
County’s planning staff, in collaboration with the public, private businesses,<br />
cities, the state, and the U.S. Forest Service, has invested countless hours in<br />
that effort. I am ensuring that our county, in partnership with Summit and<br />
Wasatch counties, will lead us forward with a comprehensive environmental<br />
impact statement that will address additional resource-protection<br />
initiatives and development opportunities, as well as result in a transportation<br />
solution for this heavily-used, yet fragile area.<br />
We enter public service knowing that, on our best days, what we do<br />
matters. That came into sharp focus for me during my mayoral campaign.<br />
I met a woman named Lila Hutchingson during a visit to Alliance House,<br />
a non-pr<strong>of</strong>it that partners with the county. Alliance House features a<br />
comprehensive program organized around the work-ordered-day. It focuses<br />
on an individual’s strengths in order to give mentally ill people the skills,<br />
purpose, confidence, and support to reintegrate into the community and<br />
lead productive lives. For much <strong>of</strong> her life, Lila had struggled with bipolar<br />
disorder. Its effect impacted her at her job, which in part led to unemployment.<br />
That subsequently resulted in some very difficult family circumstances<br />
and unstable housing arrangements. Lila’s story could be my story or your<br />
story, but through Alliance House and its programs, she rallied. Gradually,<br />
she got her life back. She found educational opportunities, housing, and<br />
relationships. Today she is a productive member <strong>of</strong> our community and<br />
assists others.<br />
At its best, government is a temporary support on the road to selfreliance.<br />
We are there when needed. We answer when duty calls.<br />
I am humbled by the knowledge that we inherited this place from<br />
pioneers and immigrants: men and women who took a risk, blazed a trail,<br />
put down roots, and left their mark. I am optimistic that, through bipartisan<br />
collaboration, we can build on their foundation, and as scholar Hugh<br />
Nibley wrote about those early settlements, “prepare a fit habitation, an<br />
environment, and an economy stable enough to last a thousand years.”<br />
NEAR-TERM GOALS<br />
Our citizens value parks and trails. I will continue plans to complete major<br />
trails and acquire and develop regional parks. We want Salt Lake County<br />
residents to be healthy, and outdoor recreation helps people get and stay<br />
healthy. Spaces to walk, bike, run, and play help residents stay active and<br />
feel better. More than that, they lead to reduced health care costs and add<br />
to a vibrant economy. Salt Lake County should be accessible, with a range<br />
<strong>of</strong> outdoor amenities available to county residents <strong>of</strong> all ages, incomes, and<br />
interests. We want families and their friends to enjoy time together, become<br />
better acquainted, and just have fun.<br />
The Wasatch Mountains are a regional asset that we must safeguard for<br />
their value as watershed, as a jobs-generator, and as a beloved backyard<br />
playground. The clean, affordable water supply from that watershed made<br />
the development, growth, and prosperity <strong>of</strong> the Salt Lake Valley possible.<br />
Millions <strong>of</strong> residents and visitors spend time and money on canyon recreation<br />
each year. The Wasatch peaks provide the stunning natural backdrop<br />
that we use to brand our county as the place to locate a business, hold a<br />
convention, or serve as the site <strong>of</strong> a future Olympic games. Rapid growth,<br />
multiple stakeholders, and a patchwork <strong>of</strong> agencies create both challenges<br />
and opportunities for those who would shape the canyons’ future. Salt Lake<br />
60
Utah Can Model Federal Immigration Reform<br />
By Utah Senator Luz Robles<br />
The U.S. is a country founded on immigration with a core value in welcoming and integrating those who arrive seeking<br />
a better life for themselves, their children, and future generations; yet historically, fear <strong>of</strong> the unknown has led citizens<br />
to treat immigrants with resentment, blame, and xenophobia.<br />
Immigration has been a controversial issue at the national level for many<br />
years; however, in the last two decades, the conversation, debate, and<br />
policy decisions around immigration have moved to the state level,<br />
which has resulted in confusion and a lack <strong>of</strong> uniformity in our nation. The<br />
United States’ Constitution clearly outlines the federal government’s role<br />
in immigration policy and border security, but, in reality, Congress has<br />
failed to address immigration in a comprehensive way; their Band-Aid<br />
solutions have only brought despair to the U.S. and the 11 million undocumented<br />
immigrants living here.<br />
The U.S. is a country founded on immigration with a core value in<br />
welcoming and integrating those who arrive seeking a better life for themselves,<br />
their children, and future generations; yet historically, fear <strong>of</strong> the<br />
unknown has led citizens to treat immigrants with resentment, blame, and<br />
xenophobia.<br />
Immigration reform is complicated, but not impossible, and includes<br />
the following as basic components <strong>of</strong> the conversation:<br />
1. Secure the borders.<br />
2. Share accountability between employers and employees—create a<br />
system that actually works to verify employees and creates an<br />
accurate response to the continued labor demand.<br />
3. Settle the status <strong>of</strong> the more than 11 million undocumented immigrants<br />
that currently reside in our nation.<br />
Utah has not been shy to explore state solutions to the broken federal<br />
immigration system. In 1999, the Utah Legislature began addressing the<br />
flaws in existing laws that did not consider businesses’ needs as labor demands<br />
increased or the needs <strong>of</strong> the children <strong>of</strong> undocumented immigrants. These<br />
children were brought to the U.S. at a young age, grew up in Utah, and<br />
graduated from Utah high schools, yet until 2002, the high cost <strong>of</strong> nonresident<br />
tuition rates prohibited them from attending state higher education<br />
institutions due to their immigration status. After 2000, Utah had contradictory<br />
proposals like driving privilege cards and in-state tuition for<br />
undocumented students. The Utah Legislature has also produced more<br />
punitive proposals, such as SB 81 in 2008 that cross deputized local law<br />
enforcement and put measures in place to pr<strong>of</strong>ile undocumented immigrants<br />
and limit access to basic aid. SB 81 intended to make the lives <strong>of</strong> undocumented<br />
immigrants so miserable that they would choose to self deport.<br />
However, in 2011, as many states were facing anti-immigrant legislation,<br />
Utah changed the discussion using innovative solutions.<br />
For the last 13 years, I have been involved with the immigration conversation<br />
in different capacities including as an advocate, state employee,<br />
and state legislator. During this time, I have seen both fiscally irresponsible<br />
punitive solutions and progressive compassionate solutions to immigration<br />
reform. The year 2010 was a turning point for the U.S. because states began<br />
seeking more comprehensive solutions to immigration.<br />
In April 2010, the state <strong>of</strong> Arizona passed the stringent anti-immigrant<br />
legislation SB 1070, which made it a misdemeanor crime for an immigrant<br />
to be in Arizona without proper documentation and required state police<br />
to check the immigration status <strong>of</strong> people that they had “reasonable suspicion”<br />
to be undocumented immigrants. As soon as SB 1070 was signed<br />
into law, a Utah state representative announced his interest in creating a<br />
similar bill for Utah. This was unacceptable to many in the pro-immigrant<br />
community.<br />
That timing was perfect, and as a policymaker the question was simple—<br />
was Utah going to follow in Arizona’s path <strong>of</strong> fiscally irresponsible and<br />
unconstitutional legislation, or could Utah become a catalyst for positive<br />
change<br />
In hopes that Utah could alter the immigration conversation to create<br />
a viable and proactive solution to immigration, I partnered with a coalition<br />
<strong>of</strong> diverse individuals who wanted the same outcome. The unique and<br />
informal coalition included Dimitri Moumoulidis, the former executive<br />
director <strong>of</strong> the Utah Democratic Lawyers Council, and the conservative<br />
Utah think tank The Sutherland <strong>Institute</strong>’s President Paul Mero and Director<br />
<strong>of</strong> Public Affairs Stan Rasmussen. We had to think outside the box to<br />
create solutions that made sense financially, respected the integrity <strong>of</strong><br />
immigrants and their families, and provided a tool to increase public safety.<br />
We wanted our bill to stop the reactionary approach to immigration policy<br />
that had been the status quo for years. The coalition’s work resulted in a<br />
counter response to Arizona’s legislation, SB 60, which led to the creation<br />
<strong>of</strong> bill HB 116. This law, which allows workers to obtain work permits and<br />
state residence, passed in the 2011 legislative session and was later signed<br />
by the Governor.<br />
SB 60, the Utah Pilot Accountability Permit Program, is a proactive<br />
state-based solution to immigration policy. This legislation brings individual<br />
and business accountability, integration, and public safety together.<br />
The legislation did not address legalizing the undocumented immigrants<br />
in the state <strong>of</strong> Utah, but it recognizes the reality that more than 110,000<br />
undocumented immigrants reside here and creates a mechanism to account<br />
for their contribution to our tax system. The bill requires these individuals<br />
61
Utah Can Model Federal Immigration Reform<br />
Senator Luz Robles<br />
to enroll in English and civic classes, therefore bringing an integration<br />
component to the state <strong>of</strong> Utah. The bill created an accountability card with<br />
three major components:<br />
1. Public safety—We need to know who lives in our communities.<br />
2. Labor force demand—Immigration is driven by labor demand;<br />
there is a need for labor in agriculture, especially on dairy farms,<br />
and in the hotel, lodging, and restaurant industries.<br />
3. Integration—Undocumented individuals are active members <strong>of</strong><br />
our communities that need to be welcomed and integrated. The<br />
bill specifically includes a required level <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>iciency in the English<br />
language and civics.<br />
Legislative Intent<br />
Now, in <strong>2013</strong>, more action is needed. Since the federal government has<br />
failed to secure our national borders and support our economy through<br />
comprehensive immigration reform, it is the intent <strong>of</strong> the Utah Legislature:<br />
1. To send a strong message to the federal government for a comprehensive<br />
immigration reform that will secure our national borders<br />
and increase the number <strong>of</strong> employment-based visas in response<br />
to the labor demand <strong>of</strong> United States businesses and create pathways<br />
to legalization for the 11 million undocumented residents in the<br />
United States.<br />
2. To enact policies that normalize the worker status <strong>of</strong> undocumented<br />
individuals and their families employed in Utah while we wait for<br />
the federal government to act.<br />
Utah Pilot Accountability Permit Program<br />
1. The Department <strong>of</strong> Public Safety shall develop an accountability<br />
permit program to allow undocumented individuals employed in<br />
Utah to continue to work here.<br />
2. Create a database and registry where permit holders and Utah<br />
businesses will register to match the information and create shared<br />
responsibility.<br />
Workforce Needs<br />
1. The Department <strong>of</strong> Public Safety shall develop the Pilot Accountability<br />
Permit Program to allow undocumented individuals to work<br />
in Utah subject to the need for workers in any particular labor<br />
sector in accordance with guidelines promulgated by the Department.<br />
2. The Department <strong>of</strong> Public Safety shall develop and post the worker<br />
needs within each labor sector in the state to provide employers<br />
the information necessary to meet their workforce needs.<br />
3. In developing the Utah Pilot Accountability Permit Program and<br />
the guidelines for allocating workers in particular labor sectors,<br />
the Department shall require that jobs within each labor sector<br />
shall first be allocated to U.S. citizens. After a reasonable period<br />
<strong>of</strong> time, jobs within each labor sector may then be allocated for<br />
the employment <strong>of</strong> undocumented individuals subject to the<br />
conditions provided in this chapter and by the Department.<br />
4. Any other employer-based work program that meets the needs <strong>of</strong><br />
Utah employers by using workers outside <strong>of</strong> the state and who are<br />
not U.S. citizens may be used by Utah employers if such a program<br />
is already in existence under the auspices <strong>of</strong> a foreign government<br />
in cooperation with the United States government.<br />
Eligibility<br />
Any individual that is not legally present in this country and has resided in<br />
the state <strong>of</strong> Utah before January 1, 2011, is eligible and must pass a criminal<br />
background check, pay an application fee, attend a class to meet requirements<br />
and test English and civics pr<strong>of</strong>iciency, and renew every two years.<br />
Federal Waivers – Support – Reporting<br />
1. In order to develop and implement the accountability permit<br />
program, the Department <strong>of</strong> Public Safety shall seek the appropriate<br />
waivers from federal law to allow the state to implement and<br />
enforce the accountability permit program. None <strong>of</strong> the provisions<br />
may be implemented until the appropriate waivers have been<br />
granted.<br />
2. The Governor shall ask each member <strong>of</strong> Congress representing<br />
Utah to help obtain the appropriate federal waivers contemplated<br />
under this section and ask the Utah Congressional delegation<br />
provide a regular report to the Governor on the progress and status<br />
<strong>of</strong> these efforts. The Governor shall provide such regular reports<br />
to the Legislative Management Committee.<br />
3. The Governor shall seek support for the accountability permit<br />
program from the Western Governors Association and the National<br />
Governors Association. The Governor shall provide a regular<br />
report to the Legislative Management Committee on the progress<br />
and status <strong>of</strong> these efforts.<br />
4. The Governor shall direct that a portion <strong>of</strong> lobbying services used<br />
by the state and a portion <strong>of</strong> the budget used for the state’s Washington,<br />
DC, <strong>of</strong>fice be used to seek federal waivers.<br />
Conclusion<br />
SB 60 became the framework <strong>of</strong> HB 116 that after a very heated and extensive<br />
debate passed and became law in the state <strong>of</strong> Utah in 2011. This bill<br />
passed because the members <strong>of</strong> the Utah Legislature from both political<br />
parties were able to put aside political differences and focus on creating<br />
good public policy. With the passage <strong>of</strong> HB 116 the state <strong>of</strong> Utah sent a clear<br />
message to the federal government and nation: even Utah—an ultra-conservative<br />
state—was able to reach across the aisle and create an immigration<br />
policy that was fair, integrated, and considered accountability and public<br />
safety. The Utah Legislature understood that the federal government<br />
controlled immigration status but that allowing states to define residency<br />
could be successful. I believe the examples and methods used in Utah can<br />
frame the federal immigration reform that will be addressed by Congress<br />
and the President later this year.<br />
62
Tort Reform in Utah: Disclosure and Apology<br />
By Lieutenant Governor Greg Bell<br />
Because <strong>of</strong> the incentives reflected in the new rule, it is hoped only parties who were involved in the claimed malpractice<br />
will be party to the litigation.<br />
In late September 2011, Governor Gary Herbert staged his first annual<br />
health summit, Utah Solutions for a Healthy Economy and Community.<br />
The Summit brought together more than 100 <strong>of</strong> Utah’s best and brightest<br />
leaders in the field. Governor Herbert also chose to pursue medical tort<br />
reform as a principal topic for the Summit. To this end, the Governor asked<br />
me to convene a group <strong>of</strong> key community stakeholders to review the tort<br />
reform landscape in Utah and improve it, if possible.<br />
It is widely assumed that two major drivers <strong>of</strong> health care costs are<br />
related to medical malpractice claims. Costs are said to be driven up by,<br />
first, the practice <strong>of</strong> “defensive medicine,” and second, the high cost <strong>of</strong><br />
malpractice insurance for doctors, hospitals, and other health pr<strong>of</strong>essionals.<br />
Our work group reviewed Utah’s tort reform history, national and state<br />
trends, current problems—both real and perceived—with current law,<br />
current legal procedures, and whether changes to the judicial system are<br />
warranted. Our objectives were:<br />
• To assist patients in receiving the highest quality health care,<br />
• To make sure those injured by medical errors have appropriate<br />
recourse,<br />
• To deal fairly with medical providers whose reputations and livelihoods<br />
can be seriously impaired or lost through medical malpractice<br />
claims, and<br />
• To take away incentives for medical providers to practice costly<br />
“defensive medicine.”<br />
Our group asked these questions:<br />
• How do our laws and procedures compare with other states<br />
• Are doctors ordering medically unnecessary tests to protect themselves<br />
from lawsuits<br />
• Do these costs drive up the cost <strong>of</strong> medical insurance to a significant<br />
degree<br />
• Are patients receiving open and honest communication from their<br />
doctors when medical errors or unanticipated outcomes occur<br />
• Are medical errors being reported and shared with patients<br />
• Are compassion, condolences, and/or apologies <strong>of</strong>fered when warranted<br />
• Do medical providers feel free to discuss with the patient and their<br />
family follow-up care needed to address medical errors<br />
What are the current laws and procedures surrounding medical<br />
malpractice in Utah<br />
Utah has adopted most <strong>of</strong> the popular tort reform measures that have been<br />
discussed nationally over the past decades, and in this context, our state<br />
has a very conservative legal environment. The measures Utah has adopted<br />
in this area include:<br />
• A statute <strong>of</strong> limitations that was shortened to two years (Title 78B<br />
§ 3-404(1), 2008).<br />
• Requiring medical malpractice claimants to give advance notice <strong>of</strong><br />
a claim (Title 78 B § 3-404(5), 2008).<br />
• Before a lawsuit can be filed, each claimant must go before a prelitigation<br />
panel <strong>of</strong> three people: one chosen by the plaintiff, one by<br />
the defendant, and one by the other two panelists. The panel will<br />
designate the claim either meritorious or non-meritorious, although<br />
the claimant may still proceed to suit with a non-meritorious finding.<br />
Many do.<br />
• At the pre-litigation hearing, the plaintiff must provide an affidavit<br />
from an expert stating malpractice has occurred (Title 78B § 3-416,<br />
2008). This is a big hurdle for plaintiffs. The inability for the plaintiff<br />
to obtain an expert’s opinion at this stage <strong>of</strong> the proceedings bars<br />
proceeding further.<br />
• A statutory ceiling <strong>of</strong> $450,000 for pain and suffering. Formerly, this<br />
cap was automatically adjusted yearly for inflation and reached<br />
$488,000, but the inflator clause was revoked a few years ago (Title<br />
78B § 3-410, 2008).<br />
• Specialists treating people other than their own patients in the<br />
emergency room can be held liable for malpractice based only on<br />
clear and convincing evidence, compared to the much lower standard<br />
<strong>of</strong> preponderance <strong>of</strong> the evidence, which typically applies to malpractice<br />
cases (Title 78B § 5-817, 2008).<br />
• One-half <strong>of</strong> punitive damages, in excess <strong>of</strong> $50,000, relating to a<br />
personal injury recovery must be paid to the State (Title 78B § 8-201,<br />
2008).<br />
• “I’m Sorry” laws, referred to later.<br />
Lawyers from both the plaintiff and defense bars agree that Utah has adopted<br />
most measures used around the nation to limit non-meritorious cases and<br />
“lottery” type recoveries. Our group reached the same conclusion. There<br />
seemed to be almost nothing <strong>of</strong> a legal nature that we could recommend<br />
to ameliorate illegitimate malpractice claims. Importantly, we also concluded<br />
that doctors and other providers seem to have a sense <strong>of</strong> their risk <strong>of</strong> incurring<br />
a liability claim far beyond what the evidence justifies.<br />
National research shows that doctors are ordering medically unnecessary<br />
tests to protect themselves from lawsuits. Although we were not able to<br />
obtain Utah-specific data, it was the group’s consensus that Utah physicians<br />
sometimes order tests and procedures with at least the partial motivation<br />
<strong>of</strong> protecting themselves from claims. Moreover, there is much anecdotal<br />
evidence that patients are pushing physicians for procedures such as an<br />
MRI instead <strong>of</strong> a simple X-ray, or an angiogram instead <strong>of</strong> a much cheaper<br />
63
Tort Reform in Utah: Disclosure and Apology<br />
Lieutenant Governor Greg Bell<br />
EKG. Combine the demands <strong>of</strong> patients with the doctor’s desire to insulate<br />
himself or herself from liability and there is little doubt that defensive<br />
medicine is alive and well in Utah. Shannon Brownlee, who recently spoke<br />
in Salt Lake City, wrote in her 2007 book Overtreated that a third <strong>of</strong> every<br />
healthcare dollar goes toward procedures, tests, treatments, and surgeries<br />
<strong>of</strong> dubious medical necessity.<br />
Are patients receiving open and honest communication from their<br />
doctors when a medical error occurs Are medical errors being<br />
reported and shared with patients Are compassion, condolences,<br />
and/or apologies <strong>of</strong>fered when warranted Do medical providers feel<br />
free to discuss with the patient and their family follow-up care needed<br />
to address medical errors<br />
Utah adopted “I’m Sorry” legislation in the last decade. Moreover, in 2010<br />
and 2011, the Legislature also changed Rule 409 <strong>of</strong> the Utah Rules <strong>of</strong> Evidence<br />
to reflect the statutory intent “to encourage expressions <strong>of</strong> apology, empathy,<br />
and condolence and the disclosure <strong>of</strong> facts and circumstances related to<br />
unanticipated outcomes in the provision <strong>of</strong> health care in an effort to<br />
facilitate the timely and satisfactory resolution <strong>of</strong> patient concerns arising<br />
from unanticipated outcomes in the provision <strong>of</strong> health care” (Joint Resolution<br />
to Amend, 2011). Even the fact that a provider had paid or <strong>of</strong>fered to<br />
pay a plaintiff ’s medical expenses was made inadmissible under Rule 409.<br />
It was our group’s consensus, however, that this legislation and rule change<br />
had not really changed the culture <strong>of</strong> how Utah physicians and hospitals<br />
address medical liability claims.<br />
As we reviewed data on the small number <strong>of</strong> tort claims filed in the state<br />
<strong>of</strong> Utah (which were far less than 1% <strong>of</strong> all cases filed in Utah courts in<br />
recent years), and having a general knowledge <strong>of</strong> medical liability payouts<br />
during the last few years, our group concluded that Utah has relatively few<br />
claims, suits, and payouts, and that payouts seem to be reasonable. We do<br />
not suffer from the “runaway jury” syndrome present in some states. Nonetheless,<br />
we found that doctors’ perception <strong>of</strong> their risk <strong>of</strong> incurring a malpractice<br />
claim is much higher than is the reality.<br />
Breakthrough<br />
Even though the actual number <strong>of</strong> suits and settlements in Utah is small<br />
and the payouts are not out-sized, mere notice <strong>of</strong> a claim is a very serious<br />
and stressful matter for medical practitioners.<br />
The breakthrough moment for the group came when Michelle McOmber,<br />
Executive Vice President & CEO <strong>of</strong> the Utah Medical Association, clearly<br />
communicated to the attorneys in the room that doctors incur much, if not<br />
most, <strong>of</strong> the stress and trauma associated with a malpractice claim from the<br />
mere receipt <strong>of</strong> notice <strong>of</strong> a claim. Such a claim brings a doctor great stress<br />
about his or her status in the pr<strong>of</strong>ession and worries about the ongoing<br />
ability to practice, to hold his or her head up in pr<strong>of</strong>essional circles, and to<br />
make a living. Once the doctor has received a claim, he must report that<br />
claim on every credentialing application and renewal and on every application<br />
for and renewal <strong>of</strong> malpractice insurance, even though the claim may<br />
ultimately be dismissed as non-meritorious. Usually, a claim will cause the<br />
physician’s malpractice insurance premiums to increase. It is like a scarlet<br />
letter that will not fade.<br />
Insurance companies and self-insured medical institutions have traditionally<br />
responded to malpractice claims with a “deny, delay, and defend”<br />
strategy. Accordingly, the attorneys in our group who practice in this area<br />
explained that a plaintiff ’s counsel must name every medical pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
whom they can determine had any role in the matter, be it ever so minor<br />
or tangential. Until a suit is filed and counsel can subpoena all the medical<br />
records, the plaintiff ’s counsel does not know what actions various doctors<br />
and nurses took. Thus, they name everyone they are aware <strong>of</strong> in the case<br />
as a possible defendant. Consequently, many claims are later dismissed<br />
against practitioners who had nothing to do with the claimed injury or<br />
damage, but the onus <strong>of</strong> the claim persists.<br />
Out <strong>of</strong> this “Ah ha!” moment, the plaintiff and defense counsel from<br />
our group began meeting to explore ways <strong>of</strong> avoiding the negative impact<br />
<strong>of</strong> a mere claim. In light <strong>of</strong> our group’s recommendation that counsel be<br />
given early access to medical records, as explained below, their ingenious<br />
solution was to develop a proposed rule <strong>of</strong> civil procedure that would require<br />
that before trial, each party must name all persons the party intends to<br />
name in the lawsuit. The rule is incorporated in 1SHB135, which unanimously<br />
passed both the House and Senate in the <strong>2013</strong> General Session <strong>of</strong><br />
the Utah Legislature. Thus, hospitals that intend to claim against a physician<br />
must name that physician at the commencement <strong>of</strong> the suit, instead <strong>of</strong><br />
relying on plaintiffs’ counsel to do that for them. Hospitals have a hard<br />
time claiming against doctors who practice with them. Because <strong>of</strong> the<br />
incentives reflected in the new rule, it is hoped only parties who were<br />
involved in the claimed malpractice will be party to the litigation.<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Michigan Early Resolution and Disclosure System (EDR)<br />
We became aware <strong>of</strong> a program the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Michigan Health System<br />
(UMHS) had developed and employed for many years. Called “Early<br />
Disclosure and Resolution” (EDR), it was developed by Richard C. Boothman,<br />
their Chief Risk Officer. Boothman had defended malpractice claims<br />
in private practice before joining the in-house legal staff at UMHS. As he<br />
worked more closely with patients and health pr<strong>of</strong>essionals on malpractice<br />
claims, he realized that a patient who has suffered an unanticipated adverse<br />
surgical or medical outcome has never had greater need <strong>of</strong> communication<br />
with their doctor. Unfortunately, he found that the first casualty in a malpractice<br />
case is the physician-patient relationship. Under the deny, delay,<br />
and defend mentality, risk managers would now be interposed between<br />
patient and doctor. The risk managers thereafter deal with the patient and<br />
his representatives. When the focus should have been on addressing the<br />
patient’s medical, psychological, financial, and other needs, liability concerns<br />
shoved patient care and welfare aside.<br />
With the consent <strong>of</strong> hospital management, Boothman tried a new<br />
approach, which became EDR, by openly disclosing the adverse event and<br />
its related facts to the patient and his or her representatives, then seeking<br />
early resolution to the patient’s concerns and interests. Under EDR, the<br />
hospital trained its doctors and caregivers to approach patients and their<br />
families in a manner that addresses the patients’ needs above all else and<br />
keeps legal issues in the background. When a medically adverse event<br />
occurs, the doctor(s) and a hospital representative disclose to the patient<br />
and the family what they know about the event, how it occurred, what<br />
treatments or surgeries will be required to address it, and whether they have<br />
established if there was a hospital or doctor error or if the adverse outcome<br />
is simply an unfortunate but unpreventable condition. The hospital <strong>of</strong>fers<br />
the patient and his or her representatives, including lawyers, complete and<br />
immediate access to all medical records and other relevant information. As<br />
appropriate, they discuss the patient’s immediate financial needs that may<br />
have arisen from the adverse event. UMHS uses each event as a quality<br />
improvement opportunity by gathering everyone involved to candidly assess<br />
any errors or patient frustrations and to improve the hospital’s systems to<br />
avoid or lessen the risk <strong>of</strong> such errors in the future. Under EDR, the hospital<br />
and the doctors do not seek a waiver <strong>of</strong> liability or legal settlement as<br />
pre-conditions to discuss the error and to give access to records or the terms<br />
<strong>of</strong> any settlement. It is an “open book” experience. Significantly, the doctor<br />
64
The <strong>Hinckley</strong> <strong>Journal</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Politics</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
and hospital continue to focus on helping the patient get well and on<br />
maintaining a cooperative rather than an adversarial attitude.<br />
Studies show that UMHS’s EDR system has reduced the size <strong>of</strong> payouts<br />
and has made them more rational. Generally, the prevailing tort litigation<br />
system results in most injured patients not making any claim, losing their<br />
claims, or getting paltry payouts, while a few fortunate plaintiffs get lotterysize<br />
settlements or judgments. There is no way to reconcile such payouts<br />
when they are granted one at a time by hundreds <strong>of</strong> different courts and<br />
juries. UMHS’s rationalized payout system considers many factors, including<br />
the extent <strong>of</strong> discomfort, suffering and disability, the seriousness <strong>of</strong> the<br />
medical error, the need for extended care, the patient’s age, career, and<br />
earning capacity, and any limitations on the patient returning to full employment.<br />
Every claimant is treated fairly and equitably. This one outcome <strong>of</strong><br />
the EDR program alone justifies the program.<br />
In my personal conversation with Mr. Boothman, he indicated the<br />
UMHS and its related doctors are very pleased with the system. Plaintiffs’<br />
counsels have embraced the program, in part, because it is simpler for them<br />
to reach settlement for their clients. They have early and complete access<br />
to relevant records and evidence. The hospital and doctors want to reach<br />
an accord that fairly addresses the patient’s needs. In such a system, a wise<br />
lawyer will become part <strong>of</strong> a team that focuses on the patient’s immediate<br />
and long-term medical, psychological, and financial needs.<br />
Another distinct advantage <strong>of</strong> EDR is that it preserves the paramount<br />
doctor-patient relationship, rather than letting the adversarial risk management<br />
mentality set the tone <strong>of</strong> doctor and hospital interaction with the<br />
patient. Because the system is voluntary for all participants, everyone works<br />
toward resolution rather than either protecting themselves from risk or<br />
seeking legal recovery. The process seeks a human solution to what are, at<br />
their core, human problems, rather than legal problems. The legal issues<br />
are still attended to, but in a more collaborative manner.<br />
Research has also shown that under the traditional deny, delay, and<br />
defend philosophy, many patients sue simply out <strong>of</strong> frustration at one or<br />
more factors: being barred from obtaining medical information about the<br />
medical error, being denied a chance to discuss the events with their doctors,<br />
and failing to receive appropriate information about what went wrong and<br />
whether human error caused it. Moreover, it has been shown that a patient<br />
who feels his or her doctor has shown compassion and perhaps even<br />
apologized is far less likely to sue for an adverse outcome. EDR takes much<br />
<strong>of</strong> the angst and frustration out <strong>of</strong> the equation, and the patient is therefore<br />
much more likely to reach a reasonable settlement with the medical providers,<br />
or perhaps not seek one at all. Patients are also gratified when they<br />
learn the adverse outcome in their case will be studied and used as a learning<br />
experience to address flaws in hospital systems and procedures for the<br />
benefit <strong>of</strong> future patients. We also learned <strong>of</strong> the work <strong>of</strong> Dr. Thomas<br />
Gallagher <strong>of</strong> the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Washington Medical School, who has been<br />
developing an EDR system throughout the State <strong>of</strong> Washington. Dr. Gallagher<br />
spoke to the Governor’s Health Summit in 2012, and indicated that<br />
although getting all the stakeholders to the table in Washington had been<br />
very difficult, they were on the cusp <strong>of</strong> rolling out a state-wide EDR system.<br />
Treasure in Our Own Backyard<br />
Through pure serendipity, we stumbled on treasure in our own backyard.<br />
Dr. Elizabeth Guenther, a wonderful doctor, was a practicing emergency<br />
room pediatrician at Primary Children’s Medical Center (PCMC) and<br />
researcher at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah. She has worked extensively with her<br />
colleagues in Utah and in other states in researching and promoting a system<br />
<strong>of</strong> early disclosure and resolution <strong>of</strong> medical errors. Dr. Guenther joined<br />
our group and has become an important contributor. She did much <strong>of</strong> her<br />
research under a now-expired grant through the U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Health:<br />
Agency for Healthcare and Research Quality (AHRQ). We applied for and<br />
received a grant from AHRQ for $1 million to expedite finding innovations<br />
in Utah’s health care systems, which Dr. Guenther will use to continue her<br />
research on early disclosure and resolution.<br />
In addition to bringing the benefit <strong>of</strong> her own research and expertise<br />
in this area to our group, Dr. Guenther also made us aware <strong>of</strong> the early<br />
disclosure and resolution system at PCMC in Salt Lake City, Utah. Over<br />
the past decade, Dr. Edward Clark, Chief Medical Officer at PCMC and<br />
Chair <strong>of</strong> the Department <strong>of</strong> Pediatrics at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Utah, has instituted<br />
an ECR program at PCMC similar to the Boothman model. At PCMC,<br />
they have found it to be well received by patients and pr<strong>of</strong>essionals and<br />
economically advantageous to the hospital as well.<br />
We have presented this model to other local hospital systems and are<br />
hopeful they will embrace it, too. Early signs are most encouraging.<br />
Conclusion<br />
A system <strong>of</strong> early disclosure, apology, and resolution <strong>of</strong> medical injuries<br />
exemplifies what I think will be a major trend. This system elevates human<br />
relationships, specifically that <strong>of</strong> doctor-patient, above legal and institutional<br />
considerations and the complexity they bring. EDR is an organic, collaborative<br />
process looking for positive outcomes for all participants, but<br />
especially for the patient. An additional important outcome is that medical<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essionals who work in an EDR environment are able to practice with<br />
confidence that human errors will not likely be met with threats, legal claims,<br />
or the potential loss <strong>of</strong> reputation, pr<strong>of</strong>essional standing, and their livelihood.<br />
* The author expresses deepest gratitude to the Tort Reform Group, who<br />
developed the Utah early disclosure and resolution program and related<br />
measures. The membership <strong>of</strong> our work group was: Lt. Governor Greg Bell;<br />
David Gessel, VP Government Relations and Legal Affairs, Utah Hospitals<br />
and Health Systems Association; Charles H. Thronson, Senior Litigator, Parsons,<br />
Behle & Latimer; Michelle McOmber, Executive Vice President and CEO,<br />
Utah Medical Association; Rep. Kay L. McIff; Edward B. Havas, President,<br />
Dewsnup, King, and Olsen; Bill Crim, Sr. Vice President, Community Impact<br />
& Public Policy, United Way; Elliott Williams, Williams & Hunt; Rep. Francis<br />
Gibson; Dr. Brian Shiozawa; Cathy Dupont, OLRGC; and Patti Peavey, staff.<br />
The author is particularly indebted to Ms. Peavey, whose intelligence, can-do<br />
attitude, and outreach helped us find best practices around the country as well<br />
as allies and collaborators for our work.<br />
References<br />
Brownlee, S. (2007). Overtreated: Why too much medicine is making us sicker and<br />
poorer. New York City, NY: Bloomsbury USA.<br />
Joint Resolution To Amend Rule Of Evidence, H.R. 38, 59th, General Session (Utah<br />
2011).<br />
Title 78B Judicial Code, Utah Code Ann. § 3-404(1) (2008).<br />
Title 78B Judicial Code, Utah Code Ann. § 3-404(5)(a) (2008).<br />
Title 78B Judicial Code, Utah Code Ann. § 3-416(3)(d)(ii)(B)(b)(i-iii) (2008).<br />
Title 78B Judicial Code, Utah Code Ann. § 3-410(1)(d) (2008).<br />
Title 78B Judicial Code, Utah Code Ann. § 5-817 (2008).<br />
Title 78B Judicial Code, Utah Code Ann. § 8-201(3) (2008).<br />
65
“We never conquer other minds until we conquer our own.<br />
We never conquer fear until we are masters <strong>of</strong> ourselves.”<br />
-Robert H. <strong>Hinckley</strong><br />
67